Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (301)
  • DNB
  • HU Berlin
  • Boston, MA : Springer US  (301)
  • Social sciences.  (301)
Datasource
  • MPI Ethno. Forsch.  (301)
  • DNB
  • HU Berlin
  • BSZ  (22)
Material
Language
  • 1
    ISBN: 9781475757828
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 290 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Masters Theses in the Pure and Applied Sciences was first conceived, published, and dis­ seminated by the Center for lnformation and Numerica/ Data Analysis and Synthesis (C/NDAS) * at Purdue University in 1957, starting its coverage of theses with the academic year 1955. Beginning with Volume 13, the printing and dissemination phases of the ac­ tivity were transferred to University Microfilms/Xerox of Ann Arbor, Michigan, with the thought that such an arrangement would be more beneficia! to the academic and general scientific and technical community. After fi ve years of this joint undertaking we had concluded that it was in the interest of ali concerned if the printing and distribution of the volume were handled by an international publishing house to assure improved service and broader dissemination. Hence, starting with Volume 18, Masters Theses in the Pure and App/ied Sciences has been disseminated on a worldwide basis by Plenum Publishing Corporation of New York, and in the same year the coverage was broadened to include Canadian universities. Ali back issues can also be ordered from Plenum. We have reported in Volume 21 (thesis year 1976) a total of 10,586 theses titles from 25 Canadian and 219 United States universities. We are sure that this broader base for theses titles reported will greatly enhance the value of this important annual reference work.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468464627
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Major Histocompatibility Antigens: An Introduction -- 2. The Major Histocompatibility Complex Genes and Their Transcriptional Regulation -- The Murine Major Histocompatibility Complex -- The Major Histocompatibility Complex of Humans, the HLA -- Developmental and Tissue-Specific Expression of MHC Genes -- Role of Aberrant Expression of MHC Gene Products in Immunologic Disease -- Cis-Elements and Transcription Factors That Control MHC Class I Gene Expression -- Factors and Elements That Control MHC Class II Gene Expression -- Models of Activation and Repression -- Concluding Comments -- 3. TAP Peptide Transporters and Antigen Presentation -- Evidence for Peptide Translocation by TAP -- Tap Genes and Sequences -- TAP as Member of the ABC Transporter Family -- Structure and Assembly of the TAP Complex -- In Vitro Assays for Peptide Binding and Transport by TAP -- Sequence Specificity of Peptide Transport by Different TAP Molecules -- Relating Specificity to the Structure of Polymorphic TAP Molecules -- Length of Transported Peptides -- TAP-Dependent and Independent Presentation -- TAP and Disease -- Concluding Remarks -- 4. Molecular Chaperones in MHC Class I and Class II Biosynthesis and Assembly -- Introduction: ER Resident Molecular Chaperones -- Molecular Chaperones Implicated in Class I Biosynthesis and Assembly -- Molecular Chaperones Implicated in MHC Class II Biosynthesis and Assembly -- Quality Control of MHC Molecules Mediated by Molecular Chaperones -- 5. Polypeptide Release from Lysosomes -- Synthesis and Transport of Lysosomal Hydrolases -- Entry of Degradation Substrates -- Lysosomal Hydrolysis -- Polypeptide Release from Lysosomes -- Possible Immunological Relevance -- Conclusion -- 6. Intracellular Trafficking of MHC Class II Molecules -- Assembly of MHC Class II Molecules in the ER and Early Stages of Transport -- Processing Intermediates of Invariant Chain -- Post-Golgi Trafficking of MHC Class II Molecules and Sites of Invariant Chain Degradation -- Intracellular Sites of Assembly of Peptide:MHC Class II Complexes -- 7. The Role of HLA-DM in Class II Antigen Presentation -- DM Sequence and Structure -- Regulation of Expression -- Genomic Organization of DM Genes -- Evolutionary Considerations -- DM Polymorphism -- Analysis of DM Mutant Cells -- The Mechanism of DM Action -- The Biology of Antigen Processing -- The Biosynthesis and Maturation of Class II -- Conclusion -- 8. Crystallographic Analysis of Peptide Binding by Class I and Class II Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- Class I Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- Class II Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- Similarities and Differences Between Class I and Class II Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- 9. HLA and Disease: Molecular Basis -- Tissue Typing Techniques -- Epidemiological Analysis -- Paradigms of Diseases Associated with the MHC -- HLA-B27 and Ankylosing Spondylitis -- MHC II and Disease -- Concluding Remarks -- 10. Epitope Prediction Algorithms for Class I MHC Molecules -- Elucidation of Peptide-Binding Motifs -- Anchor Residues -- Peptide-Binding Assays -- Physical Basis for Peptide-Binding Motifs -- Prediction of Binding Peptides -- Exceptional Peptides -- Peptide Binding and Antigenicity -- Conclusions -- 11. Options for TCR Interactions: TCR Agonists, Antagonists and Partial Agonists -- Introduction: Smart and Dumb T Cell Receptors -- Full Agonists, Partial Agonists and Antagonists -- What Do TCR Partial Agonists and Antagonists Do? -- T Cell Development -- The Direction of Mature T Cell Responses -- The Two Edged Sword: Antagonists as Protectors and Perpetrators of Disease -- How Do Antagonist/Partial Agonists Work? -- Concluding Remarks -- 12. Role of Ligand Density in T Cell Reactions -- Background -- The Study of Peptides Recognized by CD8+ CTL -- What Determines the Efficacy of CTL-Mediated Target Cell Lysis? -- Role of Ligand Density -- Concluding Remarks -- 13. Cooperative Recognition of MHC Class II Molecules:Peptide Complexes by the T Cell Receptor and CD4 -- TCR Recognition of MHC Class II:Peptide Complexes -- CD4 Binding to MHC Class II Molecules -- CD4 Interaction With the TCR:CD3 Complex -- Conclusions -- 14. Receptors for MHC Class I Molecules in Human Natural Killer Cells -- MHC Class I Molecules Inhibit NK Cell Cytotoxicity -- Murine NK Inhibitory Receptors -- Human NK Inhibitory Receptors -- A New Family of Immunoglobulin-Superfamily (Ig-SF) Genes Selectively Expressed in Human NK Cells -- Evidence That NK-Specific Ig-SF Genes May Encode Human Receptors for Class I Molecules -- NK Recognition of MHC Class I Molecules Is Mediated by a Complex System -- 15. The MHC in Host-Pathogen Evolution -- Selection Acting on the Human Host -- Pathogen Avoidance of T Cell Recognition -- Mechanisms of Decreasing Antigen Presentation -- Mechanisms of Avoiding T Cell Recognition of Specific Epitopes -- Perspective -- 16. Peptide-Mediated Regulation of Allergic Diseases -- The Role of CD4+ T Cell Subsets -- The Immunological Objectives of Allergy Therapy -- Regulation of Specific T Cells by Peptides -- Deviation of Thl/Th2 Phenotype of the Responder Population -- 17. Genetic Modulation of Antigen Presentation -- Vaccines -- Genetic Immunization for Viral Diseases -- Treatment of Autoimmune Disease -- Conclusion.
    Abstract: 3 nant expression systems have been used to make MHC molecules con­ taining a single peptide of interest. To date, fifteen single peptide class I structures (incorporating three different HLA and two different H-2 allotypes/isotypes) and four additional class II structures (two single peptide complexes and two superantigen complexes) have been reported. These advances have enabled us to study the atomic detail of antigen presentation and the general mechanisms behind peptide binding, and begin to construct models of T cell recognition. Another area of research which has exploded over the past five years has been the identification of MHC-associated peptides. There are several methods one can use to determine the sequence identity of MHC restricted peptides. Historically, the most successful technique, albeit crude and encumbered with serious limitations, has been the use of overlapping synthetic peptides and T cell clones. Unfortunately, this method absolutely requires: (i) knowledge of the target antigen; (ii) availability of T cell clones; and (iii) a relatively short overall length for the target source protein, such that a set of overlapping pep tides can be affordably synthesized. Briefly, the entire sequence of the tar­ get protein is chemically synthesized using overlapping peptides which are then screened for biological activity using standard T cell presen­ tation assays. Despite its limitations, this method was used to identify the first immunodominant epitopes reported in the literature and con­ tinues to be used successfully today.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Major Histocompatibility Antigens: An Introduction2. The Major Histocompatibility Complex Genes and Their Transcriptional Regulation -- The Murine Major Histocompatibility Complex -- The Major Histocompatibility Complex of Humans, the HLA -- Developmental and Tissue-Specific Expression of MHC Genes -- Role of Aberrant Expression of MHC Gene Products in Immunologic Disease -- Cis-Elements and Transcription Factors That Control MHC Class I Gene Expression -- Factors and Elements That Control MHC Class II Gene Expression -- Models of Activation and Repression -- Concluding Comments -- 3. TAP Peptide Transporters and Antigen Presentation -- Evidence for Peptide Translocation by TAP -- Tap Genes and Sequences -- TAP as Member of the ABC Transporter Family -- Structure and Assembly of the TAP Complex -- In Vitro Assays for Peptide Binding and Transport by TAP -- Sequence Specificity of Peptide Transport by Different TAP Molecules -- Relating Specificity to the Structure of Polymorphic TAP Molecules -- Length of Transported Peptides -- TAP-Dependent and Independent Presentation -- TAP and Disease -- Concluding Remarks -- 4. Molecular Chaperones in MHC Class I and Class II Biosynthesis and Assembly -- Introduction: ER Resident Molecular Chaperones -- Molecular Chaperones Implicated in Class I Biosynthesis and Assembly -- Molecular Chaperones Implicated in MHC Class II Biosynthesis and Assembly -- Quality Control of MHC Molecules Mediated by Molecular Chaperones -- 5. Polypeptide Release from Lysosomes -- Synthesis and Transport of Lysosomal Hydrolases -- Entry of Degradation Substrates -- Lysosomal Hydrolysis -- Polypeptide Release from Lysosomes -- Possible Immunological Relevance -- Conclusion -- 6. Intracellular Trafficking of MHC Class II Molecules -- Assembly of MHC Class II Molecules in the ER and Early Stages of Transport -- Processing Intermediates of Invariant Chain -- Post-Golgi Trafficking of MHC Class II Molecules and Sites of Invariant Chain Degradation -- Intracellular Sites of Assembly of Peptide:MHC Class II Complexes -- 7. The Role of HLA-DM in Class II Antigen Presentation -- DM Sequence and Structure -- Regulation of Expression -- Genomic Organization of DM Genes -- Evolutionary Considerations -- DM Polymorphism -- Analysis of DM Mutant Cells -- The Mechanism of DM Action -- The Biology of Antigen Processing -- The Biosynthesis and Maturation of Class II -- Conclusion -- 8. Crystallographic Analysis of Peptide Binding by Class I and Class II Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- Class I Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- Class II Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- Similarities and Differences Between Class I and Class II Major Histocompatibility Antigens -- 9. HLA and Disease: Molecular Basis -- Tissue Typing Techniques -- Epidemiological Analysis -- Paradigms of Diseases Associated with the MHC -- HLA-B27 and Ankylosing Spondylitis -- MHC II and Disease -- Concluding Remarks -- 10. Epitope Prediction Algorithms for Class I MHC Molecules -- Elucidation of Peptide-Binding Motifs -- Anchor Residues -- Peptide-Binding Assays -- Physical Basis for Peptide-Binding Motifs -- Prediction of Binding Peptides -- Exceptional Peptides -- Peptide Binding and Antigenicity -- Conclusions -- 11. Options for TCR Interactions: TCR Agonists, Antagonists and Partial Agonists -- Introduction: Smart and Dumb T Cell Receptors -- Full Agonists, Partial Agonists and Antagonists -- What Do TCR Partial Agonists and Antagonists Do? -- T Cell Development -- The Direction of Mature T Cell Responses -- The Two Edged Sword: Antagonists as Protectors and Perpetrators of Disease -- How Do Antagonist/Partial Agonists Work? -- Concluding Remarks -- 12. Role of Ligand Density in T Cell Reactions -- Background -- The Study of Peptides Recognized by CD8+ CTL -- What Determines the Efficacy of CTL-Mediated Target Cell Lysis? -- Role of Ligand Density -- Concluding Remarks -- 13. Cooperative Recognition of MHC Class II Molecules:Peptide Complexes by the T Cell Receptor and CD4 -- TCR Recognition of MHC Class II:Peptide Complexes -- CD4 Binding to MHC Class II Molecules -- CD4 Interaction With the TCR:CD3 Complex -- Conclusions -- 14. Receptors for MHC Class I Molecules in Human Natural Killer Cells -- MHC Class I Molecules Inhibit NK Cell Cytotoxicity -- Murine NK Inhibitory Receptors -- Human NK Inhibitory Receptors -- A New Family of Immunoglobulin-Superfamily (Ig-SF) Genes Selectively Expressed in Human NK Cells -- Evidence That NK-Specific Ig-SF Genes May Encode Human Receptors for Class I Molecules -- NK Recognition of MHC Class I Molecules Is Mediated by a Complex System -- 15. The MHC in Host-Pathogen Evolution -- Selection Acting on the Human Host -- Pathogen Avoidance of T Cell Recognition -- Mechanisms of Decreasing Antigen Presentation -- Mechanisms of Avoiding T Cell Recognition of Specific Epitopes -- Perspective -- 16. Peptide-Mediated Regulation of Allergic Diseases -- The Role of CD4+ T Cell Subsets -- The Immunological Objectives of Allergy Therapy -- Regulation of Specific T Cells by Peptides -- Deviation of Thl/Th2 Phenotype of the Responder Population -- 17. Genetic Modulation of Antigen Presentation -- Vaccines -- Genetic Immunization for Viral Diseases -- Treatment of Autoimmune Disease -- Conclusion.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461565918
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Telecommunication. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Preface -- Acknowledgments -- 1. Electronic Cable in an Emi Environment -- 1.1 Introduction to System EMI and EMC -- 1.2 Cable EMI Controlling Factors -- 1.3 Defining and Modeling EMC Performance of Electronic Cable -- 2. Understanding Cable Shielding -- 2.1 Effects and Problems of Cable Shielding -- 2.2 Bare Necessities: A Theoretical Detour -- 2.3 Shielding—This Is Not Very Simple -- 3. Transfer Parameters of Cable Shields -- 3.1 Figure of Merit of Cable Shield Performance -- 3.2 The Electromagnetic Theory of Solid Homogeneous Shielding Tubes -- 3.3 Practical Tubular Shields -- 3.4 Spiral Shields -- 3.5 Braided Shield -- 3.6 Multilayer Shields -- 4. Electromagnetic Coupling and Shielding -- 4.1 Shielding to Decouple and Coupling to Shield -- 4.2 Coupling and Shielding in Static and Stationary Fields -- 4.3 Shielding for Crosstalk Protection -- 4.4 Shielding from Radiating Fields -- 4.5 Grounding and Termination of Cable Shields -- 4.6 Transient Response of Cable Shielding -- 5. Measurement Techniques and Apparatus: The Tools of the Trade -- 5.1 The Proof of the Shielding -- 5.2 System Shielding Effectiveness Measurements -- 5.3 Cable Assembly Measurements -- 5.4 Transfer Impedance and Capacitive Coupling Impedance Measurements -- 5.5 Testing in Time Domain -- 5.6 Test Result Correlation And Interpretation -- 6. Cable Shielding Engineering -- 6.1 System Approach to Shielding Engineering -- 6.2 Cable Shielding Design for EMC Performance -- 6.3 Performance Stability and Reliability of Cable Shielding -- 6.4 Shielding Unlimited.
    Abstract: The mathematical theory of wave propagation along a conductor with an external coaxial return is very old, going back to the work of Rayleigh, Heaviside, and J. J. Thomson. These words were written by S. A. Schelkunoff back in 1934. Indeed, those early works dealt with signal propagation along the line as well as electromagnetic shielding of the environment inside and/or outside the metallic enclosures. Max­ well himself developed pioneering studies of single-layer shielding shells, while a paper with such a "modern" title as "On the Magnetic Shielding of Concentric Spherical Shells" was presented by A. W Rucker as early as 1893! * Such "state of the art" shielding theory created in the last century is even more amazing if you think that at almost the same time (namely, in 1860s), a manuscript of Jules Verne's book, Paris in the. xx Century, was rejected by a publisher because it pre­ dicted such "outrageously incredible" electrotechnology as, for example, FAX service by wires and the electrocutioner's chair. (With regard to the last invention, I suspect many readers would rather Jules Verne has been wrong. ) However, although the beginning of electromagnetic shielding theory and its implementation to electronic cables date back more than a century, this dynamic field keeps constantly growing, driven by practical applications.
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceAcknowledgments -- 1. Electronic Cable in an Emi Environment -- 1.1 Introduction to System EMI and EMC -- 1.2 Cable EMI Controlling Factors -- 1.3 Defining and Modeling EMC Performance of Electronic Cable -- 2. Understanding Cable Shielding -- 2.1 Effects and Problems of Cable Shielding -- 2.2 Bare Necessities: A Theoretical Detour -- 2.3 Shielding-This Is Not Very Simple -- 3. Transfer Parameters of Cable Shields -- 3.1 Figure of Merit of Cable Shield Performance -- 3.2 The Electromagnetic Theory of Solid Homogeneous Shielding Tubes -- 3.3 Practical Tubular Shields -- 3.4 Spiral Shields -- 3.5 Braided Shield -- 3.6 Multilayer Shields -- 4. Electromagnetic Coupling and Shielding -- 4.1 Shielding to Decouple and Coupling to Shield -- 4.2 Coupling and Shielding in Static and Stationary Fields -- 4.3 Shielding for Crosstalk Protection -- 4.4 Shielding from Radiating Fields -- 4.5 Grounding and Termination of Cable Shields -- 4.6 Transient Response of Cable Shielding -- 5. Measurement Techniques and Apparatus: The Tools of the Trade -- 5.1 The Proof of the Shielding -- 5.2 System Shielding Effectiveness Measurements -- 5.3 Cable Assembly Measurements -- 5.4 Transfer Impedance and Capacitive Coupling Impedance Measurements -- 5.5 Testing in Time Domain -- 5.6 Test Result Correlation And Interpretation -- 6. Cable Shielding Engineering -- 6.1 System Approach to Shielding Engineering -- 6.2 Cable Shielding Design for EMC Performance -- 6.3 Performance Stability and Reliability of Cable Shielding -- 6.4 Shielding Unlimited.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489960740
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 325 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781468487039
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The Structure and Electronic Configuration of Crystalline Surfaces -- Present and Proposed Uses of Low-Energy Electron Diffraction in Studying Surfaces -- The Effects of Oxide and Organic Films on Sliding Friction -- The Deformational and Geometrical Aspect of Surfaces in Sliding Contact -- Effect of Surface Energy on Lubrication -- Problems of Producing a Clean Surface by Outgassing in Ultrahigh Vacuum -- Physical Adsorption by Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Solid Surfaces -- The Relation of the Attractive Forces at Interfaces to Wetting, Spreading, Adsorption, and Long-Range Attractive Forces -- Solid-to-Solid Adhesion -- Spreading, Penetration, and Capillary Flow in Metallic Systems -- Bibliography on Surface Phenomena (Selected References, 1963–1965).
    Description / Table of Contents: The Structure and Electronic Configuration of Crystalline SurfacesPresent and Proposed Uses of Low-Energy Electron Diffraction in Studying Surfaces -- The Effects of Oxide and Organic Films on Sliding Friction -- The Deformational and Geometrical Aspect of Surfaces in Sliding Contact -- Effect of Surface Energy on Lubrication -- Problems of Producing a Clean Surface by Outgassing in Ultrahigh Vacuum -- Physical Adsorption by Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Solid Surfaces -- The Relation of the Attractive Forces at Interfaces to Wetting, Spreading, Adsorption, and Long-Range Attractive Forces -- Solid-to-Solid Adhesion -- Spreading, Penetration, and Capillary Flow in Metallic Systems -- Bibliography on Surface Phenomena (Selected References, 1963-1965).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9781468490336
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Approximate Methods of Solving Logical Problems -- Certain Questions in the Coding of Finite Automata -- Some Methods of Increasing the Reliability of Finite Automata -- Some Algorithms for Synthesizing Schemes of Minimal Depth -- Construction of Minimal Disjunctive Normal Forms -- One Method of Synthesizing Normal Forms -- Optimization of the Search for a Shortest Covering -- Minimizing the Number of Arguments of Boolean Functions -- Experimental Evaluation of One Method of Minimizing the Number of States of Discrete Automata -- Economizing of Memory Utilization -- Algorithm for Minimizing Operational Memory -- Synthesis of Optimal Algorithms for Recognizing Boolean Functions -- Economizing Program Memory of Special-Purpose Digital Computers -- Synthesizing a Stochastic Automaton -- Constructing Tests for Finite Automata by Means of the Language of Regular Expressions -- APPENDIX. Description of the LYaPAS Language -- A. D. Zakrevskii.
    Abstract: The present collection is devoted to algorithmic methods, and computer algorithms, for the synthesis of digital computers and controlling machines. The work reported in the papers collected here was performed at the Institute for Prob­ lems of Information Transmission of the Academy of Science of the USSR, in the section for computational techniques of the Institute of Mathematics of the Siberian Division of the Academy of Science of the USSR, and in the Problem Laboratory of Computing Devices of the Siberian Physics -Engineering Ins titute. The paper by A. D. Zakrevskii is devoted to the discussion of ways of solving basic prob­ lems in the area of computer solution of logical problems, including the problem of automata synthesis. In the paper by E. I. Piil' a methodology is presented for coding internal states and input states of finite automata which is suitable for computer realization. The suggested coding al­ gorithms permit one to take account simultaneously of constraints on inadmissible critical races of memory elements, speed and simplicity of structure of the automaton's logical transformer. E. N. Turuta's paper investigates certain methods of synthesizing reliable automata, based on the introduction of redundancy into the automaton's memory block. The paper by Ya. I. Fet contains a solution to the problem of synthesizing schemes of minimal depth for one of the most widely used bases of elements in computer technology.
    Description / Table of Contents: Approximate Methods of Solving Logical ProblemsCertain Questions in the Coding of Finite Automata -- Some Methods of Increasing the Reliability of Finite Automata -- Some Algorithms for Synthesizing Schemes of Minimal Depth -- Construction of Minimal Disjunctive Normal Forms -- One Method of Synthesizing Normal Forms -- Optimization of the Search for a Shortest Covering -- Minimizing the Number of Arguments of Boolean Functions -- Experimental Evaluation of One Method of Minimizing the Number of States of Discrete Automata -- Economizing of Memory Utilization -- Algorithm for Minimizing Operational Memory -- Synthesis of Optimal Algorithms for Recognizing Boolean Functions -- Economizing Program Memory of Special-Purpose Digital Computers -- Synthesizing a Stochastic Automaton -- Constructing Tests for Finite Automata by Means of the Language of Regular Expressions -- APPENDIX. Description of the LYaPAS Language -- A. D. Zakrevskii.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9781468490909
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Interaction of Evoked Cortical Potentials in the Rabbit -- Cortical Repetitive Responses Elicited by a Single Contralateral Stimulus -- Cortical Responses to Repetitive Contralateral Stimulation after Sectioning of the Corpus Callosum -- Cortical Excitability Changes Following Transcallosal Afferent Excitation -- The Interaction of Callosal Potentials and Potentials Evoked by Thalamic Stimulation. -- The Effect of Electric Stimulation of the Brain Stem on the Galvanic Skin Reflex -- Lambda Waves of Human Subjects of Different Age Levels -- Electroencephalographic and Galvanic-Skin Investigation of the Orienting Reflex in Man -- Electroencephalographic Study of Temporary Connections in Man -- Appendices -- A. Papers on Brain Research Published in the Acta Physiologica Sinica for the Period 1962–1966 -- B. Papers on Brain Research Published in English or in Russian in the Scientia Sinica for the Period 1952–1966 -- C. Some Linguistic Aspects of Scientific and Technical Chinese -- D. Dictionaries Used in the Preparation of These Translations -- E. Chinese-Language Titles and Foreign-Language Abstracts of Articles Appearing in this Work.
    Abstract: The great majority of papers on brain research that have been published in Mainland China in recent years have appeared in the Chinese language (only a small fraction of the work has appeared in English in the journal Scientia Sinica), and hence they have remained inacces­ sible to other workers, since there have been no translation programs of publications in this field in Chinese of the types that have existed, for example, for Russian-language materials. Accordingly, most investigators are not aware of the work of their Chinese colleagues in this field. Yet the field has been an active if small one in China, and has covered a variety of topics that include electrophysiology, neurochemistry, neuropharmacology, neuropsychology, and in­ strumentation. Standard techniques and instruments, a number of Chinese manufacture, have been employed. Moreover, Chinese workers have been quite familiar with the publications of other investigators, as is readily apparent from the bibliographies of the papers (see Index).
    Description / Table of Contents: Interaction of Evoked Cortical Potentials in the RabbitCortical Repetitive Responses Elicited by a Single Contralateral Stimulus -- Cortical Responses to Repetitive Contralateral Stimulation after Sectioning of the Corpus Callosum -- Cortical Excitability Changes Following Transcallosal Afferent Excitation -- The Interaction of Callosal Potentials and Potentials Evoked by Thalamic Stimulation. -- The Effect of Electric Stimulation of the Brain Stem on the Galvanic Skin Reflex -- Lambda Waves of Human Subjects of Different Age Levels -- Electroencephalographic and Galvanic-Skin Investigation of the Orienting Reflex in Man -- Electroencephalographic Study of Temporary Connections in Man -- Appendices -- A. Papers on Brain Research Published in the Acta Physiologica Sinica for the Period 1962-1966 -- B. Papers on Brain Research Published in English or in Russian in the Scientia Sinica for the Period 1952-1966 -- C. Some Linguistic Aspects of Scientific and Technical Chinese -- D. Dictionaries Used in the Preparation of These Translations -- E. Chinese-Language Titles and Foreign-Language Abstracts of Articles Appearing in this Work.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9781461397830
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 463 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Biological Reactions of Dioxygen: An Introduction -- 2 Oxygen Activation by Flavins and Pterins -- 3 Reactions of Dioxygen and Its Reduced Forms with Heme Proteins and Model Porphyrin Complexes -- 4 Dioxygen Reactivity in Copper Proteins and Complexes -- 5 Oxygen Activation at Nonheme Iron Centers -- 6 The Mechanism of Lipoxygenases -- 7 The Biological Significance of Oxygen-Derived Species -- 8 Metal-Complex-Catalyzed Cleavage of Biopolymers -- 9 Exploration of Selected Pathways for Metabolic Oxidative Ring Opening of Benzene Based on Estimates of Molecular Energetics -- 10 The Role of Oxidized Lipids in Cardiovascular Disease.
    Abstract: The field of "Oxygen Activation" has attracted considerable interest recently, not only because it presents challenges in those fields of basic research that aim to understand the fundamental aspects of chemical and biological reactions that involve dioxygen, but also because of its wide range of practical implications in such diverse fields as medicine, synthesis of pharmaceuticals and other organic compounds, materials science, and atmospheric science. This is the second of two volumes that focus on the subject of oxygen activation, the first slanted toward chemistry and the second toward biological chemistry. We planned these volumes to be more general than many monographs of this sort, not as detailed summaries of the authors' own research but rather as general overviews of the field. Our choice of topics was strongly influenced by our syllabus for a course entitled "Oxygen Chemistry," which two of us have twice taught jointly at UCLA. Definition of important issues, horizons, and future prospects was an important goal, and, although totally comprehensive coverage was not possible, we believe that we have chosen a representative selection of research topics current to the field. We have targeted this work to a diverse audience ranging from professionals in fields from physics to medicine to beginning graduate students who are interested in rapidly acquiring the basics of this field.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Biological Reactions of Dioxygen: An Introduction2 Oxygen Activation by Flavins and Pterins -- 3 Reactions of Dioxygen and Its Reduced Forms with Heme Proteins and Model Porphyrin Complexes -- 4 Dioxygen Reactivity in Copper Proteins and Complexes -- 5 Oxygen Activation at Nonheme Iron Centers -- 6 The Mechanism of Lipoxygenases -- 7 The Biological Significance of Oxygen-Derived Species -- 8 Metal-Complex-Catalyzed Cleavage of Biopolymers -- 9 Exploration of Selected Pathways for Metabolic Oxidative Ring Opening of Benzene Based on Estimates of Molecular Energetics -- 10 The Role of Oxidized Lipids in Cardiovascular Disease.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468489200
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the Reactions Between Oxidizing Gases and Metals and Alloys -- 2. Lattice Defect Phenomena and Diffusion Processes in Ionic, Covalent, and Metallic Crystals -- 2.1. Lattice Defect Phenomena in Stoichiometric Ionic Crystals -- 2.2. Defect Phenomena in Nonstoichiometric Ionic Crystals -- 2.3. Lattice Defect Phenomena in Regions Near the Surface of Nonstoichiometric Ionic Crystals -- 2.4. Lattice Defect Phenomena and Diffusion Mechanisms in Metals -- 3. The Mechanism of Oxidation of Metals — Theory -- 3.1. Diffusion and Transport Processes in Scaling and Tarnishing Layers -- 3.2. The Wagner Theory of Oxidation -- 3.3. Diffusion and Scaling Coefficients -- 3.4. Calculation of the Absolute Oxidation Rate Constants of Metals for the Parabolic Rate Law -- 3.5. The Effect of Electric Fields on Metal Oxidation -- 4. Scaling Processes in Metals and Alloys with Formation of Thick Protective Layers -- 4.1. Scaling Systems with Ion-Conducting Protective Layers -- 4.2. Scaling Systems with Electron-Conducting Protective Layers -- 4.3. Catastrophic Oxidation -- 4.4. Scaling Systems with Rate-Determining Phase-Boundary Reactions -- 4.5. Scaling Systems with Protective Layers Containing Several Phases -- 4.6. Scaling of Iron Alloys -- 4.7. The Influence of Metal Diffusion in the Alloy Phase on the Scaling Rate -- 4.8. The Mechanism of Internal Oxidation of Alloys -- 5. The Mechanism of the Attack of Sulfur and Sulfur Compounds on Metals and Alloys -- 6. The Oxidation Mechanism of Metal-Carbon Alloys and Carbides -- 7. The Mechanism of Oxide Layer Formation in Aqueous Electrolytes -- 7.1. The Phenomenon of Passivity -- 7.2. The Mechanism of Passive Layer Formation on Metals and Alloys -- 7.3. The Solution Current of Metals with Passive Layers -- 8. A Few Approved Methods of Measurement of Coating Growth -- 8.1. Use of the Microbalance in Oxidation Apparatus -- 8.2. Gas Volumetric and Manometric Methods for Measurement of the Oxidation Rate -- 8.3. Further Methods for the Measurement of the Thickness of Tarnishing Layers -- Author Index.
    Abstract: During the translation, the author had the opportunity to re­ view several chapters, taking into consideration the more recent literature. As far as possible all new theoretical concepts and experi­ mental data published before 1963 have been quoted and discussed under the theoretical viewpoint of this book. A new chapter "Passivity and Inhibition During High-Tempera­ ture Oxidation" was introduced. Section 4.8 was enlarged by a dis­ cussion of the transition from internal to external oxidation. The author very much appreciates the cooperation of the trans­ lator and of Plenum Press. Gottingen, April 1.965 Karl Hauffe v Preface The number of publications concerned with oxidation and cor­ rosion processes has become so copious that many engineers and scientists find it practically impossible to obtain an overall view of the growing body of knowledge and to bring order to the confusing multiplicity of experimental data. As a result the need for a compre­ hensive survey of the present state of research in this field has be­ come more and more urgent.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction to the Reactions Between Oxidizing Gases and Metals and Alloys2. Lattice Defect Phenomena and Diffusion Processes in Ionic, Covalent, and Metallic Crystals -- 2.1. Lattice Defect Phenomena in Stoichiometric Ionic Crystals -- 2.2. Defect Phenomena in Nonstoichiometric Ionic Crystals -- 2.3. Lattice Defect Phenomena in Regions Near the Surface of Nonstoichiometric Ionic Crystals -- 2.4. Lattice Defect Phenomena and Diffusion Mechanisms in Metals -- 3. The Mechanism of Oxidation of Metals - Theory -- 3.1. Diffusion and Transport Processes in Scaling and Tarnishing Layers -- 3.2. The Wagner Theory of Oxidation -- 3.3. Diffusion and Scaling Coefficients -- 3.4. Calculation of the Absolute Oxidation Rate Constants of Metals for the Parabolic Rate Law -- 3.5. The Effect of Electric Fields on Metal Oxidation -- 4. Scaling Processes in Metals and Alloys with Formation of Thick Protective Layers -- 4.1. Scaling Systems with Ion-Conducting Protective Layers -- 4.2. Scaling Systems with Electron-Conducting Protective Layers -- 4.3. Catastrophic Oxidation -- 4.4. Scaling Systems with Rate-Determining Phase-Boundary Reactions -- 4.5. Scaling Systems with Protective Layers Containing Several Phases -- 4.6. Scaling of Iron Alloys -- 4.7. The Influence of Metal Diffusion in the Alloy Phase on the Scaling Rate -- 4.8. The Mechanism of Internal Oxidation of Alloys -- 5. The Mechanism of the Attack of Sulfur and Sulfur Compounds on Metals and Alloys -- 6. The Oxidation Mechanism of Metal-Carbon Alloys and Carbides -- 7. The Mechanism of Oxide Layer Formation in Aqueous Electrolytes -- 7.1. The Phenomenon of Passivity -- 7.2. The Mechanism of Passive Layer Formation on Metals and Alloys -- 7.3. The Solution Current of Metals with Passive Layers -- 8. A Few Approved Methods of Measurement of Coating Growth -- 8.1. Use of the Microbalance in Oxidation Apparatus -- 8.2. Gas Volumetric and Manometric Methods for Measurement of the Oxidation Rate -- 8.3. Further Methods for the Measurement of the Thickness of Tarnishing Layers -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461578895
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXII, 928 p) , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Flavor is unquestionably one of the most extremely secretive one-reluctant to dis­ close anything that might be of value to a important attributes of the food we eat. competitor. Thus, little information about Man does not eat simply to live but even the activities of the flavor industry itself is more so lives to eat. Take away the pleasure offood and life becomes relatively mundane. available to the public. There now is a substantial body of liter­ The goal of the original Source Book of ature dealing with food flavor. The "golden Flavors, written by Henry Heath, was to years" of flavor research in the United States bring together in one volume as much of the were the 1960s and 70s. Numerous academic worldwide data and facts and as many flavor­ and government institutions had strong related subjects (e. g. , food colors) as was flavor programs and money was readily possible. Henry Heath added a wealth of available for flavor research. In the 1980s personal information on how the industry and 90s, research funding has become diffi­ accomplishes its various activities, which cult to obtain, particularly in an esthetic had never been published in any other liter­ area such as food flavor. The number of ature. It has been the intent of this author to research groups focusing on food flavor has update and build upon the original work of declined in the United States. Fortunately, Henry Heath.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468414189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Housing Yesterday -- Two Housing Today -- Three Community Planning and Design -- Four Siting and Lot Patterns -- Five Floor Plans and Building Image -- Six Interior Details -- Seven Exterior Details -- Eight Multifamily Housing -- Nine Manufactured Housing -- Ten Conclusion: Housing Tomorrow -- Project Credits -- Notes -- Bibliograpy.
    Abstract: are often lined with garages in front of houses that are clearly more internalized in design, some even taking on a fortress-like appearance. Today's new homes are technically superior in construction; i.e., they are more energy efficient, weather resistant and maintenance free. However, they also seem to lack the warmth and charm of prewar homes, for which more construction dollars were spent on quality veneers, buUt-in features and other human-scale details. The postwar need for massive amounts of "affordable" housing for returning GIs helped to encourage buUding practices that could reduce on-site labor and material costs in houses. The accommodation of the automobile, cost-cutting movements and a variety of other trends caused a gradual decline in the human, social and emotional qualities of postwar residential architecture. This book will attempt to look at the issues and choices facing today's residential designers and home buUders and ask: How can we make our new houses and neighborhoods more responsive to humanistic needs, partlcularly in light of constant pressures to keep housing costs down? This question will generally be addressed by comparing historical designs to those of today, to see if we might be able to reconsider some "old-fashioned" ideas in new housing designs.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Housing YesterdayTwo Housing Today -- Three Community Planning and Design -- Four Siting and Lot Patterns -- Five Floor Plans and Building Image -- Six Interior Details -- Seven Exterior Details -- Eight Multifamily Housing -- Nine Manufactured Housing -- Ten Conclusion: Housing Tomorrow -- Project Credits -- Notes -- Bibliograpy.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468483529
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Magnets in Biological Research -- Effects of Near-Zero Magnetic Fields upon Biological Systems -- The Effects of a Magnetic Field on DNA Synthesis by Ascites Sarcoma 37 Cells -- The Effect of Strong Inhomogeneous Magnetic Fields on Serum-Free Cell Cultures -- Effects of Magnetic Fields on Cellular Respiration -- Magnetic Field and in situ Acetylocholinesterase in the Vagal Heart System -- Effects of the Magnetic Field on Internal Organs and the Endocrine System of Mice -- Changes in Sodium and Potassium Content of Urine from Mice Subjected to Intense Magnetic Fields -- Changes in the Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate of Rabbits Due to Exposure of the Central Nervous System to a Constant Magnetic Field -- Sensitivity of Some Plant Material to Magnetic Fields -- Biomagnetic Hypotheses -- The Effect of High-Gradient, High-Strength Magnetic Fields on the Early Embryonic Development of Frogs -- Mutagenic Effects of Magnetic Fields on Drosophila melanogaster -- The Effect of Magnetic Fields upon the Central Nervous System -- Investigations of the Reactions of Mammalian Brain to Static Magnetic Fields -- Effect of a Constant Magnetic Field on Invertebrate Neurons -- Preference of Mice to Consume Food and Water in an Environment of High Magnetic Field -- Vectorcardiogram and Aortic Blood Flow of Squirrel Monkeys (Saimiri sciureus) in a Strong Superconductive Electromagnet -- Magnetic Susceptibility of Biological Materials.
    Abstract: We define biomagnetism broadly as the science of processes and functions in living organisms induced by static magnetic fields. Biomagnetic research has greatly increased since the publication of the first volume of this series. While much of this work has been reported in various international journals, there exists a need for this work to be collected together in one place. This book covers a rather wide area of research, both with respect to the strength of the field, ranging from "zero" to 150,000 oersteds, and with respect to the various specimens and their biological functions. It is designed primarly to help clarify the action of magnetic fields on biological systems with the hope of achieving a better understanding of the fundamental physiological processes occurring in them. In some chapters it is suggested that magnetic fields could ultimately be used in the treatment of disease. I would like to take this occasion to thank the contributors for their generous interest and willing cooperation. M. F. B. June 1969 Chicago, Illinois v CONTRIBUTORS Robert A. Abler, Varian Associates, Palo Alto, California (page 1). M. M. Alexandrovskaya, Institute of Higher Nervous Activity and Neuro­ physiology, Academy of Sciences, Moscow, USSR (page 215). Jena M. Barnothy, Biomagnetic Research Foundation, Evanston, Illinois (page 61). Madeleine F. Barnothy, College of Pharmacy, University of Illinois, Chicago, Illinois (pages xi, 103). Robert O. Becker, State University of New York, Upstate Medical Center, Syracuse; Veterans Administration Hospital, Syracuse, New York (page 207).
    Description / Table of Contents: Magnets in Biological ResearchEffects of Near-Zero Magnetic Fields upon Biological Systems -- The Effects of a Magnetic Field on DNA Synthesis by Ascites Sarcoma 37 Cells -- The Effect of Strong Inhomogeneous Magnetic Fields on Serum-Free Cell Cultures -- Effects of Magnetic Fields on Cellular Respiration -- Magnetic Field and in situ Acetylocholinesterase in the Vagal Heart System -- Effects of the Magnetic Field on Internal Organs and the Endocrine System of Mice -- Changes in Sodium and Potassium Content of Urine from Mice Subjected to Intense Magnetic Fields -- Changes in the Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate of Rabbits Due to Exposure of the Central Nervous System to a Constant Magnetic Field -- Sensitivity of Some Plant Material to Magnetic Fields -- Biomagnetic Hypotheses -- The Effect of High-Gradient, High-Strength Magnetic Fields on the Early Embryonic Development of Frogs -- Mutagenic Effects of Magnetic Fields on Drosophila melanogaster -- The Effect of Magnetic Fields upon the Central Nervous System -- Investigations of the Reactions of Mammalian Brain to Static Magnetic Fields -- Effect of a Constant Magnetic Field on Invertebrate Neurons -- Preference of Mice to Consume Food and Water in an Environment of High Magnetic Field -- Vectorcardiogram and Aortic Blood Flow of Squirrel Monkeys (Saimiri sciureus) in a Strong Superconductive Electromagnet -- Magnetic Susceptibility of Biological Materials.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461521570
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 354 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Industrial engineering. ; Production engineering. ; Agriculture. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Dedication -- Preface -- 1. Introduction and Historical -- 2. Bacteriology of the Heat Sterilization of Milk . -- 3. Chemical and Physical Changes in Milk at High Temperatures -- 4. Types of UHT Processing Plant -- 5. Performance of UHT Processing Plant . -- 6. Aseptic Filling -- 7. Cleaning and Sterilization of UHT Processing Plant and Aseptic Fillers -- 8. Connection of Aseptic Fillers to UHT Processing Plant -- 9. Properties of UHT -Processed Milk -- 10. Fouling of Heat Exchangers -- 11. Laboratory and Legislative Control.
    Abstract: This book attempts to explain the scientific basis for UHT sterilization and aseptic filling, as well as describe the processes and equipment used. I have tried to avoid producing merely a catalogue of sterilizers and aseptic fillers. Instead I have attempted to explain the principles on which the different types of plant operate, and discuss the factors which influence performance, so that information given by manufac­ turers may be assessed by readers in relation to their own processing requirements. Statements are generally supported by references. Where no re­ ference is given, personal experience or my interpretation of the work of others is my justification. Although the book deals mainly with milk and milk products, I hope that the information it contains will be useful to those dealing with other products, since the principles of processing are in general the same. The book is based on more than 30 years' involvement with research into UHT processing and aseptic filling. During this time I have been fortunate to work with and to talk to many people from whom I have learned a great deal. I benefited from conta.cts with Dr T. R. Ashton (England) and Professor H. Hostettler. (Switzerland), who were pioneers in the commercial development of UHT milk. More recently I have been privileged to know and work with research workers in many countries having a common interest in UHT processing. Of these, I should mention particularly Professors E. L. Thomas, V. A.
    Description / Table of Contents: DedicationPreface -- 1. Introduction and Historical -- 2. Bacteriology of the Heat Sterilization of Milk . -- 3. Chemical and Physical Changes in Milk at High Temperatures -- 4. Types of UHT Processing Plant -- 5. Performance of UHT Processing Plant . -- 6. Aseptic Filling -- 7. Cleaning and Sterilization of UHT Processing Plant and Aseptic Fillers -- 8. Connection of Aseptic Fillers to UHT Processing Plant -- 9. Properties of UHT -Processed Milk -- 10. Fouling of Heat Exchangers -- 11. Laboratory and Legislative Control.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    ISBN: 9781461526742
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (LXIV, 1085 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Keynote Lecture -- Plenary Lectures -- Physical and Physicochemical Properties of Food -- Application of NMR to Food Engineering -- Mechanical Processing of Food -- Thermal and Mass Transfer Operations of Food -- Phase Change Operation -- Concentration and Dehydration Processes -- Reaction Kinetics in Food Processing -- Fermentation Processes -- Bioreactors Using Enzymes and Cells -- Separation and Purification Processes -- Membrane Processes -- Pasteurization and Sterilization Processes -- Aseptic Processes -- Packaging Science and Technology -- Fouling and Cleaning -- Processing under Unusual Conditions -- Transportation and Preservation of Food -- Sensors, Process Control, and Factory Automation -- Innovation in Equipment Design and Plant Operation -- Environmental Problems in Food Industry -- Innovation in Traditional Food Processing -- Design of Physiological Functions of Foods from Engineering Viewpoints.
    Abstract: The necessity of prediction and fine control in the food manufacturing process is becoming more important than ever before, and food researchers and engineers must confront difficulties arising from the specificity of food materials and the sensitivity of human beings to taste. Fortunately, an overview of world research reveals that the mechanisms of the many complex phenomena found in the food manufacturing process have been gradually elucidated by skilful experiments using new analytical tools, methods and theoretical analyses. This book, the proceedings of the 6th International Congress on Engineering and Food (ICEF6), held for the first time in Asia - in Chiba, Japan May 23 -27, 1993 - summarizes the frontiers of world food engineering in 1993. Congress was joined by the 4th International Conference on Fouling and Cleaning. There were 476 active members from 31 countries participating in the Congress. The editors hope that readers will find this book to be a useful review of the current state of food engineering, and will consider future developments in this research field. The editors extend thanks to the members of the organizing committee of ICEF6, and the advisors, Dr. Ryozo Toei, Professor Emeritus of Kyoto University and Dr. Masao Fujimaki, Professor Emeritus of the University of Tokyo. They also acknowledge the international advisory board members who helped the organizing committee in many ways, and the 10 foundations and 66 companies that financially supported the ICEF6. Finally, the editors are indebted to the reviewers of the manuscripts of these proceedings.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461597148
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Total System -- 1. Total Framework of the Toyota Production System -- II Subsystems -- 2. Adaptable Kanban System Maintains Just-In-Time Production -- 3. Supplier Kanban and the Sequence Schedule Used by Suppliers -- 4. Smoothed Production Helps Toyota Adapt to Demand Changes and Reduce Inventory -- 5. The Information System Between Toyota, Its Dealers, and Parts Manufacturers -- 6. Computer Control System in an Automobile Factory -- 7. How Toyota Shortened Production Lead Time -- 8. Reduction of Setup Time—Concepts and Techniques -- 9. Practical Procedure for Reducing Setup Time -- 10. Standard Operations Can Attain Balanced Production with Minimum Labor -- 11. Machine Layout, Multi-Function Workers, and Job Rotation Help Realize Flexible Workshops -- 12. Improvement Activities Help Reduce the Work Force and Increase Worker Morale -- 13. 5S—Foundation for Improvements -- 14. “Autonomous Defects Control” Assures Product Quality -- 15. Functional Management to Promote Company-Wide Quality Control and Cost Management -- III Quantitative Techniques -- 16. Sequencing Method for the Mixed-Model Assembly Line to Realize Smoothed Production -- 17. New Sequence Scheduling Method for Smoothing -- 18. Determining the Number of Kanban Pertinent to the Alternative Withdrawal Systems -- 19. Computer System for Kanban System Support -- 20. Numerical Analysis for Productivity Improvement -- IV Implementation -- 21. Review of Kanban System Principles -- 22. Prerequisites to Implementing the Toyota Production System -- 23. Applying the Toyota Production System Overseas -- Appendix 1: JIT Delivery System Can Ease Traffic Congestion and the Labor Shortage -- Appendix 2: Goals Coordination Method -- Appendix 3: Quantitative Analysis of Stocks in a JIT Multistage Production System Using the Constant Order Cycle Withdrawal Method -- Appendix 4: Quantitative Analysis of Lot Size in a JIT Production System Using Constant Order Quantity Withdrawal Method.
    Abstract: The Just-in-time (JIT) manufacturing system is an internal system in use by its founder, Toyota Motor Corporation, but it has taken on a new look. Toyota Production System, Second Edition systematically describes the changes that have occurred to the most efficient production system in use today. Since the publication of the first edition of this book in 1983, Toyota has integrated JIT with computer integrated manufacturing technology and a strategic informa­ tion system. The JIT goal of producing the necessary items in the necessary quantity at the necessary time is an internal driver of production and operations management. The addition of computer integrated technology (including expert systems by artificial intelligence) and information systems technology serve to further reduce costs, increase quality, and improve lead time. The new Toyota production system considers how to adapt production schedules to the demand changes in the marketplace while satisfying the goals of low cost, high quality, and timely delivery. The first edition of this book, Toyota Production System, published in 1983, is the basis for this book. It was translated into many languages including Spanish, Russian, Italian, Japanese, etc., and has played a definite role in inspiring production management systems throughout the world.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Total System1. Total Framework of the Toyota Production System -- II Subsystems -- 2. Adaptable Kanban System Maintains Just-In-Time Production -- 3. Supplier Kanban and the Sequence Schedule Used by Suppliers -- 4. Smoothed Production Helps Toyota Adapt to Demand Changes and Reduce Inventory -- 5. The Information System Between Toyota, Its Dealers, and Parts Manufacturers -- 6. Computer Control System in an Automobile Factory -- 7. How Toyota Shortened Production Lead Time -- 8. Reduction of Setup Time-Concepts and Techniques -- 9. Practical Procedure for Reducing Setup Time -- 10. Standard Operations Can Attain Balanced Production with Minimum Labor -- 11. Machine Layout, Multi-Function Workers, and Job Rotation Help Realize Flexible Workshops -- 12. Improvement Activities Help Reduce the Work Force and Increase Worker Morale -- 13. 5S-Foundation for Improvements -- 14. “Autonomous Defects Control” Assures Product Quality -- 15. Functional Management to Promote Company-Wide Quality Control and Cost Management -- III Quantitative Techniques -- 16. Sequencing Method for the Mixed-Model Assembly Line to Realize Smoothed Production -- 17. New Sequence Scheduling Method for Smoothing -- 18. Determining the Number of Kanban Pertinent to the Alternative Withdrawal Systems -- 19. Computer System for Kanban System Support -- 20. Numerical Analysis for Productivity Improvement -- IV Implementation -- 21. Review of Kanban System Principles -- 22. Prerequisites to Implementing the Toyota Production System -- 23. Applying the Toyota Production System Overseas -- Appendix 1: JIT Delivery System Can Ease Traffic Congestion and the Labor Shortage -- Appendix 2: Goals Coordination Method -- Appendix 3: Quantitative Analysis of Stocks in a JIT Multistage Production System Using the Constant Order Cycle Withdrawal Method -- Appendix 4: Quantitative Analysis of Lot Size in a JIT Production System Using Constant Order Quantity Withdrawal Method.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461568414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Climate, climate change, climate fluctuations and climatic trends are only a few of the terms used today, in not only conferences, scientific symposia and workshops, but also parliaments and in discussions throughout society. To climatologists these terms may be well known; to the vast majority of people, however, they are new, and they require definition and explanation. The World Meteorological Organization (WMO) inherited an interest and involvement in the studies of climate and climate change from its predecessor, the International Meteorological Organization (IMo), which was established in 1873. By 1929 the IMO had set up a Commission for Climatology to deal with matters related to climate studies. When, in 1950, the World Meteorological Organization assumed the mantle of the IMO, it retained the commission which, among other responsibilities, had already recognized the need for the definition and explana­ tion of terms used in climatology. It must also be said that much of what we now know about climate derives from the scientific and technical programmes co­ ordinated by IMO and now, to a much greater extent, by WMO. In 1979, the First World Climate Conference made an assessment of the status of knowledge of climate and climate variability, and recommended the establishment of a World Climate Programme. This recommendation was fully endorsed by the Eighth World Meteorological Congress, and the World Climate Programme was subse­ quently established by WMO in co-operation with the International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9781461526469
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLII, 823 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Hydropower -- Lesotho Highlands Water Project: design and layout of underground works for ’Muela Hydropower Project -- Design and construction of the cooling water intake tunnel system for Point Aconi generating station, Nova Scotia -- Comparison of two classification systems as applied to the Alpe Devero tunnel, Italy -- Metro/Rail -- Planning and design of tunnels for the Jubilee Line extension, London -- New St Clair River tunnel, Canada-USA -- Application of NATM to design of underground stations in London Clay -- Water/Waste -- Underground works on Third Nairobi Water Supply Project -- Design and construction of caverns for an underground sewage treatment plant, Hong Kong -- The Snake: a rock tunnel for storing combined sewage water, Stockholm -- Tunnelling on the Penzance and St. Ives sewerage scheme, Cornwall, England -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- Two tunnel-boring machines for Lesotho: a design and case history -- Open TBM tunnelling in complex geology for railroad in Sweden -- Use of sedimentary rock impact indices in evaluation of tunnel-boring machine performance -- Development and performance of tunnel-boring machines on Phase II of the London Water Ring Main -- Environmental Issues -- Environmental planning for the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority’s MetroWest water supply tunnel -- Palais Bernheimer in Munich: tunnelling for parking space under a historic building -- Limiting the damage to historic buildings due to tunnelling: experience at the Mansion House, London -- Compensation grouting to limit settlements during tunnelling at Waterloo Station, London -- Ground movement model validation at the Heathrow Express trial tunnel -- Case Histories -- Gjøvik Olympic Mountain Hall, Norway -- Construction of new escalator shaft and passageways at London Underground’s Waterloo Station -- Water in TBM drives, Delivery Tunnel South, Lesotho Highlands Water Project -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- CEN safety standards for tunnelling machines and air locks -- Tunnels below waste disposal tips -- Machine tunnelling in the northwest of England -- EPB-shield tunnelling for the Taipei Metro, contract 201A -- TBM drive management by use of computerized systems -- Research -- Long-term measurements of loads on tunnel linings in overconsolidated clay -- Non-destructive investigation of tunnels -- Case Histories -- Design, construction and performance of a 700-m ‘cover and cut’ tunnel in soft clay, Norway -- Shotcrete in the construction of Pen-Y-Clip tunnel, North Wales -- Face support for a large Mix-Shield in heterogeneous ground conditions -- Design -- Tunnel ring design, development, testing and manufacture for the London Water Ring Main -- Medway tunnel detailed design -- Developments in precast concrete tunnel linings in the United Kingdom -- Case Histories -- Channel tunnel: French undersea crossover design and construction -- Design and construction of Metsovon road tunnel, Greece -- Construction of the ‘Passante Ferroviario’ link in Milan, Italy, lots 3P, 5P and 6P: excavation by large earth pressure balanced shield with chemical foam injection -- Pen-Y-Clip road tunnel, North Wales: achieving a dry lining through a pervious rock formation -- Hydropower -- Tunnel design in the design and construct context—the Pergau experience, Malaysia -- Serra da Mesa project, Brazil: excavation of shafts and penstocks -- Tunnel Machinery -- Rock cutting with roadheaders -- Increased productivity in construction of civil and mining tunnels through the use of high-capacity tunnel-boring machines and continuous belt conveyor muck haulage.
    Abstract: It is now more than twenty years since a proposal was first mooted to hold an international tunnelling symposium in Britain. At the time of the first symposium, held in London in 1976, the Channel Tunnel pro­ ject had just been shelved. Last weekend a charity walk was held in the finished tunnel, which will be open for business later in the year. Tunnels have figured prominently, and at times spectacularly, in the development of national and international links and it is hoped that such links gather pace in the future. It is particularly pleasing that Alastair Biggart of Storebrelt has agreed to deliver the twenty-sixth Sir Julius Wernher Memorial Lecture of the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, entitled 'The changing face of tunnelling', at the start of this event. * Although almost every edition of the technical journals on tunnelling reports another £1 billion scheme somewhere in the world, it would be unfair of me to suggest that tunnelling is restricted to these prestigious schemes for major transport links. Much of the work that makes mod­ ern life possible receives hardly a mention outside the technical press and one suspects that society at large applies the 'out of sight, out of mind' attitude even more readily to underground construction than it does to other forms of engineering. Clearly, there is a contiiming need to improve the capacity and performance of our infrastructure, while hav­ ing a careful regard for the environment.
    Description / Table of Contents: HydropowerLesotho Highlands Water Project: design and layout of underground works for ’Muela Hydropower Project -- Design and construction of the cooling water intake tunnel system for Point Aconi generating station, Nova Scotia -- Comparison of two classification systems as applied to the Alpe Devero tunnel, Italy -- Metro/Rail -- Planning and design of tunnels for the Jubilee Line extension, London -- New St Clair River tunnel, Canada-USA -- Application of NATM to design of underground stations in London Clay -- Water/Waste -- Underground works on Third Nairobi Water Supply Project -- Design and construction of caverns for an underground sewage treatment plant, Hong Kong -- The Snake: a rock tunnel for storing combined sewage water, Stockholm -- Tunnelling on the Penzance and St. Ives sewerage scheme, Cornwall, England -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- Two tunnel-boring machines for Lesotho: a design and case history -- Open TBM tunnelling in complex geology for railroad in Sweden -- Use of sedimentary rock impact indices in evaluation of tunnel-boring machine performance -- Development and performance of tunnel-boring machines on Phase II of the London Water Ring Main -- Environmental Issues -- Environmental planning for the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority’s MetroWest water supply tunnel -- Palais Bernheimer in Munich: tunnelling for parking space under a historic building -- Limiting the damage to historic buildings due to tunnelling: experience at the Mansion House, London -- Compensation grouting to limit settlements during tunnelling at Waterloo Station, London -- Ground movement model validation at the Heathrow Express trial tunnel -- Case Histories -- Gjøvik Olympic Mountain Hall, Norway -- Construction of new escalator shaft and passageways at London Underground’s Waterloo Station -- Water in TBM drives, Delivery Tunnel South, Lesotho Highlands Water Project -- Tunnel-boring Machines -- CEN safety standards for tunnelling machines and air locks -- Tunnels below waste disposal tips -- Machine tunnelling in the northwest of England -- EPB-shield tunnelling for the Taipei Metro, contract 201A -- TBM drive management by use of computerized systems -- Research -- Long-term measurements of loads on tunnel linings in overconsolidated clay -- Non-destructive investigation of tunnels -- Case Histories -- Design, construction and performance of a 700-m ‘cover and cut’ tunnel in soft clay, Norway -- Shotcrete in the construction of Pen-Y-Clip tunnel, North Wales -- Face support for a large Mix-Shield in heterogeneous ground conditions -- Design -- Tunnel ring design, development, testing and manufacture for the London Water Ring Main -- Medway tunnel detailed design -- Developments in precast concrete tunnel linings in the United Kingdom -- Case Histories -- Channel tunnel: French undersea crossover design and construction -- Design and construction of Metsovon road tunnel, Greece -- Construction of the ‘Passante Ferroviario’ link in Milan, Italy, lots 3P, 5P and 6P: excavation by large earth pressure balanced shield with chemical foam injection -- Pen-Y-Clip road tunnel, North Wales: achieving a dry lining through a pervious rock formation -- Hydropower -- Tunnel design in the design and construct context-the Pergau experience, Malaysia -- Serra da Mesa project, Brazil: excavation of shafts and penstocks -- Tunnel Machinery -- Rock cutting with roadheaders -- Increased productivity in construction of civil and mining tunnels through the use of high-capacity tunnel-boring machines and continuous belt conveyor muck haulage.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461535546
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 302 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Base oils from petroleum -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types oflubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition oflubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation—the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    Abstract: The use oflubricants began in ancient times and has developed into a major international business through the need to lubricate machines of increasing complexity. The impetus for lubricant development has arisen from need, so lubricatingpractice has precededan understandingofthescientificprinciples. This is not surprising as the scientific basis of the technology is, by nature, highly complex and interdisciplinary. However, we believe that the under­ standing of lubricant phenomena will continue to be developed at a mol­ ecular level to meet future challenges. These challenges will include the control of emissions from internal combustion engines, the reduction of friction and wear in machinery, and continuing improvements to lubricant performanceand life-time. More recently, there has been an increased understanding ofthe chemical aspects of lubrication, which has complemented the knowledge and under­ standing gained through studies dealing with physics and engineering. This book aims to bring together this chemical information and present it in a practical way. It is written by chemists who are authorities in the various specialisations within the lubricating industry, and is intended to be of interest to chemists who may already be working in the lubricating industry or in academia, and who are seeking a chemist's view of lubrication. It will also be of benefit to engineers and technologists familiar with the industry who requirea more fundamental understanding oflubricants.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Base oils from petroleum1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types oflubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition oflubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation-the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468477672
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Electronics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Thermomechanics for Electronics Packaging -- 2. Thermal Expansivity and Thermal Stress in Multilayered Structures -- 3. Thermal Stresses in Anisotropic Multilayered Structures -- 4. Transient Thermal Stresses in Multilayered Devices -- 5. Temperature Dependence of Thermal Expansion of Materials for Electronics Packages -- 6. Thermal Stress Considerations in Die-Attachment -- 7. Die Stress Measurement Using Piezoresistive Stress Sensors -- 8. Analysis of the Thermal Loading on Electronics Packages by Enhanced Moiré Interferometry -- 9. Correlation of Analytical and Experimental Approaches to Determination of Thermally Induced Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Warpage -- 10. Thermal Stress-Induced Open-Circuit Failure in Microelectronics Thin-Film Metallizations -- 11. Thermal Stress and Stress-Induced Voiding in Passivated Narrow Line Metallizations on Ceramic Substrates -- 12. Predicted Bow of Plastic Packages of Integrated Circuit (IC) Devices -- 13. Thermal and Moisture Stresses in Plastic Packages -- 14. Solutions to Moisture Resistance Degradation During Solder Reflow of Plastic Surface Mount Components -- 15. Thermomechanical Fatigue of 63Sn-37Pb Solder Joints -- 16. A Prediction of the Thermal Fatigue Life of Solder Joints Using Crack Propagation Rate and Equivalent Strain Range -- 17. Microstructural Evaluation of Sn-Pb Solder and Pd-Ag Thick-Film Conductor Metallization Under Thermal Cycling and Aging Conditions -- 18. Solder Joint Reliability of Leadless Chip Carriers -- 19. Solder Creep-Fatigue Interactions with Flexible Leaded Surface Mount Components -- 20. Thermal Stress Issues in Plated-Through-Hole Reliability -- 21. Nonlinear Analysis of a Ceramic Pin Grid Array (PGA) Soldered to an Orthotropic Epoxy Substrate -- 22. Mechanics of Wirebond Interconnects -- 23. Corrosion in Microelectronics Packages -- Author Biographies.
    Abstract: Microelectronics packaging and interconnection have experienced exciting growth stimulated by the recognition that systems, not just silicon, provide the solution to evolving applications. In order to have a high density/ performance/yield/quality/reliability, low cost, and light weight system, a more precise understanding of the system behavior is required. Mechanical and thermal phenomena are among the least understood and most complex of the many phenomena encountered in microelectronics packaging systems and are found on the critical path of neatly every design and process in the electronics industry. The last decade has witnessed an explosive growth in the research and development efforts devoted to determining the mechanical and thermal behaviors of microelectronics packaging. With the advance of very large scale integration technologies, thousands to tens of thousands of devices can be fabricated on a silicon chip. At the same time, demands to further reduce packaging signal delay and increase packaging density between communicat­ ing circuits have led to the use of very high power dissipation single-chip modules and multi-chip modules. The result of these developments has been a rapid growth in module level heat flux within the personal, workstation, midrange, mainframe, and super computers. Thus, thermal (temperature, stress, and strain) management is vital for microelectronics packaging designs and analyses. How to determine the temperature distribution in the elec­ tronics components and systems is outside the scope of this book, which focuses on the determination of stress and strain distributions in the electronics packaging.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Thermomechanics for Electronics Packaging2. Thermal Expansivity and Thermal Stress in Multilayered Structures -- 3. Thermal Stresses in Anisotropic Multilayered Structures -- 4. Transient Thermal Stresses in Multilayered Devices -- 5. Temperature Dependence of Thermal Expansion of Materials for Electronics Packages -- 6. Thermal Stress Considerations in Die-Attachment -- 7. Die Stress Measurement Using Piezoresistive Stress Sensors -- 8. Analysis of the Thermal Loading on Electronics Packages by Enhanced Moiré Interferometry -- 9. Correlation of Analytical and Experimental Approaches to Determination of Thermally Induced Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Warpage -- 10. Thermal Stress-Induced Open-Circuit Failure in Microelectronics Thin-Film Metallizations -- 11. Thermal Stress and Stress-Induced Voiding in Passivated Narrow Line Metallizations on Ceramic Substrates -- 12. Predicted Bow of Plastic Packages of Integrated Circuit (IC) Devices -- 13. Thermal and Moisture Stresses in Plastic Packages -- 14. Solutions to Moisture Resistance Degradation During Solder Reflow of Plastic Surface Mount Components -- 15. Thermomechanical Fatigue of 63Sn-37Pb Solder Joints -- 16. A Prediction of the Thermal Fatigue Life of Solder Joints Using Crack Propagation Rate and Equivalent Strain Range -- 17. Microstructural Evaluation of Sn-Pb Solder and Pd-Ag Thick-Film Conductor Metallization Under Thermal Cycling and Aging Conditions -- 18. Solder Joint Reliability of Leadless Chip Carriers -- 19. Solder Creep-Fatigue Interactions with Flexible Leaded Surface Mount Components -- 20. Thermal Stress Issues in Plated-Through-Hole Reliability -- 21. Nonlinear Analysis of a Ceramic Pin Grid Array (PGA) Soldered to an Orthotropic Epoxy Substrate -- 22. Mechanics of Wirebond Interconnects -- 23. Corrosion in Microelectronics Packages -- Author Biographies.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489960900
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 361 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mathematics ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Engineering.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9781468465518
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section I Introduction -- 1 The i386/i486 Architecture -- Section II Real-Address Mode -- 2 Programming in Real-Address Mode -- Section III Protected Mode -- 3 Memory Management -- 4 Enter and Leave Protected Mode -- 5 Page Programming -- 6 Control Transfers -- 7 Multitasking -- 8 Debugging -- 9 Input/Output -- 10 Exceptions and Interrupts -- Section IV Virtual-8086 Mode -- 11V86 Mode Programming -- Section V Appendices -- Appendix A Sample i486 Programs -- Appendix B The i386/i486 Instruction Set -- Appendix C Assembler and Linker.
    Abstract: This book gives x86 assembly language programmers a view about how to use the resources and features provided by the i386/i486 processor, the newest and most advanced microprocessor from the Intel x86 family. Because the i386/i486 processor is entirely compatible with its predecessor, the 8086/88 processor, this book concentrates on the enhanced features compared to its predecessor. We assume the reader is already familiar with the concepts of 8086/88 assembly language programming. Our goal is to show you the programming methods that apply to powerful features of the i386/i486. The i387 math coprocessor is not discussed in this book. A detailed explanation about how to use each i386/i486 instruction is not covered in this book. However, we list the complete i386/i486 instruction set in Appendix B. Organization of the Book This book is divided into sections to help readers start learning from the concepts that are similar to the 8086/8088 processor. Then, the discussion shifts to the resources and environment of the i386/i486 processor. Throughout the book, real-life program examples are used to illustrate in detail how you can use the enhanced features or functions of the processor. Chapter 1 introduces the i386/i486 architecture and its enhanced features. The discussion includes the operation mode, general registers, segment registers, system registers, and system data structures. Chapter 2 discusses the method that the i386/i486 processor uses to make itself fully compatible with the 8086/88 processor and to define the interrupt vector table address, which is different from the 8086/88 processor.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I Introduction1 The i386/i486 Architecture -- Section II Real-Address Mode -- 2 Programming in Real-Address Mode -- Section III Protected Mode -- 3 Memory Management -- 4 Enter and Leave Protected Mode -- 5 Page Programming -- 6 Control Transfers -- 7 Multitasking -- 8 Debugging -- 9 Input/Output -- 10 Exceptions and Interrupts -- Section IV Virtual-8086 Mode -- 11V86 Mode Programming -- Section V Appendices -- Appendix A Sample i486 Programs -- Appendix B The i386/i486 Instruction Set -- Appendix C Assembler and Linker.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468471151
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Conversions and Equivalents -- II. Water Chemistry -- III. Enrichment Formulations -- IV. Hatchery Systems and Methods -- V. Plumbing and Materials -- VI. Feeds and Nutrition -- VII. Aquaculture Ponds -- VIII. Chemicals and Treatments -- References.
    Abstract: As the aquaculture industry has expanded throughout the world, it has embraced the experiences of many fields of study to meet increasing technological challenges. The complexities of modern hatchery methodology, more intensive growout systems, and the application of diverse biological and physical sciences to aquatic animal husbandry have reached beyona the ability of most aquaculturists to enjoy an in-depth knowledge of all phases of the aquaculture process. More importantly, in order for tne culturist to have at hand the information necessary to make basic decisions, it requires an extensive library of textbooks and scientific literature. The Aquaculture Desk Reference serves as a concise compila­ tion of tables, graphs, conversions, formulas and design specifica­ tions useful to the aquaculture industry. It also provides examples, in a straightforward manner, of how information in tabulature can be used to derive values for specific system design and process strategies. Tables and graphs in this volume also provide back­ ground documentation and authority for further reference. The Aquaculture Desk Reference is a convenient source book that will alleviate the need for an extensive personal library to access basic information useful for practicing aquaculturists. Many thanks to Mrs. Ruth Aldrich for her assistance in the preparation of this book. My family, friends and associates also deserve my special appreciation for their encouragement and sup­ port.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Conversions and EquivalentsII. Water Chemistry -- III. Enrichment Formulations -- IV. Hatchery Systems and Methods -- V. Plumbing and Materials -- VI. Feeds and Nutrition -- VII. Aquaculture Ponds -- VIII. Chemicals and Treatments -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489926531
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 240 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Security systems. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Program Design and Initiation -- 3 Comprehensive Descriptive Method -- 4 Quality Ratings Method -- 5 “In/Out” Method -- 6 Difference-from-Control Method (Degree of Difference) -- Appendix 1 Basic Data Analysis Methods -- Graphical Summaries -- Summary Statistics -- Confidence Intervals -- Appendix 2 Statistical Hypothesis Testing -- Type I and Type II Errors -- Example of a Statistical Hypothesis Test -- Appendix 3 The Statistical Design of Sensory Panels -- Randomized (Complete) Block Designs -- Balanced Incomplete Block Designs -- Appendix 4 Multivariate Methods -- Multivariate Summary Statistics -- Principal Components/Factor Analysis -- Cluster Analysis -- Appendix 5 Statistical Quality Control -- Control Charts -- R-Charts -- I-Charts -- Statistical Control Versus Specifications -- Panel Maintenance -- References.
    Abstract: This book addresses an important, but so far neglected, topic: the application of sensory evaluation to quality control. Although several articles have been pub­ lished that have discussed concepts of quality control/sensory evaluation (QC/sen­ sory) programs, Sensory Evaluation in Quality Control is the first publication that addresses this topic in a comprehensive and practical way. This book is com­ prehensive, in that it presents the sensory and statistical information that is needed to design and implement several types of QCfsensory programs at the plant level. The book is practical, in that it provides a step-by-step description of the complete process to implement such programs, and it illustrates this process through real examples encountered by various consumer products companies (e. g. , foods, personal care products, paper products). With this practical information, sensory and quality professionals can design and implement sound QC/sensory programs at the plant level. This book was developed to provide the sensory and quality professional with an overview and guide to apply, in a production facility, the unique techniques that are used to measure sensory responses. Therefore, the book is intended for QC and/or R&D personnel (e. g. , sensory managers and analysts, and quality profes­ sionals) in charge of implementing an in-plant program, as well as for the plant management and plant technical personnel (sensory coordinator and quality pro­ fessionals) who are ultimately responsible for the routine operation of the estab­ lished program.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461534501
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 274 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Computer networks . ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Local ATM -- Architecture of Local and Metropolitan ATM Networks: New Trends -- Supercomputer Communications as an Application for ATM Local Area Networks -- Gigabit Local Area Networks -- Congestion Control I -- An Overview of Bandwidth Management Procedures in High-Speed Networks -- Performance of the Buffered Leaky Bucket Policing Mechanism -- Congestion Control II -- Explicit Foward Congestion Notification in ATM Networks -- A Novel Architecture and Flow Control Scheme for Private ATM Networks -- Gateway Congestion Controls in High-Speed Backbone Networks -- Standards -- What’s New in B-ISDN Standards? -- Routing -- Routing in ATM Networks -- A Queueing-Network Model for Half-Duplex Routing in Data Communication Networks -- Transport Protocols -- The Xpress Transfer Protocol -- Radiology Communications for Imaging Systems -- High-Speed Transport Protocol Evaluation in the VISTAnet Project -- Traffic Measurements -- Traffic Models for ISDN and B-ISDN Users -- Traffic Characterization in a Wide Area Network -- Telecommunications Software Engineering -- Engineering of Telecommunications Software -- Reliability of Telecommunications Software: Assessing Sensitivity of Least Squares Reliability Estimates -- Software Metrics and the Quality of Telecommunication Software.
    Abstract: TriComm '92 was the fifth in the series of Research Triangle conferences on Computer Communications. This series emerged from a need to provide a forum for the people who are actively involved in Research and Development in the Research Triangle area in which they could present and discuss new ideas in Computer Communications. TriComm '92 was dedicated to High Speed networks. In particular, the program was developed around the following themes: local ATM, preventive and reactive congestion control. routing. transport protocols. traffic measurements, software engineering for telecommunication systems. and standards. I would like to thank all the speakers who agreed to present a paper. and the members of the program committee who patiently refereed the papers despite their busy schedules. I would also like to thank Mr. Ed Bowen, IBM, Research Triangle Park, for covering the expenses for the preparation of the pre-conference proceedings. and Dr. Raif Onvural. IBM, Research Triangle Park, for overseeing the photocopying of the proceedings. I would also like to thank my "Guardian Angel" Ms. Margaret Hudacko. Center for Communications and Signal Processing. State University, who made all the local arrangements. North Carolina Without her help, this conference would have been a complete disaster. Many thanks also go to Norene Miller. Center for Communications and Signal Processing. North Carolina State University. Finally. I would like to thank Mr. Charles Lord, Eastern NC Chapter of the IEEE Communications SOCiety. for providing us with mailing lists.
    Description / Table of Contents: Local ATMArchitecture of Local and Metropolitan ATM Networks: New Trends -- Supercomputer Communications as an Application for ATM Local Area Networks -- Gigabit Local Area Networks -- Congestion Control I -- An Overview of Bandwidth Management Procedures in High-Speed Networks -- Performance of the Buffered Leaky Bucket Policing Mechanism -- Congestion Control II -- Explicit Foward Congestion Notification in ATM Networks -- A Novel Architecture and Flow Control Scheme for Private ATM Networks -- Gateway Congestion Controls in High-Speed Backbone Networks -- Standards -- What’s New in B-ISDN Standards? -- Routing -- Routing in ATM Networks -- A Queueing-Network Model for Half-Duplex Routing in Data Communication Networks -- Transport Protocols -- The Xpress Transfer Protocol -- Radiology Communications for Imaging Systems -- High-Speed Transport Protocol Evaluation in the VISTAnet Project -- Traffic Measurements -- Traffic Models for ISDN and B-ISDN Users -- Traffic Characterization in a Wide Area Network -- Telecommunications Software Engineering -- Engineering of Telecommunications Software -- Reliability of Telecommunications Software: Assessing Sensitivity of Least Squares Reliability Estimates -- Software Metrics and the Quality of Telecommunication Software.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461572961
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Engineering geology. ; Geotechnical engineering. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction and Overview -- 1.1 Need for Trenchless Technology -- 1.2 Horizontal Boring Techniques -- 1.3 General Procedures -- 1.4 Selection of Method -- 1.5 Limitations -- 1.6 Future Outlook -- 1.7 Looking Ahead -- 2 Background -- 2.1 Early Underground Work -- 2.2 The Stimulus of the Industrial Revolution -- 2.3 Early Trenchless Methods—1890–1960 -- 2.4 Trenchless Methods—1960–1985 -- 3 Creating the Hole -- 3.1 Thrust Boring -- 3.2 Impact Moling -- 3.3 Impact Ramming -- 3.4 Rock Hammer -- 3.5 Auger Boring -- 3.6 Wet/Slurry Boring -- 3.7 Fluid Jet Cutting -- 3.8 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 3.9 Rotary/Directional Drilling -- 4 Steerable Horizontal Boring -- 4.1 Methods of Steering the Bit -- 4.2 Available Systems -- 4.3 Planning the Job -- 4.4 Applications -- 4.5 Preventing and Controlling Problems -- 5 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 5.1 Pipe Jacking -- 5.2 Microtunnelling -- 6 On-Line Replacement and Structural Renovation -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Options -- 6.3 On-Line Replacement -- 6.4 Renovation -- 7 Instrumentation Systems for Guided Boring -- 7.1 Unguided Systems -- 7.2 Guided Boring -- 7.3 Guidance Instrumentation Systems -- 7.4 Equipment Selection -- 7.5 Needs and Future Trends -- 8 Economics of Trenchless Technology -- 8.1 Economic Costs -- 8.2 Open-Cut Method -- 8.3 Economic Studies and Models -- 8.4 Effect of Drilling Rate -- 8.5 System Utilization -- 9 Investigation, Routing, and Location -- 9.1 Selection of Trenchless Equipment -- 9.2 Planning and Design of Project -- 9.3 Job Implementation and Precautions -- 10 Case Histories -- 10.1 Case History 1: Horizontal Drilling -- 10.2 Case History 2: Guided Piercing Tool -- 10.3 Case History 3: Microtunnelling -- 10.4 Case History 4: Pipeline Insertion Machine -- 10.5 Case History 5: UTILX Guidedril Tunnelling Machine -- 10.6 Case History 6: Microtunnelling -- 10.7 Case History 7: Renovation -- 11 Future Needs -- 11.1 The Future in Perspective -- 11.2 Attitudes and Awareness -- 11.3 Technical Needs.
    Abstract: In the past decade, the field of trenchless technology has expanded rapidly in products, equipment, and utilization. This expansion would not have occurred without a strong increase in economic incentives to the user. Because the operating environment has changed, trenchless technology is often the preferred alternative to traditional methods of digging holes and installing conduits. The infrastructure in which we live has become more congested and has to be shared by several users. In addition, the cost of restoring a road or landscaped area after construction may be higher than the cost of installing the conduit. These factors add to the need for trenchless technology-the ability to dig holes without disturbing the surface. In some ways, trenchless technology is a futuristic concept. Ruth Krauss in a children's book of definitions wrote, "A Hole .. .Is to Dig." But this statement is not necessarily true. Today, a hole could be to bore.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction and Overview1.1 Need for Trenchless Technology -- 1.2 Horizontal Boring Techniques -- 1.3 General Procedures -- 1.4 Selection of Method -- 1.5 Limitations -- 1.6 Future Outlook -- 1.7 Looking Ahead -- 2 Background -- 2.1 Early Underground Work -- 2.2 The Stimulus of the Industrial Revolution -- 2.3 Early Trenchless Methods-1890-1960 -- 2.4 Trenchless Methods-1960-1985 -- 3 Creating the Hole -- 3.1 Thrust Boring -- 3.2 Impact Moling -- 3.3 Impact Ramming -- 3.4 Rock Hammer -- 3.5 Auger Boring -- 3.6 Wet/Slurry Boring -- 3.7 Fluid Jet Cutting -- 3.8 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 3.9 Rotary/Directional Drilling -- 4 Steerable Horizontal Boring -- 4.1 Methods of Steering the Bit -- 4.2 Available Systems -- 4.3 Planning the Job -- 4.4 Applications -- 4.5 Preventing and Controlling Problems -- 5 Pipe Jacking and Microtunnelling -- 5.1 Pipe Jacking -- 5.2 Microtunnelling -- 6 On-Line Replacement and Structural Renovation -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Options -- 6.3 On-Line Replacement -- 6.4 Renovation -- 7 Instrumentation Systems for Guided Boring -- 7.1 Unguided Systems -- 7.2 Guided Boring -- 7.3 Guidance Instrumentation Systems -- 7.4 Equipment Selection -- 7.5 Needs and Future Trends -- 8 Economics of Trenchless Technology -- 8.1 Economic Costs -- 8.2 Open-Cut Method -- 8.3 Economic Studies and Models -- 8.4 Effect of Drilling Rate -- 8.5 System Utilization -- 9 Investigation, Routing, and Location -- 9.1 Selection of Trenchless Equipment -- 9.2 Planning and Design of Project -- 9.3 Job Implementation and Precautions -- 10 Case Histories -- 10.1 Case History 1: Horizontal Drilling -- 10.2 Case History 2: Guided Piercing Tool -- 10.3 Case History 3: Microtunnelling -- 10.4 Case History 4: Pipeline Insertion Machine -- 10.5 Case History 5: UTILX Guidedril Tunnelling Machine -- 10.6 Case History 6: Microtunnelling -- 10.7 Case History 7: Renovation -- 11 Future Needs -- 11.1 The Future in Perspective -- 11.2 Attitudes and Awareness -- 11.3 Technical Needs.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468464412
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Early Processes and Theories -- 2 Alchemy -- 3 From Alchemy to Chemistry -- 4 Phlogistic and Pneumatic Chemistry -- 5 Lavoisier and the Birth of Modern Chemistry -- 6 The Chemical Atom -- 7 Electrochemistry and the Dualistic Theory -- 8 The Foundation of Organic Chemistry -- 9 The Karlsruhe Congress and its Aftermath -- 10 Organic Chemistry since 1860 -- 11 Atomic Structure, Radiochemistry and Chemical Bonding -- 12 Inorganic Chemistry -- 13 Physical Chemistry -- 14 Analytical Chemistry -- 15 Chemistry and Society -- Appendix The Nobel Prize in Chemistry -- Name Index.
    Abstract: This book is written as a result of a personal conviction of the value of incorporating historical material into the teaching of chemistry, both at school and undergraduate level. Indeed, it is highly desirable that an undergraduate course in chemistry incorporates a separate module on the history of chemistry. This book is therefore aimed at teachers and students of chemistry, and it will also appeal to practising chemists. While the last 25 years has seen the appearance of a large number of specialist scholarly publications on the history of chemistry, there has been little written in the way of an introductory overview of the subject. This book fills that gap. It incorporates some of the results of recent research, and the text is illustrated throughout. Clearly, a book of this length has to be highly selective in its coverage, but it describes the themes and personalities which in the author's opinion have been of greatest importance in the development of the subject. The famous American historian of science, Henry Guerlac, wrote: 'It is the central business of the historian of science to reconstruct the story of the acquisition of this knowledge and the refinement of its method or methods, and-perhaps above all-to study science as a human activity and learn how it arose, how it developed and expanded, and how it has influenced or been influenced by man's material, intellectual, and even spiritual aspirations' (Guerlac, 1977). This book attempts to describe the development of chemistry in these terms.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Early Processes and Theories2 Alchemy -- 3 From Alchemy to Chemistry -- 4 Phlogistic and Pneumatic Chemistry -- 5 Lavoisier and the Birth of Modern Chemistry -- 6 The Chemical Atom -- 7 Electrochemistry and the Dualistic Theory -- 8 The Foundation of Organic Chemistry -- 9 The Karlsruhe Congress and its Aftermath -- 10 Organic Chemistry since 1860 -- 11 Atomic Structure, Radiochemistry and Chemical Bonding -- 12 Inorganic Chemistry -- 13 Physical Chemistry -- 14 Analytical Chemistry -- 15 Chemistry and Society -- Appendix The Nobel Prize in Chemistry -- Name Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461534549
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A Partnership (Program Status) -- SSC Education Initiatives -- Superconductors I -- Environment, Safety, and Health -- Magnets I -- Detectors I -- Cryogenics I -- Technical Poster Session I -- Quality Assurance I -- Magnets II SSC Dipoles -- Detectors II -- Cryogenics II -- Technology Transfer -- Superconductors II -- Quality Assurance II -- Magnets III Superconducting Magnet Technology -- Detectors III -- Accelerators -- Technical Poster Session II -- Parallel Technical Sessions IV -- Systems Engineering -- Magnets IV Magnet Fabrication and R&D Facilities, Tooling, and Component Analysis -- Detectors IV -- Attendees -- Author Index.
    Abstract: The fourth annual International Industrial Symposium on the Super Collider, rrssc held March 4-6, 1992, in New Orleans was a great success. Present at this year's conference were 839 attendees representing 24 universities and colleges, 34 states, 13 countries, 17 national laboratories, 11 research centers, many government entities at the local, state and federal levels, and 235 businesses and companies. This year's symposium also included 101 exhibits by 78 organizations. In all categories, this year's participation exceeded the totals of previous years and is an example of the growing support for the Superconducting Super Collider Program. This year's program had many highlights. One of the best was a message from President George Bush, read by Linda Stuntz, Acting Deputy Secretary, Department of Energy. President Bush said that each of us "can be proud of the role that you are playing in building the Collider and in setting the stage for a new era of research and discovery in high energy physics. " The 1992 IISSC's theme was "SSC-Discovering the Future. " This theme was chosen in commemoration of the SOOth anniversary of Columbus's voyage of discovery and the relationship of the SSC with discovery. This theme was articulated by all the speakers in the opening plenary session. Progress on the program was also very evident at this year's symposium. In the pictorial session, 66 photographs from all over the world were displayed to highlight progress in making the SSC a reality.
    Description / Table of Contents: A Partnership (Program Status)SSC Education Initiatives -- Superconductors I -- Environment, Safety, and Health -- Magnets I -- Detectors I -- Cryogenics I -- Technical Poster Session I -- Quality Assurance I -- Magnets II SSC Dipoles -- Detectors II -- Cryogenics II -- Technology Transfer -- Superconductors II -- Quality Assurance II -- Magnets III Superconducting Magnet Technology -- Detectors III -- Accelerators -- Technical Poster Session II -- Parallel Technical Sessions IV -- Systems Engineering -- Magnets IV Magnet Fabrication and R&D Facilities, Tooling, and Component Analysis -- Detectors IV -- Attendees -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461535300
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 345 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 About Physical Optics -- 1.2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- 1.3 Overview of the Following Chapters -- References -- Problems -- 2 Maxwell’s Equations and Plane Wave Propagation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Some Preliminaries -- 2.3 Monochromatic Plane Waves -- 2.4 Polychromatic Plane Waves -- 2.5 Propagation in Polarizing Optical Systems -- 2.6 Striated Media -- References -- Problems -- 3 Material Polarization and Dispersion -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Complexity in the Microscopic World -- 3.3 A Derivation of the Lorentz-Lorenz Relation -- 3.4 The Spring Model of Matter -- 3.5 Wave Propagation in Dispersive Media -- 3.6 Macroscopic Models of More Exotic Effects -- References -- Problems -- 4 Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Microscopic Basis for the Existence of an Index Tensor -- 4.3 Fresnel’s and the Index Ellipsoids -- 4.4 The Normal Surface and the Ray Surface -- 4.5 Some Propagation Effects in Crystals -- 4.6 Some Polarization Devices -- References -- Problems -- 5 Geometrical Optics -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The WKB Approximation as it Relates to Geometrical Optics -- 5.3 The Eikonal Equation -- 5.4 Energy Flow and Radiometry -- 5.5 Paraxial Ray Optics -- 5.6 About Optical Instruments -- 5.7 Phase Space and Liouville’s Theorem -- References -- Problems -- 6 Interferenee -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Michelson Interferometer -- 6.3 Other Interferometers -- 6.4 The Fabry-Perot Interferometer -- 6.5 Young’s Interferometer and Spatial Coherence -- 6.6 Hanbury-Brown and Twiss Interferometer -- References -- Problems -- 7 Diffraetion -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Green’s Theorem and Scalar Diffraction -- 7.3 Rayleigh-Sommerfeld Theory -- 7.4 Van Cittert-Zemicke Theorem -- 7.5 Diffraction Gratings and Spectrometers -- References -- Problems.
    Abstract: This present text has emerged from the lecture notes for a one semester, first year, graduate level course which has been offered yearly since fall 1985 here in the Electrical and Computer Engineering Department at the University of Colorado at Boulder. Enrollment in the course, however, has not been limited to first year graduate electrical engineering students, but has included seniors, as well as more advanced students, from a variety of disciplines including other areas of engineering and physics. Although other Physical Optics texts exist, the most up-to-date ones are written primarily for undergraduate courses. As is discussed in slightly more depth in the introduction in the beginning of Chap­ ter 1, up-to-dateness is important in a Physical Optics text, as even classical optics has been greatly rejuvenated by the events of the last 30 years, since the demonstration of the laser. The perception of this author is that the needs of a graduate level text are quite different from that of an undergraduate text. At the undergraduate level, one is generally pleased if the student can qualitatively grasp a portion of the concepts presented and have some recollection of where to look them up if need be later in his/her career. A deeper insight is necessary at the graduate level and is generally developed through qualitative analysis of the problems within the subject area.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 About Physical Optics -- 1.2 The Electromagnetic Spectrum -- 1.3 Overview of the Following Chapters -- References -- Problems -- 2 Maxwell’s Equations and Plane Wave Propagation -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Some Preliminaries -- 2.3 Monochromatic Plane Waves -- 2.4 Polychromatic Plane Waves -- 2.5 Propagation in Polarizing Optical Systems -- 2.6 Striated Media -- References -- Problems -- 3 Material Polarization and Dispersion -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Complexity in the Microscopic World -- 3.3 A Derivation of the Lorentz-Lorenz Relation -- 3.4 The Spring Model of Matter -- 3.5 Wave Propagation in Dispersive Media -- 3.6 Macroscopic Models of More Exotic Effects -- References -- Problems -- 4 Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Microscopic Basis for the Existence of an Index Tensor -- 4.3 Fresnel’s and the Index Ellipsoids -- 4.4 The Normal Surface and the Ray Surface -- 4.5 Some Propagation Effects in Crystals -- 4.6 Some Polarization Devices -- References -- Problems -- 5 Geometrical Optics -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 The WKB Approximation as it Relates to Geometrical Optics -- 5.3 The Eikonal Equation -- 5.4 Energy Flow and Radiometry -- 5.5 Paraxial Ray Optics -- 5.6 About Optical Instruments -- 5.7 Phase Space and Liouville’s Theorem -- References -- Problems -- 6 Interferenee -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The Michelson Interferometer -- 6.3 Other Interferometers -- 6.4 The Fabry-Perot Interferometer -- 6.5 Young’s Interferometer and Spatial Coherence -- 6.6 Hanbury-Brown and Twiss Interferometer -- References -- Problems -- 7 Diffraetion -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Green’s Theorem and Scalar Diffraction -- 7.3 Rayleigh-Sommerfeld Theory -- 7.4 Van Cittert-Zemicke Theorem -- 7.5 Diffraction Gratings and Spectrometers -- References -- Problems.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461532729
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 302 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Base oils from petroleum -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types of lubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition of lubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation—the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    Abstract: The use oflubricants began in ancient times and has developed into a major international business through the need to lubricate machines of increasing complexity. The impetus for lubricant development has arisen from need, so lubricatingpractice has preceded an understanding ofthe scientific principles. This is not surprising as the scientific basis of the technology is, by nature, highly complex and interdisciplinary. However, we believe that the under­ standing of lubricant phenomena will continue to be developed at a mol­ ecular level to meet future challenges. These challenges will include the control of emissions from internal combustion engines, the reduction of friction and wear in machinery, and continuing improvements to lubricant performanceand life-time. More recently, there has been an increased understanding of the chemical aspects of lubrication, which has complemented the knowledge and under­ standing gained through studies dealing with physics and engineering. This book aims to bring together this chemical information and present it in a practical way. It is written by chemists who are authorities in the various specialisations within the lubricating industry, and is intended to be of interest to chemists who may already be working in the lubricating industry or in academia, and who are seeking a chemist's view of lubrication. It will also be of benefit to engineers and technologists familiar with the industry who require a more fundamental understanding oflubricants.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Base oils from petroleum1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Base oil composition -- 1.3 Products and specifications -- 1.4 Conventional base oil manufacturing methods -- 1.5 Modern catalytic processes -- 1.6 Future developments -- References -- 2 Synthetic base fluids -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Polyalphaolefins -- 2.3 Alkylated aromatics -- 2.4 Polybutenes -- 2.5 Synthetic esters -- 2.6 Polyalkylene glycols -- 2.7 Phosphate esters -- References -- 3 Detergents/dispersants -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Detergents -- 3.3 Dispersants -- 3.4 Other lubricants -- 3.5 Performance evaluation -- References -- Further reading -- 4 Oxidative degradation and stabilisation of mineral oil based lubricants -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Autoxidation of hydrocarbons -- 4.3 Oxidation stability of base oils -- 4.4 Inhibition of oxidative degradation of lubricants -- 4.5 Application of antioxidants -- 4.6 Future antioxidant technology -- Acknowledgements -- References -- 5 Viscosity index improvers and thickeners -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Overview of VI improver chemistry -- 5.3 Chemistry and manufacture of commercial VI improvers -- 5.4 Function and properties -- 5.5 Performance -- 5.6 Prognosis for future developments -- References -- 6 Miscellaneous additives -- 6.1 Friction modifiers -- 6.2 Pour point depressants -- 6.3 Demulsifiers and antifoams -- 6.4 Corrosion inhibitors -- Reference -- 7 The formulation of automotive lubricants -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 What type of lubricant is wanted? -- 7.3 Why there are so many types of lubricant -- 7.4 Multifunctional lubricants -- 7.5 Definition of lubricant performance -- 7.6 Lubricant formulation-the physical phase -- 8 Industrial lubricants -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Bearing lubricants -- 8.3 Compressor lubricants -- 8.4 Hydraulic lubricants (fluids) -- 8.5 Industrial gear lubricants -- 8.6 Turbine lubricants -- 8.7 Metalworking lubricants -- 8.8 Specialities -- References -- 9 Aviation lubricants -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Lubrication of rotary engines -- 9.3 Lubrication of conventional aircraft piston engines -- 9.4 Lubrication of aircraft turbine engines -- 9.5 Aircraft hydraulic fluids -- 9.6 Helicopter gearboxes -- 9.7 Undercarriage lubrication -- 9.8 Airframe lubrication -- 9.9 Safety aspects of aircraft lubrication -- 9.10 Space lubrication -- References -- 10 Marine lubricants -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Marine diesel engines -- 10.3 Fuel oil -- 10.4 Base oils -- 10.5 Additives -- 10.6 Properties and formulation of marine lubricants -- 10.7 System oils -- 10.8 Cylinder oils -- 10.9 Trunk piston engine oils -- 10.10 Used oil analysis -- References -- 11 Lubricating grease -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Structure and properties -- 11.3 Chemistry -- 11.4 Applications -- 11.5 Future developments -- 11.6 Conclusions -- References -- 12 Extreme-pressure and anti-wear additives -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Anti-wear additives -- 12.3 Extreme-pressure additives -- 12.4 Mechanisms of action of anti-wear and EP additives -- 12.5 Application of different classes of additive -- 12.6 Future developments -- References -- 13 Lubricants and their environmental impact -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Collection of waste lubricant -- 13.3 Treatment of collected lubricant -- 13.4 Re-refined base oil quality -- 13.5 Health and safety aspects of re-refined oil -- 13.6 Environmental considerations of waste lubricant -- 13.7 Environmental impact of ‘consumed’ lubricant -- 13.8 Biodegradation tests for oils -- 13.9 Future trends -- References -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461534846
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 171 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One Introduction to Total Quality Management (TQM) -- 1 — Total Quality Management — worldwide effect -- 2 — The management methodology -- 3 — TQM principles -- Two Implementation of TQM -- 4 — The executive/management role -- 5 — TQM structure and top-down requirements -- 6 — Quality policy -- 7 — Measurement -- 8 — Quality improvement teams -- 9 — Education and training -- 10 — Involvement and commitment -- 11 — Supplier strategy -- 12 — Time to market -- 13 — Organizational design -- 14 — Summary -- Three Tools and Techniques for TQM.
    Abstract: TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (TQM) - A COMPETITIVE EDGE In the context of the European and Western manufacturing challenge being set by the 'Far Eastern Machine', it is of critical importance that manufacturing competitiveness is improved in Western companies. The ability to export successfully is becoming even more critical to the economic well-being of developed countries worldwide. The Japanese domination of the motor cycle and domestic consumer markets has had a significant impact on the balance of payments in Western Europe and the USA. All the signs are that Japanese companies are ready and able to enter other markets aggressively, through takeovers, acquisitions and off-shore manufacturing facilities. In Western Europe, the creation of the 'Single Market' in 1992 has provided major opportunities for companies to increase their market share. Unfortunately, many companies in the West have shown an inability to succeed even in their market when faced with tough, well-organized opposition, such as that from the Far East. There is very little time left for Western companies to catch up - the challenge is becoming more fiercely competitive daily. The time to improve competitive edge may be too late for many companies, as the European frontiers are dismantled and the Japanese companies continue to build off-shore plants in Europe. For example, it is a fact that companies are increasingly x PREFACE being forced to achieve world class manufacturing capability in order to compete and, in many cases, survive.
    Description / Table of Contents: One Introduction to Total Quality Management (TQM)1 - Total Quality Management - worldwide effect -- 2 - The management methodology -- 3 - TQM principles -- Two Implementation of TQM -- 4 - The executive/management role -- 5 - TQM structure and top-down requirements -- 6 - Quality policy -- 7 - Measurement -- 8 - Quality improvement teams -- 9 - Education and training -- 10 - Involvement and commitment -- 11 - Supplier strategy -- 12 - Time to market -- 13 - Organizational design -- 14 - Summary -- Three Tools and Techniques for TQM.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    ISBN: 9781461535225
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I: Lactic Microflora -- 1 The Lactic Microflora of Fowl -- 2 The Lactic Microflora of Pigs, Mice and Rats -- 3 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Rumen -- 4 The Human Gastrointestinal Tract -- 5 The Lactic Microflora of the Oral Cavity -- II: Lactic Acid Bacteria and Health -- 6 Probiotics: A General View -- 7 The Effect of Probiotics on the Gut Micro-ecology of Farm Animals -- 8 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Control of Plant Pathogens -- 9 The Antimicrobial Action of Lactic Acid Bacteria: Natural Food Preservation Systems -- 10 Lactic Acid Bacteria and the Control of Tumours -- 11 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Support of Immunocompromised Hosts -- 12 Fermented Dairy Products and Health -- III: Agriculture and Ecology -- 13 Spoilage in the Sugar Industry -- 14 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Plant Silage -- 15 Storage of Waste Products for Animal Feed -- 16 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Coffee and Cocoa Fermentation -- 17 Sporolactobacilli -- 18 Critical Factors Governing the Competitive Behaviour of Lactic Acid Bacteria in Mixed Cultures.
    Abstract: Historical Background lowe my interest in the lactic acid bacteria (LAB) to the late Dr Cyril Rainbow, who introduced me to their fascinating world when he offered me a place with him to work for a PhD on the carbohydrate meta­ bolism of some lactic rods isolated from English beer breweries by himself and others, notably Dr Dora Kulka. He was particularly interested in their preference for maltose over glucose as a source of carbohydrate for growth, expressed in most cases as a more rapid growth on the disaccharide, but one isolate would grow only on maltose. Eventually, we showed that maltose was being utilised by 'direct fermen­ tation' as the older texts called it, specifically by the phosphorolysis which had first been demonstrated for maltose by Doudoroff and his associates in their work on maltose metabolism by a strain of Neisseria meningitidis. I began work on food fermentations when I came to Strathclyde University, and I soon found myself involved again with the bacteria which I had not touched since completing my doctoral thesis. In 1973 lG. Carr, C. V. Cutting and G. c. Whiting organised the 4th Long Ashton Symposium Lactic Acid Bacteria in Beverages and Food and from my participation in that excellent conference arose a friendship with Geoff Carr. The growing importance of these bacteria was subsequently confirmed by the holding, a decade later, of the first of the Wageningen Conferences on the LAB.
    Description / Table of Contents: I: Lactic Microflora1 The Lactic Microflora of Fowl -- 2 The Lactic Microflora of Pigs, Mice and Rats -- 3 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Rumen -- 4 The Human Gastrointestinal Tract -- 5 The Lactic Microflora of the Oral Cavity -- II: Lactic Acid Bacteria and Health -- 6 Probiotics: A General View -- 7 The Effect of Probiotics on the Gut Micro-ecology of Farm Animals -- 8 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Control of Plant Pathogens -- 9 The Antimicrobial Action of Lactic Acid Bacteria: Natural Food Preservation Systems -- 10 Lactic Acid Bacteria and the Control of Tumours -- 11 Lactic Acid Bacteria in the Support of Immunocompromised Hosts -- 12 Fermented Dairy Products and Health -- III: Agriculture and Ecology -- 13 Spoilage in the Sugar Industry -- 14 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Plant Silage -- 15 Storage of Waste Products for Animal Feed -- 16 Lactic Acid Bacteria in Coffee and Cocoa Fermentation -- 17 Sporolactobacilli -- 18 Critical Factors Governing the Competitive Behaviour of Lactic Acid Bacteria in Mixed Cultures.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9781468414318
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Marketing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Design-Build Concept -- 2 The Art of Selling to the Construction Prospect -- 3 New Business Attitudes -- 4 Finding the Prospective Customer -- 5 Qualifying the Lead -- 6 Selling the Prospect -- 7 Design-Build Capability -- 8 Signing Up the Prospect -- 9 Working with the Owner During Construction -- 10 The Construction Sales Department.
    Abstract: With a jolt you pull your car to the side of the road, and read the job sign that can't be over one day old: New Home of ABC Inc.; General Contractor, XYZ Construction Co. You think out loud, "I knew the property had been sold," and your eyes roam over the real estate sign with the angled "sold" sticker pro­ claiming to all that the agent has been successful. "Thought the job would have come out on the bid list by now," you mutter as you move back onto the road and head for your office. Later in the day you get the agent on the phone: "Jim, how did XYZ get the ABC job? I saw nothing on the builders' exchange about it." "John, XYZ has been negotiating with ABC for the past six weeks. They did one fine job of selling on old McDuff. Understand they just called on him out of the blue asking for a chance. They put the whole package together, plans and all." "Didn't that tightwad McDuff get another price, Jim?" "Sure did; two, as a matter of fact. He asked me to get two other contractors capable of doing design-build projects. He liked XYZ better. I don't know the prices, but I really feel those boys impressed McDuff by going to him. Were you planning to bid the job?" "Thinking about it," you answer, trying to sound very casual.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Design-Build Concept2 The Art of Selling to the Construction Prospect -- 3 New Business Attitudes -- 4 Finding the Prospective Customer -- 5 Qualifying the Lead -- 6 Selling the Prospect -- 7 Design-Build Capability -- 8 Signing Up the Prospect -- 9 Working with the Owner During Construction -- 10 The Construction Sales Department.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468485479
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Mechanisms of Hot Carrier Degradation -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Injection of Channel Hot Carriers in MOSFETs -- 1.3 Characterization Techniques -- 1.4 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Uniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.5 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Nonuniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.6 Conclusions -- 1.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 2 Hot-Carrier Degradation Effects for DRAM Circuits -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Hot-Carrier Degradation in MOSFETs -- 2.3 Hot Carrier Impact on Circuit Operation -- 2.4 Circuit Hot-Electron Effect Simulation -- 2.5 ESD Latent Damage and Hot-Electron Reliability -- 2.6 Future Issues -- 2.7 Conclusions -- 2.8 Acknowledgments -- References -- 3 Hot Carrier Design Considerations in MOS Nonvolatile Memories -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Hot Carriers and EPROM -- 3.3 Hot Carriers and Flash Memory -- 3.4 Hot Carriers and Floating-Gate-Type EEPROMs -- 3.5 Hot Carriers and MNOS-Type EEPROMs -- 3.6 Conclusions -- 3.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 4 Hot-Carrier Degradation During Dynamic Stress -- 4.1 The Problem of AC Hot-Carrier Degradation -- 4.2 Discussion of Transient Effects -- 4.3 Dynamic Degradation in Circuits -- 4.4 Conclusions -- References -- Appendices -- Appendix I On the Mathematical Formalism of the Hot-Carrier Currents in Semiconductor DevicesCheng T. Wang -- A1.1 Introduction -- A1.2 Mathematical Formalism -- A1.3 Conclusion -- References -- Appendix II Non-Local Field Effects on Carrier Transport in Ultra-Small-Size Devices Cheng T. Wang -- A2.1 Introduction -- A2.3 Drift Velocity as a Function of Distance -- A2.4 A Comparative Study of Field Effect on Drift Velocity -- A2.5 Conclusion -- A2.6 Acknowledgments -- References.
    Abstract: As device dimensions decrease, hot-carrier effects, which are due mainly to the presence of a high electric field inside the device, are becoming a major design concern. On the one hand, the detrimental effects-such as transconductance degradation and threshold shift-need to be minimized or, if possible, avoided altogether. On the other hand, performance­ such as the programming efficiency of nonvolatile memories or the carrier velocity inside the devices-need to be maintained or improved through the use of submicron technologies, even in the presence of a reduced power supply. As a result, one of the major challenges facing MOS design engineers today is to harness the hot-carrier effects so that, without sacrificing product performance, degradation can be kept to a minimum and a reli­ able design obtained. To accomplish this, the physical mechanisms re­ sponsible for the degradations should first be experimentally identified and characterized. With adequate models thus obtained, steps can be taken to optimize the design, so that an adequate level of quality assur­ ance in device or circuit performance can be achieved. This book ad­ dresses these hot-carrier design issues for MOS devices and circuits, and is used primarily as a professional guide for process development engi­ neers, device engineers, and circuit designers who are interested in the latest developments in hot-carrier degradation modeling and hot-carrier reliability design techniques. It may also be considered as a reference book for graduate students who have some research interests in this excit­ ing, yet sometime controversial, field.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Mechanisms of Hot Carrier Degradation1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Injection of Channel Hot Carriers in MOSFETs -- 1.3 Characterization Techniques -- 1.4 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Uniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.5 Charge Trapping and Dit-Generation Under Nonuniform Hot-Carrier Injection in MOSFETs -- 1.6 Conclusions -- 1.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 2 Hot-Carrier Degradation Effects for DRAM Circuits -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Hot-Carrier Degradation in MOSFETs -- 2.3 Hot Carrier Impact on Circuit Operation -- 2.4 Circuit Hot-Electron Effect Simulation -- 2.5 ESD Latent Damage and Hot-Electron Reliability -- 2.6 Future Issues -- 2.7 Conclusions -- 2.8 Acknowledgments -- References -- 3 Hot Carrier Design Considerations in MOS Nonvolatile Memories -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Hot Carriers and EPROM -- 3.3 Hot Carriers and Flash Memory -- 3.4 Hot Carriers and Floating-Gate-Type EEPROMs -- 3.5 Hot Carriers and MNOS-Type EEPROMs -- 3.6 Conclusions -- 3.7 Acknowledgments -- References -- 4 Hot-Carrier Degradation During Dynamic Stress -- 4.1 The Problem of AC Hot-Carrier Degradation -- 4.2 Discussion of Transient Effects -- 4.3 Dynamic Degradation in Circuits -- 4.4 Conclusions -- References -- Appendices -- Appendix I On the Mathematical Formalism of the Hot-Carrier Currents in Semiconductor DevicesCheng T. Wang -- A1.1 Introduction -- A1.2 Mathematical Formalism -- A1.3 Conclusion -- References -- Appendix II Non-Local Field Effects on Carrier Transport in Ultra-Small-Size Devices Cheng T. Wang -- A2.1 Introduction -- A2.3 Drift Velocity as a Function of Distance -- A2.4 A Comparative Study of Field Effect on Drift Velocity -- A2.5 Conclusion -- A2.6 Acknowledgments -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475753806
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 302 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Sweetness and food selection -- 2 The carbohydrate—sucrose -- 3 Non-sucrose carbohydrates -- 4 Sugar alcohols -- 5 Intense sweeteners -- 6 Natural high potency sweeteners -- 7 Sweetener markets, marketing and product development -- 8 Sweeteners and dental health -- 9 Sweeteners and metabolic disorders -- 10 Sweeteners and body weight -- 11 Sweeteners: statutory aspects.
    Abstract: The study of sweetness and sweeteners has recently been an area well­ served by books at all levels, but this volume was planned to fill what we perceived as a gap in the coverage. There appeared to be no book which attempted to combine a study of sweetness with a thorough but concise coverage of all aspects of sweeteners. We set out to include all the important classes of sweeteners, including materials which do not yet have regulatory approval, so that clear comparisons could be made between them and their technological advantages and disadvantages. To achieve our first aim, of sufficient depth of coverage, the accounts within this volume are comprehensive enough to satisfy the requirements of a demanding readership, but cannot be exhaustive in a single volume of moderate proportions. The second aim, of breadth and conciseness, is satisfied by careful selection of the most pertinent material. For the purposes of this book, a sweetener is assumed to be any substance whose primary effect is to sweeten a food or beverage to be consumed, thus including both the nutritive and non-nutritive varieties, from the ubiquitous sucrose to the lesser known, newer developments in alternative sweeteners. The volume has its contents structured in a logical manner to enable it to be used in an ordered study of the complete subject area or as a convenient reference source.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461538707
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Production management. ; Strategic planning. ; Leadership. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Quality costing: an introduction -- 2 Definitions of quality costs -- 3 Collection of quality costs -- 4 Reporting of quality costs -- 5 Uses of quality costs -- 6 Case study, company 1 -- 7 Case study, company 2 -- 8 Case study, company 3 -- 9 Case study, company 4 -- 10 Setting up a quality costing system.
    Abstract: This book is one of the few English language texts devoted to the subject of quality costing. The material is based on research work carried out by the authors at the Manchester School of Managememt, UMIST, over the last nine years or so. The research has been mainly in manufac­ turing organizations but work has also been conducted in non-manufac­ turing concerns (e. g. marketing and service operations, and commerce). The book will provide managers with sound practical advice on how to define, collect, analyse, report and use quality costs. The text covers all the main aspects of quality costing and an attempt has been made to structure the book in the sequence by which organizations should set about a quality costing exercise. The book opens by examining the background of quality costing. This is followed by chapters on definitions of quality costs, collection of quality costs, analysis and reporting of quality costs, and the uses of quality costs. Examples from manufacturing organizations and non­ manufacturing situations are used throughout the first five chapters to illustrate the key points discussed in the text. The next four chapters are case studies which provide considerable detail on quality costing in companies from the mechanical and electronics industries. To preserve anonymity the companies are not referred to by name.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Quality costing: an introduction2 Definitions of quality costs -- 3 Collection of quality costs -- 4 Reporting of quality costs -- 5 Uses of quality costs -- 6 Case study, company 1 -- 7 Case study, company 2 -- 8 Case study, company 3 -- 9 Case study, company 4 -- 10 Setting up a quality costing system.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461304975
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Distribution of gold in the Earth’s crust -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Gold in rock-forming minerals -- 1.3 Gold in igneous rocks -- 1.4 Gold in sediments and sedimentary rocks -- 1.5 Gold in metamorphic rocks -- 1.6 Concluding summary -- 1.7 Mineral data -- References -- The hydrothermal geochemistry of gold -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The inorganic chemistry of gold -- 2.3 Gold complexing in hydrothermal solutions -- 2.4 Gold deposition -- 2.5 Summary -- References -- 3 Archaean lode gold deposits -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Nature of deposits -- 3.3 Regional distribution -- 3.4 Constraints on genetic models -- 3.5 Genetic models -- 3.6 Tectonic setting of gold mineralization -- 3.7 Potential exploration significance -- 3.8 Brief summary -- References -- 4 Phanerozoic gold deposits in tectonically active continental margins -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Distribution of Phanerozoic lode gold deposits in space and time -- 4.3 Geological and geochemical characteristics -- 4.4 Genetic models -- 4.5 Comparisons of Phanerozoic mesothermal deposits to other types of gold Mineralization -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Epithermal gold deposits in volcanic terranes -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Exploration case studies -- 5.4 Active geothermal systems -- 5.5 Metal transport in epithermal systems -- 5.6 Physico-chemical conditions in the depositional regime -- 5.7 Epithermal deposits through geologic time -- 5.8 Exploration -- 5.9 Summary -- References -- 6 Intrusion-related gold deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Geotectonic settings -- 6.3 Intrusion-hosted stockwork/disseminated deposits -- 6.4 Deposits in carbonate rocks -- 6.5 Stockwork, disseminated and replacement deposits in non-carbonate rocks -- 6.6 Breccia-hosted deposits -- 6.7 Vein-type deposits -- 6.8 Deposit interrelationships and metal zoning -- 6.9 Genetic considerations -- 6.10 Possible relationships with other gold deposit types -- 6.11 Concluding remarks -- References -- 7 The geology and origin of Carlin-type gold deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Classification of Carlin-type deposits -- 7.3 Regional geological and tectonic setting -- 7.4 Characteristics of the deposits -- 7.5 Ore deposit models -- 7.6 Exploration guidelines -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Auriferous hydrothermal precipitates on the modern seafloor -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Gold in seafloor polymetallic sulphide deposits -- 8.3 Mineralogy and geochemistry of gold in seafloor hydrothermal systems -- 8.4 Gold in sub-seafloor stockwork mineralization -- 8.5 Gold in hydrothermal plumes and associated metalliferous sediments -- 8.6 Transport and deposition of gold in seafloor hydrothermal systems -- 8.7 Secondary enrichment of gold in supergene sulphides and gossans -- 8.8 Gold in ancient seafloor hydrothermal systems -- References -- 9 Ancient placer gold deposits -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Geological setting -- 9.3 The palaeosurfaces -- 9.4 The placer sediments -- 9.5 Metamorphism -- 9.6 Structural control -- 9.7 Summary -- References -- 10 Geochemical exploration for gold in temperate, arid, semi-arid, and rain forest terrains -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Geochemical signatures of gold mineralization -- 10.3 Examples and case histories -- 10.4 Operating procedures -- 10.5 Alternative sampling techniques -- 10.6 Conclusions -- References -- 11 Geochemical exploration for gold in glaciated terrain -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Glacial dispersal -- 11.3 Glacial stratigraphy and ice-movement directions -- 11.4 Sampling and analytical methods -- 11.5 Occurrence of gold in till and soil and the effects of weathering -- 11.6 Drift prospecting for gold -- 11.7 Source of placer gold in glaciated terrains -- 11.8 Conclusions and future trends -- References -- 12 Geophysical exploration for gold -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Geological and geophysical models -- 12.3 Exploration strategy and methods -- 12.5 Conclusions -- 12.6 Glossary of geophysical terms -- References -- 13 Economics of gold deposits -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Market setting -- 13.3 Gold-mine production -- 13.4 Economic evaluation of gold deposits -- 13.5 Characteristics of economic gold deposits -- 13.6 Conclusion -- References.
    Abstract: Within the last decade, the high and continuing demand for gold has prompted a global gold rush on a scale never before seen, not even in the heady days of Ballarat, California and the Yukon. Gold is being sought on every continent and, with very few exceptions, in every country around the world. Such interest and fierce competition has demanded considerable innovation and improvement in exploration techniques paralleled by a rapid expansion of the geological database and consequent genetic modelling for the many different types of gold deposits now recognized. This proliferation of data has swamped the literature and left explorationist and academic alike unable to sift more than a small proportion of the accumulating information. This new book represents an attempt to address this major problem by providing succinct syntheses ofall major aspects ofgold metallogeny and exploration, ranging from the chemical distribution of gold in the Earth's crust, and the hydrothermal chemistry of gold, to Archaean and Phanerozoic lode deposits, epithermal environments, chemical sediments, and placer deposits, and culminates in chapters devoted to geochemical and geophysical exploration, and the economics of gold deposits. Each chapter is written by geoscientists who are acknowledged internationally in their respective fields, thus guaranteeing a broad yet up-to-date coverage. In addition, each chapter is accompanied by reference lists which provide readers with access to the most pertinent and useful publications.
    Description / Table of Contents: Distribution of gold in the Earth’s crust1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Gold in rock-forming minerals -- 1.3 Gold in igneous rocks -- 1.4 Gold in sediments and sedimentary rocks -- 1.5 Gold in metamorphic rocks -- 1.6 Concluding summary -- 1.7 Mineral data -- References -- The hydrothermal geochemistry of gold -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The inorganic chemistry of gold -- 2.3 Gold complexing in hydrothermal solutions -- 2.4 Gold deposition -- 2.5 Summary -- References -- 3 Archaean lode gold deposits -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Nature of deposits -- 3.3 Regional distribution -- 3.4 Constraints on genetic models -- 3.5 Genetic models -- 3.6 Tectonic setting of gold mineralization -- 3.7 Potential exploration significance -- 3.8 Brief summary -- References -- 4 Phanerozoic gold deposits in tectonically active continental margins -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Distribution of Phanerozoic lode gold deposits in space and time -- 4.3 Geological and geochemical characteristics -- 4.4 Genetic models -- 4.5 Comparisons of Phanerozoic mesothermal deposits to other types of gold Mineralization -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Epithermal gold deposits in volcanic terranes -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Exploration case studies -- 5.4 Active geothermal systems -- 5.5 Metal transport in epithermal systems -- 5.6 Physico-chemical conditions in the depositional regime -- 5.7 Epithermal deposits through geologic time -- 5.8 Exploration -- 5.9 Summary -- References -- 6 Intrusion-related gold deposits -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Geotectonic settings -- 6.3 Intrusion-hosted stockwork/disseminated deposits -- 6.4 Deposits in carbonate rocks -- 6.5 Stockwork, disseminated and replacement deposits in non-carbonate rocks -- 6.6 Breccia-hosted deposits -- 6.7 Vein-type deposits -- 6.8 Deposit interrelationships and metal zoning -- 6.9 Genetic considerations -- 6.10 Possible relationships with other gold deposit types -- 6.11 Concluding remarks -- References -- 7 The geology and origin of Carlin-type gold deposits -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Classification of Carlin-type deposits -- 7.3 Regional geological and tectonic setting -- 7.4 Characteristics of the deposits -- 7.5 Ore deposit models -- 7.6 Exploration guidelines -- 7.7 Summary -- References -- 8 Auriferous hydrothermal precipitates on the modern seafloor -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Gold in seafloor polymetallic sulphide deposits -- 8.3 Mineralogy and geochemistry of gold in seafloor hydrothermal systems -- 8.4 Gold in sub-seafloor stockwork mineralization -- 8.5 Gold in hydrothermal plumes and associated metalliferous sediments -- 8.6 Transport and deposition of gold in seafloor hydrothermal systems -- 8.7 Secondary enrichment of gold in supergene sulphides and gossans -- 8.8 Gold in ancient seafloor hydrothermal systems -- References -- 9 Ancient placer gold deposits -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Geological setting -- 9.3 The palaeosurfaces -- 9.4 The placer sediments -- 9.5 Metamorphism -- 9.6 Structural control -- 9.7 Summary -- References -- 10 Geochemical exploration for gold in temperate, arid, semi-arid, and rain forest terrains -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Geochemical signatures of gold mineralization -- 10.3 Examples and case histories -- 10.4 Operating procedures -- 10.5 Alternative sampling techniques -- 10.6 Conclusions -- References -- 11 Geochemical exploration for gold in glaciated terrain -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Glacial dispersal -- 11.3 Glacial stratigraphy and ice-movement directions -- 11.4 Sampling and analytical methods -- 11.5 Occurrence of gold in till and soil and the effects of weathering -- 11.6 Drift prospecting for gold -- 11.7 Source of placer gold in glaciated terrains -- 11.8 Conclusions and future trends -- References -- 12 Geophysical exploration for gold -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Geological and geophysical models -- 12.3 Exploration strategy and methods -- 12.5 Conclusions -- 12.6 Glossary of geophysical terms -- References -- 13 Economics of gold deposits -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Market setting -- 13.3 Gold-mine production -- 13.4 Economic evaluation of gold deposits -- 13.5 Characteristics of economic gold deposits -- 13.6 Conclusion -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415308
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Developments in polymerization -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Radical addition polymerization -- 1.3 Ionic and coordination addition polymerization -- 1.4 Stepwise polymerization -- References -- 2 Group transfer polymerizations -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Features of group transfer polymerization -- 2.3 Kinetics and mechanism -- 2.4 Aldol group transfer polymerization -- 2.5 Copolymers -- 2.6 Telechelics -- 2.7 Related and anionic polymerizations -- 2.8 Applications -- References -- 3 Ring-opening metathesis polymerization of cyclic alkenes -- 3.1 Scope of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.2 Monomers for ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.3 Catalysts for the ring-opening polymerization of cycloalkenes -- 3.4 Mechanism of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.5 Molecular weight distribution in polyalkenylenes -- 3.6 Stereochemistry of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.7 Thermodynamics of ring-opening polymerization -- References -- 4 Transformation reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Historical development of transformation reactions -- 4.3 Transformations between anionic and cationic polymerization -- 4.4 Transformations between ionic and free radical polymerization -- 4.5 Transformations involving other modes of polymerization -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Chemical modification of preformed polymers -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Chemical reactions of polymers: general aspects -- 5.3 Modification of polymers -- References -- 6 Terminally reactive oligomers: telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The synthesis of terminally reactive oligomers -- 6.3 Reactions and reactivity of telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.4 Uses of terminally functionalized oligomers -- References.
    Abstract: Most practitioners and students of polymer chemistry are familiar, in general terms at least, with the established methods of polymer synthesis - radical, anionic, cationic and coordination addition polymerization, and stepwise con­ densation and rearrangement polymerization. These methods are used to synthesize the majority of polymers used in the manufacture of commercially important plastics, fibres, resins and rubbers, and are covered in most introduc­ tory polymer chemistry textbooks and in most undergraduate and graduate courses on polymer science. Fewer polymer chemists, however, have much familiarity with more recent developments in methods of polymer synthesis, unless they have been specifically involved for some time in the synthesis of speciality polymers. These developments include not only refinements to established methods but also new mechanisms of polymerization, such as group transfer and metathesis polymerization and novel non-polymerization routes to speciality polymers involving, for example, the chemical modification of preformed polymers or the linking together of short terminally functionalized blocks.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Developments in polymerization1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Radical addition polymerization -- 1.3 Ionic and coordination addition polymerization -- 1.4 Stepwise polymerization -- References -- 2 Group transfer polymerizations -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Features of group transfer polymerization -- 2.3 Kinetics and mechanism -- 2.4 Aldol group transfer polymerization -- 2.5 Copolymers -- 2.6 Telechelics -- 2.7 Related and anionic polymerizations -- 2.8 Applications -- References -- 3 Ring-opening metathesis polymerization of cyclic alkenes -- 3.1 Scope of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.2 Monomers for ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.3 Catalysts for the ring-opening polymerization of cycloalkenes -- 3.4 Mechanism of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.5 Molecular weight distribution in polyalkenylenes -- 3.6 Stereochemistry of ring-opening metathesis polymerization -- 3.7 Thermodynamics of ring-opening polymerization -- References -- 4 Transformation reactions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Historical development of transformation reactions -- 4.3 Transformations between anionic and cationic polymerization -- 4.4 Transformations between ionic and free radical polymerization -- 4.5 Transformations involving other modes of polymerization -- 4.6 Conclusions -- References -- 5 Chemical modification of preformed polymers -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Chemical reactions of polymers: general aspects -- 5.3 Modification of polymers -- References -- 6 Terminally reactive oligomers: telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The synthesis of terminally reactive oligomers -- 6.3 Reactions and reactivity of telechelic oligomers and macromers -- 6.4 Uses of terminally functionalized oligomers -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475709292
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 285 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 What are Lamprophyres? — History, Definitions, Classification -- 2 When and Where? — Global Distribution, Igneous Associations -- 3 Field Geology and Petrography — Macroscopy and Microscopy -- 4 Cognate Mineralogy -- 5 Whole-rock Geochemistry -- 6 Inclusion Suites — Macrocrysts, Xenocrysts, Xenoliths, etc. -- 7 Plutonic and Volcanic Equivalents of Lamprophyres -- 8 Nature, Origin and Evolution of Lamprophyre Melts -- 9 Economic Geology -- 10 A Selective Lamprophyre Bibliography -- Appendix A Abbreviations and Symbols -- Appendix B Glossary of lamprophyres and ambiguous petrological terms -- Appendix C Global Compilation of Lamprophyre Occurrences -- Table Cl Confirmed occurrences of cale-alkaline lamprophyres -- Table C2 Confirmed occurrences of alkaline lamprophyres -- Table C3 Confirmed occurrences of ultramafic lamprophyres -- Table C4 Confirmed occurrences of lamproites -- Table C5 Additional documentation for the appinite suite and vaugnérite series -- Table C6 Confirmed mixed or transitional occurrences (covering two or more branches) -- Table C7 Unconfirmed occurrences of “lamprophyres” -- Table C8 Apocryphal occurrences of “lamprophyres” -- Appendix D The computerized lamprophyre database LAMPDA.
    Abstract: Following their recognition by GUmbel (1874), lamprophyres were treated for an entire century as little more than obscure curiosities. Although this situation has changed recently, with a flowering of publications and active workers, lamprophyres remain almost the only group of igneous rocks which have not yet received attention in a dedicated monograph. In five exploratory reviews (1977-1987), the writer aimed to set out what was known about these rocks. The lUGS Subcommission on igneous rock systematics had meanwhile presented its nomenclatural framework (Streckeisen 1979). All this has now been overtaken by a recent explosion of interest, epitomized not least by lamprophyres' greater prominence in the 4th International Kimberlite Conference Proceedings. More data have become available since 1985 than over the entire previous century, and it is obviously impossible for such an extraordinary outpouring to be fully reviewed in this first, preliminary book. At the risk of dissatisfying some readers, therefore, this book concentrates on factual matters, and on a broad overview rather than minutiae. Because not even a world map of known lamprophyres was previously available, almost half the book is deliberately taken up by the first global lamprophyre compilation, and its commensurately extensive Bibliography. Such a compendium of largely objective information is believed to be of more immediate interest and lasting value than a premature pottage of petrogenetic polemic. Chapters 1-7 bring previous studies up to date, and concentrate on factual information.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9781468465396
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 383 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Housing production manual
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: The procedures in this manual distill six years of learning about the most efficient acquisition and construction methods in this country for high volume production of housing affordable to low-income people. The people in the Rehab Work Group at The Enterprise Foundation have gathered this information first-hand and conveyed it in training workshops on production management throughout the country. Over 2000 participants in the workshops have included rehab specialists from city housing departments, con­ struction managers of single and multifamily rehab projects, program managers from both nonprofit housing development organizations and city rehab depart­ ments, as well as students in colleges and universities. They are becoming the backbone of a new cadre of effective producers of affordable housing. In the 30 cities and several rural areas where we have both learned and applied these production management techniques, they have resulted in savings of 5, 10, even 25 percent of the cost of housing development. The Enterprise Foundation is a national, nonprofit organization that my wife Patty and I launched in 1982. The Foundation's mission is to see that all very low-income Americans have the opportunity for fit and affordable housing within a generation, and work their way up and out of poverty into the main­ stream of American life.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    ISBN: 9781468478297
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Basic Distinctions Between Patents, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, and Trademarks -- Constitutional Basis and Underlying Philosophy for Patents and Copyrights -- Patents -- Design Patents -- Plant Patents -- Plant Variety Protection Act -- Copyrights -- Trade Secrets -- Trademarks and Service Marks -- 3 Jurisdiction for Administering and Enforcing Laws Concerning Intellectual Property -- The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) and Appeals Therefrom -- United States District Courts and Appeals Therefrom -- US Claims Court and Appeals Therefrom -- International Trade Commission (ITC) and Appeals Therefrom -- Copyright Office -- State Courts -- Laws Related to Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights -- Resolution of Disputes by Nonlitigation Methods -- 4 Patentability and Inventorship -- Patentability -- What Can Be Patented -- Utility -- Double Patenting -- Novelty and 35 USC § 102 -- Nonobviousness Requirement for Patentability USC § 103 -- Case Law Application of 35 USC § 103 -- Inventorship -- 5 The Patent Application -- Abstract of the Disclosure -- Description Portion of the Specification -- Written Description of the Invention -- Enablement -- Best Mode -- Drawings -- Models -- Claims -- Preamble of the Claim -- Transitional Phrase of the Claim -- Body of the Claim -- Types of Claims -- Doctrine of Equivalents -- Oath or Declaration -- Statutory Invention Registration (SIR) -- 6 Prosecution of Patent Application -- Requirements for Obtaining a Filing Date -- Classification of Application for Examination Purposes -- Initial Substantive Review of Application by Examiner -- Response by Applicant -- Examination of Claims on Their Merits -- Response to Office Action -- Final Rejection of Claims and Response -- Appeal to Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences -- Interferences -- Review by Quality Control -- Notice of Allowance -- Certificates of Correction -- Reissues -- Reexamination -- Intervening Rights -- Protests -- Patent marking -- Types of Related Patent Applications -- 7 Reexamination -- Citation of Prior Art -- Request for Reexamination -- Substantial New Question of Patentability -- The Order to Reexamine -- Reexamination Proceeding -- Some Factors of Concern When Deciding to Reexamine or Whether to Take Some Other Action -- License Agreements and Reexamination -- 8 International Patent Treaties -- Paris Convention of 1883 -- Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) -- European Patents and the European Patent Convention (EPC) -- Organisation Africaine de la Propriété Intellectuelle (OAPI) -- African Regional Industrial Property Organization (ARIPO) -- Inventor’s Certificate -- 9 Trade Secrets and Commercial Considerations -- Trade Secrets -- Maintaining Secrecy -- Protection Afforded by Trade Secrets -- Patent or Keep Secret -- Commercial Considerations -- Restrictions on Exploitation of Patents -- Record Keeping -- Invention Disclosures -- Ownership of Invention -- Invention Incentive Programs -- 10 Searching -- Search Facilities at the United States Patent and Trademark Office -- Searching Organizations -- Reasons for Searching -- 11 Government Patent Policy -- General Considerations -- Small Business and Nonprofit Organizations -- March-In Rights -- Federal Technology Transfer Act -- 12 Trademarks and Service Marks -- Federal Trademark Registrations -- Categories of Terms and Secondary Meaning -- Benefits From Federal Registration -- Likelihood of Confusion -- Trade Names -- Trade Dress -- Searching -- 13 Copyrights and Semiconductor Chip Protection -- Copyrights -- Protection for Semiconductor Chips -- Important Addresses -- Acronyms -- Appendices A-S.
    Abstract: The primary purpose of the first edition of this book was to provide inventors and those who manage technology with sufficient understanding of the patent system to permit them to make use of it with the greatest possible degree of comfort. From the comments that I have received from readers of the first edition, it seems that this purpose was achieved to an appreciable extent. In fact, the audience for the book went beyond this and has been of use to those entering the patent profession and general attorneys who have technology-based clientele. This second edition discusses important changes in the law since the first, including the enactment of new laws as well as new insights into or inter­ pretations of already existing statutes. Along with updating material, I have expanded certain discussions including more examples to illustrate some of the more complex issues covered. In writing this book, I have tried not to lose sight of the underlying philosophy of the patent laws as expressed in ARTICLE 1, SECTION 8 of the United States Constitution: The Congress shall have the power to promote the sciences and useful arts, by securing for limited time to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their respective writings and discoveries. Encouragement of communication between an inventor and the general public is, therefore, the primary purpose and objective of the patent laws.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Basic Distinctions Between Patents, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, and Trademarks -- Constitutional Basis and Underlying Philosophy for Patents and Copyrights -- Patents -- Design Patents -- Plant Patents -- Plant Variety Protection Act -- Copyrights -- Trade Secrets -- Trademarks and Service Marks -- 3 Jurisdiction for Administering and Enforcing Laws Concerning Intellectual Property -- The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) and Appeals Therefrom -- United States District Courts and Appeals Therefrom -- US Claims Court and Appeals Therefrom -- International Trade Commission (ITC) and Appeals Therefrom -- Copyright Office -- State Courts -- Laws Related to Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights -- Resolution of Disputes by Nonlitigation Methods -- 4 Patentability and Inventorship -- Patentability -- What Can Be Patented -- Utility -- Double Patenting -- Novelty and 35 USC § 102 -- Nonobviousness Requirement for Patentability USC § 103 -- Case Law Application of 35 USC § 103 -- Inventorship -- 5 The Patent Application -- Abstract of the Disclosure -- Description Portion of the Specification -- Written Description of the Invention -- Enablement -- Best Mode -- Drawings -- Models -- Claims -- Preamble of the Claim -- Transitional Phrase of the Claim -- Body of the Claim -- Types of Claims -- Doctrine of Equivalents -- Oath or Declaration -- Statutory Invention Registration (SIR) -- 6 Prosecution of Patent Application -- Requirements for Obtaining a Filing Date -- Classification of Application for Examination Purposes -- Initial Substantive Review of Application by Examiner -- Response by Applicant -- Examination of Claims on Their Merits -- Response to Office Action -- Final Rejection of Claims and Response -- Appeal to Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences -- Interferences -- Review by Quality Control -- Notice of Allowance -- Certificates of Correction -- Reissues -- Reexamination -- Intervening Rights -- Protests -- Patent marking -- Types of Related Patent Applications -- 7 Reexamination -- Citation of Prior Art -- Request for Reexamination -- Substantial New Question of Patentability -- The Order to Reexamine -- Reexamination Proceeding -- Some Factors of Concern When Deciding to Reexamine or Whether to Take Some Other Action -- License Agreements and Reexamination -- 8 International Patent Treaties -- Paris Convention of 1883 -- Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT) -- European Patents and the European Patent Convention (EPC) -- Organisation Africaine de la Propriété Intellectuelle (OAPI) -- African Regional Industrial Property Organization (ARIPO) -- Inventor’s Certificate -- 9 Trade Secrets and Commercial Considerations -- Trade Secrets -- Maintaining Secrecy -- Protection Afforded by Trade Secrets -- Patent or Keep Secret -- Commercial Considerations -- Restrictions on Exploitation of Patents -- Record Keeping -- Invention Disclosures -- Ownership of Invention -- Invention Incentive Programs -- 10 Searching -- Search Facilities at the United States Patent and Trademark Office -- Searching Organizations -- Reasons for Searching -- 11 Government Patent Policy -- General Considerations -- Small Business and Nonprofit Organizations -- March-In Rights -- Federal Technology Transfer Act -- 12 Trademarks and Service Marks -- Federal Trademark Registrations -- Categories of Terms and Secondary Meaning -- Benefits From Federal Registration -- Likelihood of Confusion -- Trade Names -- Trade Dress -- Searching -- 13 Copyrights and Semiconductor Chip Protection -- Copyrights -- Protection for Semiconductor Chips -- Important Addresses -- Acronyms -- Appendices A-S.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468487428
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: 9th edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Abstract: This edition of well over 50,000 entries not only updates its predecessor but considerably increases the coverage of Latin America and Eastern Europe. I have been aided in this work by two colleagues at Glasgow University Library, Dr Lloyd Davies and Barbara MacMillan, and in general revision by Kate Richard. Close on 20% of the text has been altered. The equivalences, introduced into the last edition, linking acronyms in different languages for the same organization, have been extended. New to this edition is the cross-referencing between a defunct organization and its successor. Otherwise the policies adopted in previous editions have been retained: strictly local organizations are omitted, but the subject scope includes activities of all kinds; the country of origin of a national organization is given in brackets, unless it is the home country of the title language or can be readily deduced from the title itself. Acronyms of parent bodies of subsidiary organizations are also added in brackets. A select bibliography guides the reader to specialist works providing more detailed information. Particularly at a time of such widespread political change affecting organizational structures in so many countries, it is impossible to ensure complete up-to-date accuracy in a work of this kind. Readers are earnestly invited to inform me of any errors and omissions for attention in a later edition of this work. H. H. Bibliography Acronyms, Initialisms and Abbreviations Dictionary. 13th edn. Gale Research Co. , Detroit, 1989.
    Description / Table of Contents: AB -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475701906
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Physiology of Insect Cold Hardiness -- 1. A Tribute to R. W. Salt -- 2. Principles of Insect Low Temperature Tolerance -- 3. The Water Relations of Overwintering Insects -- 4. Biochemistry of Cryoprotectants -- 5. Hemolymph Proteins Involved in Insect Subzero-Temperature Tolerance: Ice Nucleators and Antifreeze Proteins -- Impact on Development and Survival -- 6. Cold Shock and Heat Shock -- 7. Effects of Cold on Morphogenesis -- 8. Relationship between Cold Hardiness and Diapause -- 9. Thermoperiodism -- Species Adaptations -- 10. Winter Habitats and Ecological Adaptations for Winter Survival -- 11. Freezing Tolerance in the Goldenrod Gall Fly (Eurosta solidaginis) -- 12. Behavioral and Physiological Adaptations to Cold in a Freeze-Tolerant Arctic Insect -- 13. Comparative Invertebrate Cold Hardiness -- 14. Adaptations to Alpine and Polar Environments in Insects and Other Terrestrial Arthropods -- 15. Overwintering of Freshwater Benthic Macroinvertebrates -- Practical Applications -- 16. Cryopreservation of Insect Germplasm: Cells, Tissues, and Organisms -- 17. Cryobiology of Drosophila melanogaster Embryos -- 18. Silkworm Eggs at Low Temperatures: Implications for Sericulture -- 19. Overwintering in Honey Bees: Implications for Apiculture -- 20. Implications of Cold Hardiness for Pest Management -- Taxonomic Index -- Contributors.
    Abstract: The study of insects at low temperature is a comparatively new field. Only recently has insect cryobiology begun to mature, as research moves from a descriptive approach to a search for underlying mechanisms at diverse levels of organization ranging from the gene and cell to ecological and evolutionary relationships. Knowledge of insect responses to low temperature is crucial for understanding the biology of insects living in seasonally varying habitats as well as in polar regions. It is not possible to precisely define low temperature. In the tropics exposure to 10-15°C may induce chill coma or death, whereas some insects in temperate and polar regions remain active and indeed even able to fly at O°C or below. In contrast, for persons interested in cryopreservation, low temperature may mean storage in liquid nitrogen at - 196°C. In the last decade, interest in adaptations of invertebrates to low temperature has risen steadily. In part, this book had its origins in a symposium on this subject that was held at the annual meeting of the Entomological Society of America in Louisville, Kentucky, USA in December, 1988. However, the emergence and growth of this area has also been strongly influenced by an informal group of investigators who met in a series of symposia held in Oslo, Norway in 1982, in Victoria, British Columbia, Canada in 1985 and in Cambridge, England in 1988. Another is scheduled for Binghamton, New York, USA (1990).
    Description / Table of Contents: Physiology of Insect Cold Hardiness1. A Tribute to R. W. Salt -- 2. Principles of Insect Low Temperature Tolerance -- 3. The Water Relations of Overwintering Insects -- 4. Biochemistry of Cryoprotectants -- 5. Hemolymph Proteins Involved in Insect Subzero-Temperature Tolerance: Ice Nucleators and Antifreeze Proteins -- Impact on Development and Survival -- 6. Cold Shock and Heat Shock -- 7. Effects of Cold on Morphogenesis -- 8. Relationship between Cold Hardiness and Diapause -- 9. Thermoperiodism -- Species Adaptations -- 10. Winter Habitats and Ecological Adaptations for Winter Survival -- 11. Freezing Tolerance in the Goldenrod Gall Fly (Eurosta solidaginis) -- 12. Behavioral and Physiological Adaptations to Cold in a Freeze-Tolerant Arctic Insect -- 13. Comparative Invertebrate Cold Hardiness -- 14. Adaptations to Alpine and Polar Environments in Insects and Other Terrestrial Arthropods -- 15. Overwintering of Freshwater Benthic Macroinvertebrates -- Practical Applications -- 16. Cryopreservation of Insect Germplasm: Cells, Tissues, and Organisms -- 17. Cryobiology of Drosophila melanogaster Embryos -- 18. Silkworm Eggs at Low Temperatures: Implications for Sericulture -- 19. Overwintering in Honey Bees: Implications for Apiculture -- 20. Implications of Cold Hardiness for Pest Management -- Taxonomic Index -- Contributors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9781468464320
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 869 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Overview Section -- Section A: Nitrogenase Biochemistry and Chemical Models -- Section B: Plant-Microbe Interactions -- Section C: Limiting Factors in Nitrogen Fixation -- Section D: Nitrogen Fixation and the Environment -- Section E: Bacterial Systems -- Section F: Nitrogen Fixation in Agriculture and Industry -- Section G: Plant Function -- Section H: Nitrogen Fixation and Evolution -- Section I: Summing up the Congress -- Author Index.
    Abstract: We are witnessing an increased awareness of the earth's environment. Examples are easily seen in the rise of 'Green Parties' across Europe, North America, Australasia, and lately Eastern Europe. The public outcry following industrial mishaps in Alaska, Chernobyl, Basel, and Bhopal, as well as the renewed legislative activity, such as the Clean Air Act in the USA and the European Community directive to member nation concerning the control of release of genetically engineered organisms are further examples of the general interest in the biosphere. The 'Ozone hole', 'Greenhouse gases', and 'Genetically engineered Microorganisms' have gained public profiles, and are discussed widely in newspapers, magazines and the electronic media. A recent educational survey of nations, belonging to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) showed that school children are more literate with ecological terms (as listed above) than with 'pure' scientific terms, like 'phloem', 'mitosis', 'proton', or 'Jurasic period'. Perhaps the increase in awareness is cyclical, being fed by non-scientific, sociological and economic advances. The late 1960s/early 1970s saw a major increase in environmental consciousness. Anti-pollution groups were founded, healthfood shops and naturopathy became acceptable as did recycling, the use of lead-free gasoline, and the reduced usage of environmental toxins, like DDT and PCB. For example, Monsanto Chemical Company instigated a self-imposed halt to the manufacture of PCB in the mid-seventies. Chemical companies started to look at biodegradable herbicides, slow release fertilizers, and specifically targeted pesticides.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489927743
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 305 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mathematics ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Engineering.
    Abstract: 1. The Number System -- 2. Irrational Numbers, Imaginary Numbers, and Other Curiosities -- 3. From Arithmetic to Algebra -- 4. Graphic Algebra -- 5. The Geometry of Straight Line Figures -- 6. The Geometry of the Circle and Trigonometry -- 7. Analytic Geometry -- 8. The Calculus and Mathematics in Science -- Epilogue.
    Abstract: We have designed and written this book. not as a text nor for the professional mathematician. but for the general reader who is naturally attracted to mathematics as a great intellec­ tual challenge. and for the special reader whose work requires him to have a deeper understanding of mathematics than he acquired in school. Readers in the first group are drawn to mental recreational activities such as chess. bridge. and various types of puzzles. but they generally do not respond enthusiastically to mathematics because of their unhappy learning experiences with it during their school days. The readers in the secondgrouptum to mathematics as a necessity. but with painful resignation and considerable apprehension regarding their abilities to master the branch ofmathematics they need in their work. In either case. the fear of and revulsion to mathematics felt by these readers usually stem from their earlier frustrating encounters with it. vii viii PREFACE This book will show these readers that these fears, frustrations, and general antipathy are unwarranted, for, as stated, it is not a textbook full of long, boring proofs and hundreds of problems, rather it is an intellectual adventure, to be read with pleasure. It was written to be easily accessible and with concern for the mental tranquilityofthe reader who willexperience considerable fulfillment when he/she sees the simplicity of basic mathematics. The emphasis throughout this book is on the clear explanation of mathematical con­ cepts.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    ISBN: 9781461576044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fifth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Glossary -- 2 Polymer Chemistry -- 3 Plastic Materials/Properties and Applications -- 4 Extrusion Processes -- 5 Injection Molding of Plastics -- 6 Design Considerations for Injection Molds -- 7 Injection Mold Manufacturing -- 8 Injection Molding of Thermosets -- 9 Compression and Transfer Molding -- 10 Designing Molds for Thermoset Processing -- 11 Molded Part Design -- 12 Blow Molding of Thermoplastics -- 13 Thermoforming of Plastic Film and Sheet -- 14 Rotational Molding -- 15 Calendering -- 16 Vinyl Dispersions -- 17 Powder Coatings -- 18 Reinforced Plastics and Composites -- 19 Cellular Plastics -- 20 Radiation Processing -- 21 Material and Parts Handling -- 22 Compounding -- 23 Finishing and Machining Plastics -- 24 Joining and Assembling Plastics -- 25 Design Standards for Inserts -- 26 Decorating Plastics -- 27 Performance Testing of Plastics Products.
    Abstract: I am pleased to present the Fifth Edition of the Plastics Engineering Handbook. Last published in 1976, this version of the standard industry reference on plastics processing incorporates the numerous revisions and additions necessitated by 14 years of activity in a dynamic industry. At that last printing, then-SPI President Ralph L. Harding, Jr. anticipated that plastics pro­ duction would top 26 billion pounds in 1976 (up from 1.25 billion in 1947, when the First Edition of this book was issued). As I write, plastics production in the United States had reached almost 60 billion pounds annually. Indeed, the story of the U.S. plastics industry always has been one of phenomenal growth and unparalleled innovation. While these factors make compilation of a book such as this difficult, they also make it necessary. Thus I acknowledge all those who worked to gather and relate the information included in this 1991 edition and thank them for the effort it took to make the Plastics Engineering Handbook a definitive source and invaluable tool for our industry. Larry L. Thomas President The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Glossary2 Polymer Chemistry -- 3 Plastic Materials/Properties and Applications -- 4 Extrusion Processes -- 5 Injection Molding of Plastics -- 6 Design Considerations for Injection Molds -- 7 Injection Mold Manufacturing -- 8 Injection Molding of Thermosets -- 9 Compression and Transfer Molding -- 10 Designing Molds for Thermoset Processing -- 11 Molded Part Design -- 12 Blow Molding of Thermoplastics -- 13 Thermoforming of Plastic Film and Sheet -- 14 Rotational Molding -- 15 Calendering -- 16 Vinyl Dispersions -- 17 Powder Coatings -- 18 Reinforced Plastics and Composites -- 19 Cellular Plastics -- 20 Radiation Processing -- 21 Material and Parts Handling -- 22 Compounding -- 23 Finishing and Machining Plastics -- 24 Joining and Assembling Plastics -- 25 Design Standards for Inserts -- 26 Decorating Plastics -- 27 Performance Testing of Plastics Products.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9781461596868
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction: The role of landscape boundaries in the management and restoration of changing environments -- 2. Fundamental ecological characteristics of landscape boundaries -- 3. Climatic constraints and issues of scale controlling regional biomes -- 4. Potential responses of landscape boundaries to global environmental change -- 5. Simulation of the scale-dependent effects of landscape boundaries on species persistence and dispersal -- 6. Human impact on the functioning of landscape boundaries -- 7. Restoration of human impacted land-water ecotones -- 8. Summary: Landscape boundaries in the management and restoration of changing environments.
    Abstract: We live in a changing world; one in which there is much concern and discussion about the topics of global change, loss of biodiversity, and increasing threats to the sustainability of ecosystems. The effects these changes may have on the environment have lead governments and sCientists to make predictions as to how soon changes might occur, where, and with what impact for large and small regions of the Earth. Along with this concern for change in various regions has come the need to understand the role of boundaries between these regions and between landscape elements. Much previous ecological research has dealt with processes within relatively homogeneous landscape units or even the collective characteristics of a composite landscape. Now, however, there is an appreciation that abiotic and biotic components move across heterogeneous landscapes and that the boundaries between these units take on important control functions in this dynamic spatial system. Furthermore, landscape boundaries (or ecotones) are important not only in satisfying life-cycle needs of many organisms, but generally are characterized by high biological diversity.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The role of landscape boundaries in the management and restoration of changing environments2. Fundamental ecological characteristics of landscape boundaries -- 3. Climatic constraints and issues of scale controlling regional biomes -- 4. Potential responses of landscape boundaries to global environmental change -- 5. Simulation of the scale-dependent effects of landscape boundaries on species persistence and dispersal -- 6. Human impact on the functioning of landscape boundaries -- 7. Restoration of human impacted land-water ecotones -- 8. Summary: Landscape boundaries in the management and restoration of changing environments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9781461597261
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Stage:Program Planning -- Step 1: Evaluate Neighborhoods -- Step 2: Determine Appropriate Production Model(s) -- Step 3: Determine Potential Producers -- Step 4: Collect Data on Resources -- Step 5: Collect Detailed Neighborhood Data -- Step 6: Adopt Appropriate Production Model(s) -- Step 7: Set Program Construction Standards -- Step 8: Develop Financing Forms and Guidelines -- Step 9: Customize the Inspection Checklist -- Step 10: Customize the Specmaster Database -- Step 11: Develop a Contractor Qualification System -- Step 12: Set Up a Contractor Recruitment and Evaluation System -- Step 13: Select Contract Documents -- Step 14: Develop an Internal Record-Keeping and Tracking System -- Step 15: Develop Formal Program Procedures -- Stage: Design and Feasibility -- Step 16: Perform Specification Inspection -- Step 17: Prepare Work Write-up (With Prices) -- Step 18: Perform a Sources-and-Uses Analysis -- Step 19: Secure Preliminary Project Approval -- Stage: Bidding -- Step 20: Match Potential Bidders to the Job -- Step 21: Prepare Bid Documents -- Step 22: Conduct Bid Review and Clarification -- Step 23: Select and Notify Contractor -- Step 24: Perform Final Sources-and-Uses Analysis -- Step 25: Conduct Pre-Construction Walk-Through -- Step 26: Have Bidder Execute Contract -- Step 27: Have Owner Execute Contract and Financing Agreement -- Stage: Construction -- Step 28: Issue Notice to Proceed -- Step 29: Verify Job Start -- Step 30: Conduct Progress Inspections and Make Payments -- Step 31: Perform Change Order and Contingency Inspections -- Step 32: Conduct Substantial Completion Inspections -- Step 33: Perform Retainage Release Inspection -- Stage: Post-Construction -- Step 34: Fill Out Evaluations -- Step 35: Perform Warranty Inspections -- Addenda.
    Abstract: The procedures in this manual distill six years of learning about the most efficient acquisition and construction methods in this country for high volume production of housing affordable to low-income people. The people in the Rehab Work Group at The Enterprise Foundation have gathered this information first-hand and conveyed it in training workshops on produQtion management throughout the country. Over 2000 participants in the workshops have included rehab specialists from city housing departments, con­ struction managers of single and multifamily rehab projects, program managers from both nonprofit housing development organizations and city rehab depart­ ments, as well as students in colleges and universities. They are becoming the backbone of a new cadre of effective producers of affordable housing. In the 30 cities and several rural areas where we have both learned and applied these production management techniques, they have resulted in savings of 5, 10, even 25 percent of the cost of housing development. The Enterprise Foundation is a national, nonprofit organization that my wife Patty and I launched in 1982. The Foundation's mission is to see that all very low-income Americans have the opportunity for fit and affordable housing within a generation, and work their way up and out of poverty into the main­ stream of American life.
    Description / Table of Contents: Stage:Program PlanningStep 1: Evaluate Neighborhoods -- Step 2: Determine Appropriate Production Model(s) -- Step 3: Determine Potential Producers -- Step 4: Collect Data on Resources -- Step 5: Collect Detailed Neighborhood Data -- Step 6: Adopt Appropriate Production Model(s) -- Step 7: Set Program Construction Standards -- Step 8: Develop Financing Forms and Guidelines -- Step 9: Customize the Inspection Checklist -- Step 10: Customize the Specmaster Database -- Step 11: Develop a Contractor Qualification System -- Step 12: Set Up a Contractor Recruitment and Evaluation System -- Step 13: Select Contract Documents -- Step 14: Develop an Internal Record-Keeping and Tracking System -- Step 15: Develop Formal Program Procedures -- Stage: Design and Feasibility -- Step 16: Perform Specification Inspection -- Step 17: Prepare Work Write-up (With Prices) -- Step 18: Perform a Sources-and-Uses Analysis -- Step 19: Secure Preliminary Project Approval -- Stage: Bidding -- Step 20: Match Potential Bidders to the Job -- Step 21: Prepare Bid Documents -- Step 22: Conduct Bid Review and Clarification -- Step 23: Select and Notify Contractor -- Step 24: Perform Final Sources-and-Uses Analysis -- Step 25: Conduct Pre-Construction Walk-Through -- Step 26: Have Bidder Execute Contract -- Step 27: Have Owner Execute Contract and Financing Agreement -- Stage: Construction -- Step 28: Issue Notice to Proceed -- Step 29: Verify Job Start -- Step 30: Conduct Progress Inspections and Make Payments -- Step 31: Perform Change Order and Contingency Inspections -- Step 32: Conduct Substantial Completion Inspections -- Step 33: Perform Retainage Release Inspection -- Stage: Post-Construction -- Step 34: Fill Out Evaluations -- Step 35: Perform Warranty Inspections -- Addenda.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468465969
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Within the past decade there has been a veritable explosion of interest in the relationship between food and human behavior. It seems that there is an insatiable desire to find connections between what we eat and what we do. A clear example of this is the proliferation of books, magazine and newspaper articles, and television and radio programs devoted to the topic. More important, however, is the increased attention the scientific community is giving to the study of nutrition and behavior as evidenced by the growth of research, the development of undergraduate and graduate programs, and the number of scientific conferences addressing the prob­ lems in this area. The burgeoning scientific interest in this field makes it a very appropriate time for this book. The principal goal of Nutrition and Behavior: New Perspectives is to provide a comprehensive examination of the scientific evidence dealing with relationships between nutritional variables and behavior. Although findings in research using experimental animals will be introduced, the primary emphasis will be on investigating the nutrition-behavior relation­ ship in our own species. The first chapter provides a historical introduction to the area and examines the techniques used in the scientific assessment of nutrition and behavior. This material gives the reader the necessary background to place recent research on nutrition and behavior within a wider perspective and to evaluate its reliability and validity
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. IntroductionHistorical Perspective -- Food Faddism -- Research Strategies -- 2. Protein-Calorie Malnutrition, the Central Nervous System, and Behavior -- Structure and Development of the Central Nervous System -- Definition and Prevalence of Protein-Calorie Malnutrition -- Consequences of Malnutrition on Brain Development -- Behavioral Consequences of Malnutrition -- 3. Vitamins, the Central Nervous System, and Behavior -- Thiamin (Vitamin B1) -- Niacin (Vitamin B3) -- Pyridoxine (Vitamin B6) -- Cobalamin (Vitamin B12) -- Folic Acid -- 4. Trace Minerals, the Central Nervous System, and Behavior -- Iron -- Zinc -- Iodine -- 5. Too Much of a Good Thing? Excess Intake of Vitamins and Minerals -- Megavitamin Therapy -- Treatment of Schizophrenia -- Down’s Syndrome and Other Forms of Mental Retardation -- Effects of Vitamin and Mineral Supplements on Intelligence in Normal Children -- Treatment of Autism -- Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder -- Vitamin B6 (Pyroxidine) in the Treatment of Premenstrual Syndrome -- Vitamin and Mineral Toxicity -- 6. Heavy Metals, Nutrition, and Behavior -- Lead -- Mercury -- Aluminum -- Cadmium -- 7. Food Additives: Are There Behavioral Risks? -- Government Regulations and Food Additives -- Testing of New Food Additives -- Classification of Food Additives -- Food Additives and Behavior -- Monosodium Glutamate -- Sulfites -- 8. Caffeine and the Methylxanthines -- Origins of the Use of Methylxanthines -- Sources and Levels of Intake -- Metabolism of the Methylxanthines -- Physiological Effects -- Neurophysiological and Behavioral Effects -- Therapeutic Uses 160 Caffeine and Disease -- 9. Sugar and Behavior -- Sugar: What is it? -- Sugar Consumption -- Sugar and Hyperactivity -- Sugar, Hypoglycemia, and Behavior -- Sugar and Antisocial Behavior -- 10. Artificial Sweeteners: Do They Live Up to Expectations? -- History and Use of Artificial Sweeteners -- Role in the Control of Food Intake and Body Weight -- 11. Alcohol: Consequences on the Central Nervous System and Behavior -- Metabolism of Alcohol -- Interaction of Alcohol and Nutrition -- Consequences of Alcohol Intake in Adults -- Fetal Alcohol Syndrome -- 12. Diet, Neurotransmitters, and Behavior -- Precursor Control of Neurotransmitter Synthesis -- Acetylcholine -- Serotonin -- 13. Obesity -- Definition -- Prevalence -- Physiological Aspects -- Psychological Consequences -- Etiology -- Treatment -- 14. Eating Disorders -- Anorexia Nervosa -- Bulimia.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    ISBN: 9781461597384
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 665 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to Rheology -- 1.1 What is Rheology? -- 1.2 Why Rheological Properties are Important -- 1.3 Stress as a Measure of Force -- 1.4 Strain as a Measure of Deformation -- 1.4.1 Strain Measures for Simple Extension -- 1.4.2 Shear Strain -- 1.5 Rheological Phenomena -- 1.5.1 Elasticity; Hooke’s Law -- 1.5.2 Viscosity -- 1.5.3 Viscoelasticity -- 1.5.4 Structural Time Dependency -- 1.5.5 Plasticity and Yield Stress -- 1.6 Why Polymeric Liquids are Non-Newtonian -- 1.6.1 Polymer Solutions -- 1.6.2 Molten Plastics -- 1.7 A Word About Tensors -- 1.7.1 Vectors -- 1.7.2 What is a Tensor? -- 1.8 The Stress Tensor -- 1.9 A Strain Tensor for Infinitesimal Deformations -- 1.10 The Newtonian Fluid -- 1.11 The Basic Equations of Fluid Mechanics -- 1.11.1 The Continuity Equation -- 1.11.2 Cauchy’s Equation -- 1.11.3 The Navier-Stokes Equation 40 References -- 2. Linear Viscoelasticity -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The Relaxation Modulus -- 2.3 The Boltzmann Superposition Principle -- 2.4 Relaxation Modulus of Molten Polymers -- 2.5 Empirical Equations for the Relaxation Modulus -- 2.5.1 The Generalized Maxwell Model -- 2.5.2 Power Laws and an Exponential Function -- 2.6 The Relaxation Spectrum -- 2.7 Creep and Creep Recovery; The Compliance -- 2.8 Small Amplitude Oscillatory Shear -- 2.8.1 The Complex Modulus and the Complex Viscosity -- 2.8.2 Complex Modulus of Typical Molten Polymers -- 2.8.3 Quantitative Relationships between G*(?) and MWD -- 2.8.4 The Storage and Loss Compliances -- 2.9 Determination of Maxwell Model Parameters -- 2.10 Start-Up and Cessation of Steady Simple Shear and Extension -- 2.11 Molecular Theories: Prediction of Linear Behavior -- 2.11.1 The Modified Rouse Model for Unentangled Melts -- 2.11.1.1 The Rouse Model for Dilute Solutions -- 2.11.1.2 The Bueche Modification of the Rouse Theory -- 2.11.1.3 The Bueche-Ferry Law -- 2.11.2 Molecular Theories for Entangled Melts -- 2.11.2.1 Evidence for the Existence of Entanglements -- 2.11.2.2 The Nature of Entanglement Coupling -- 2.11.2.3 Reptation -- 2.11.2.4 The Doi-Edwards Theory -- 2.11.2.5 The Curtiss-Bird Model -- 2.11.2.6 Limitations of Reptation Models -- 2.12 Time-Temperature Superposition -- 2.13 Linear Behavior of Several Polymers 94 References -- 3. Introduction to Nonlinear Viscoelasticity -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Nonlinear Phenomena -- 3.3 Theories of Nonlinear Behavior -- 3.4 Finite Measures of Strain -- 3.4.1 The Cauchy Tensor and the Finger Tensor -- 3.4.2 Strain Tensors -- 3.4.3 Reference Configurations -- 3.4.4 Scalar Invariants of the Finger Tensor -- 3.5 The Rubberlike Liquid -- 3.5.1 A Theory of Finite Linear Viscoelasticity -- 3.5.2 Lodge’s Network Theory and the Convected Maxwell Model -- 3.5.3 Behavior of the Rubberlike Liquid in Simple Shear Flows -- 3.5.3.1 Rubberlike Liquid in Step Shear Strain -- 3.5.3.2 Rubberlike Liquid in Steady Simple Shear -- 3.5.3.3 Rubberlike Liquid in Oscillatory Shear -- 3.5.3.4 Constrained Recoil of Rubberlike Liquid -- 3.5.3.5 The Stress Ratio (N1/?) and the Recoverable Shear -- 3.5.4 The Rubberlike Liquid in Simple Extension -- 3.5.5 Comments on the Rubberlike Liquid Model -- 3.6 The BKZ Equation -- 3.7 Wagner’s Equation and the Damping Function -- 3.7.1 Strain Dependent Memory Function -- 3.7.2 Determination of the Damping Function -- 3.7.3 Separable Stress Relaxation Behavior -- 3.7.4 Damping Function Equations for Polymeric Liquids -- 3.7.4.1 Damping Function for Shear Flows -- 3.7.4.2 Damping Function for Simple Extension -- 3.7.4.3 Universal Damping Functions -- 3.7.5 Interpretation of the Damping Function in Terms of Entanglements -- 3.7.5.1 The Irreversibility Assumption -- 3.7.6 Comments on the Use of the Damping Function -- 3.8 Molecular Models for Nonlinear Viscoelasticity -- 3.8.1 The Doi-Edwards Constitutive Equation -- 3.9 Strong Flows; The Tendency to Stretch and Align Molecules -- References -- 4. Steady Simple Shear Flow and the Viscometric Functions -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Steady Simple Shear Flow -- 4.3 Viscometric Flow -- 4.4 Wall Slip and Edge Effects -- 4.5 The Viscosity of Molten Polymers -- 4.5.1 Dependence of Viscosity on Shear Rate -- 4.5.2 Dependence of Viscosity on Temperature -- 4.6 The First Normal Stress Difference -- 4.7 Empirical Relationships Involving Viscometric Functions -- 4.7.1 The Cox-Merz Rules -- 4.7.2 The Gleissle Mirror Relations -- 4.7.3 Other Relationships 176 References -- 5. Transient Shear Flows Used to Study Nonlinear Viscoelasticity -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Step Shear Strain -- 5.2.1 Finite Rise Time -- 5.2.2 The Nonlinear Shear Stress Relaxation Modulus -- 5.2.3 Time-Temperature Superposition -- 5.2.4 Strain-Dependent Spectrum and Maxwell Parameters -- 5.2.5 Normal Stress Differences for Single-Step Shear Strain -- 5.2.6 Multistep Strain Tests -- 5.3 Flows Involving Steady Simple Shear -- 5.3.1 Start-Up Flow -- 5.3.2 Cessation of Steady Simple Shear -- 5.3.3 Interrupted Shear -- 5.3.4 Reduction in Shear Rate -- 5.4 Nonlinear Creep -- 5.4.1 Time-Temperature Superposition of Creep Data -- 5.5 Recoil and Recoverable Shear -- 5.5.1 Creep Recovery -- 5.5.1.1 Time-Temperature Superposition; Creep Recovery -- 5.5.2 Recoil During Start-Up Flow -- 5.5.3 Recoverable Shear Following Steady Simple Shear -- 5.6 Superposed Deformations -- 5.6.1 Superposed Steady and Oscillatory Shear -- 5.6.2 Step Strain with Superposed Deformations -- 5.7 Large Amplitude Oscillatory Shear -- 5.8 Exponential Shear; A Strong Flow -- 5.9 Usefulness of Transient Shear Tests -- References -- 6. Extensional Flow Properties and Their Measurement -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Extensional Flows -- 6.3 Simple Extension -- 6.3.1 Material Functions for Simple Extension -- 6.3.2 Experimental Methods -- 6.3.3 Experimental Observations for LDPE -- 6.3.4 Experimental Observations for Linear Polymers -- 6.4 Biaxial Extension -- 6.5 Planar Extension -- 6.6 Other Extensional Flows -- References -- 7. Rotational and Sliding Surface Rheometers -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Sources of Error for Drag Flow Rheometers -- 7.2.1 Instrument Compliance -- 7.2.2 Viscous Heating -- 7.2.3 End and Edge Effects -- 7.2.4 Shear Wave Propagation -- 7.3 Cone-Plate Flow Rheometers -- 7.3.1 Basic Equations for Cone-Plate Rheometers -- 7.3.2 Sources of Error for Cone-Plate Rheometers -- 7.3.3 Measurement of the First Normal Stress Difference -- 7.4 Parallel Disk Rheometers -- 7.5 Eccentric Rotating Disks -- 7.6 Concentric Cylinder Rheometers -- 7.7 Controlled Stress Rotational Rheometers -- 7.8 Torque Rheometers -- 7.9 Sliding Plate Rheometers -- 7.9.1 Basic Equations for Sliding Plate Rheometers -- 7.9.2 End and Edge Effects for Sliding Plate Rheometers -- 7.9.3 Sliding Plate Melt Rheometers -- 7.9.4 The Shear Stress Transducer -- 7.10 Sliding Cylinder Rheometers -- References -- 8. Flow in Capillaries, Slits and Dies -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Flow in a Round Tube -- 8.2.1 Shear Stress Distribution -- 8.2.2 Shear Rate for a Newtonian Fluid -- 8.2.3 Shear Rate for a Power Law Fluid -- 8.2.4 The Rabinowitch Correction -- 8.2.5 The Schummer Approximation -- 8.2.6 Wall Slip in Capillary Flow -- 8.3 Flow in a Slit -- 8.3.1 Basic Equations for Shear Stress and Shear Rate -- 8.3.2 Use of a Slit Rheometer to Determine N1 -- 8.3.2.1 Determination of N1 from the Hole Pressure -- 8.3.2.2 Determination of N1 from the Exit Pressure -- 8.4 Pressure Drop in Irregular Cross Sections -- 8.5 Entrance Effects -- 8.5.1 Experimental Observations -- 8.5.2 Entrance Pressure Drop—the Bagley End Correction -- 8.5.3 Rheological Significance of the Entrance Pressure Drop -- 8.6 Capillary Rheometers -- 8.7 Flow in Converging Channels -- 8.7.1 The Lubrication Approximation -- 8.7.2 Industrial Die Design -- 8.8 Extrudate Swell -- 8.9 Extrudate Distortion -- 8.9.1 Surface Melt Fracture—Sharkskin -- 8.9.2 Oscillatory Flow in Linear Polymers -- 8.9.3 Gross Melt Fracture -- 8.9.4 Role of Slip in Melt Fracture -- 8.9.5 Gross Melt Fracture Without Oscillations -- References -- 9. Rheo-Optics and Molecular Orientation -- 9.1 Basic Concepts—Interaction of Light and Matter -- 9.1.1 Refractive Index and Polarization -- 9.1.2 Absorption and Scattering -- 9.1.3 Anisotropic Media; Birefringence and Dichroism -- 9.2 Measurement of Birefringence -- 9.3 Birefringence and Stress -- 9.3.1 Stress-Optical Relation -- 9.3.2 Application of Birefringence Measurements -- References -- 10. Effects of Molecular Structure -- 10.1 Introduction and Qualitative Overview of Molecular Theory -- 10.2 Molecular Weight Dependence of Zero Shear Viscosity -- 10.3 Compliance and First Normal Stress Difference -- 10.4 Shear Rate Dependence of Viscosity -- 10.5 Temperature and Pressure Dependence -- 10.5.1 Temperature Dependence of Viscosity -- 10.5.2 Pressure Dependence of Viscosity -- 10.6 Effects of Long Chain Branching -- References -- 11. Rheology of Multiphase Systems -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Effect of Rigid Fillers -- 11.2.1 Viscosity -- 11.2.2 Elasticity -- 11.3 Deformable Multiphase...
    Abstract: This book is designed to fulfill a dual role. On the one hand it provides a description of the rheological behavior of molten poly­ mers. On the other, it presents the role of rheology in melt processing operations. The account of rheology emphasises the underlying principles and presents results, but not detailed deriva­ tions of equations. The processing operations are described qualita­ tively, and wherever possible the role of rheology is discussed quantitatively. Little emphasis is given to non-rheological aspects of processes, for example, the design of machinery. The audience for which the book is intended is also dual in It includes scientists and engineers whose work in the nature. plastics industry requires some knowledge of aspects of rheology. Examples are the polymer synthetic chemist who is concerned with how a change in molecular weight will affect the melt viscosity and the extrusion engineer who needs to know the effects of a change in molecular weight distribution that might result from thermal degra­ dation. The audience also includes post-graduate students in polymer science and engineering who wish to acquire a more extensive background in rheology and perhaps become specialists in this area. Especially for the latter audience, references are given to more detailed accounts of specialized topics, such as constitutive relations and process simulations. Thus, the book could serve as a textbook for a graduate level course in polymer rheology, and it has been used for this purpose.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461596301
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Horizontal and dipping strata -- Contours, section drawing, vertical exaggeration; Dip, structure contours, construction of structure contours, section drawing; True and apparent dip; Calculation of thickness of a bed, vertical and true thickness; Width of outcrop; Inliers and outliers. -- 2 ’Three-point’ problems -- Construction of structure contours; Insertion of outcrops; Depth in boreholes. -- 3 Unconformities -- Overstep; Overlap; Sub-unconformity outcrops. -- 4 Folding -- Anticlines and synclines; Asymmetrical folds, overfolds and isoclinal folds; Similar and concentric folding; Two possible directions of strike. -- 5 Faults -- Normal and reversed faults; The effects of faulting on outcrops; Classification of faults, dip-slip, strike-slip and oblique-slip faults; Dip faults and strike faults; Calculation of the throw of a fault; Wrench or tear faults; Pre- and post-unconformity faulting; Structural inliers and outliers; Posthumous faulting; Isopachytes. -- 6 More folds and faulted folds -- Plunging folds, calculation of the amount of plunge; The effect of faulting on fold structures; Displacement of folds by strike-slip (wrench) faults, calculation of strike-slip displacement; Faults parallel to the limbs of a fold; Sub-surface structures; Posthumous folding; Polyphase folding; Bed isopachytes. -- 7 Complex structures -- Nappes; Thrust faults; Axial plane cleavage. -- 8 Igneous rocks -- Concordant intrusions, sills; Lava flows and tuffs; Discordant intrusions, dykes, ring- dykes, cone-sheets, stocks, bosses and batholiths, volcanic necks. -- Description of a geological map; Geological history of Map 28. -- Numerical answers.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Horizontal and dipping strataContours, section drawing, vertical exaggeration; Dip, structure contours, construction of structure contours, section drawing; True and apparent dip; Calculation of thickness of a bed, vertical and true thickness; Width of outcrop; Inliers and outliers. -- 2 ’Three-point’ problems -- Construction of structure contours; Insertion of outcrops; Depth in boreholes. -- 3 Unconformities -- Overstep; Overlap; Sub-unconformity outcrops. -- 4 Folding -- Anticlines and synclines; Asymmetrical folds, overfolds and isoclinal folds; Similar and concentric folding; Two possible directions of strike. -- 5 Faults -- Normal and reversed faults; The effects of faulting on outcrops; Classification of faults, dip-slip, strike-slip and oblique-slip faults; Dip faults and strike faults; Calculation of the throw of a fault; Wrench or tear faults; Pre- and post-unconformity faulting; Structural inliers and outliers; Posthumous faulting; Isopachytes. -- 6 More folds and faulted folds -- Plunging folds, calculation of the amount of plunge; The effect of faulting on fold structures; Displacement of folds by strike-slip (wrench) faults, calculation of strike-slip displacement; Faults parallel to the limbs of a fold; Sub-surface structures; Posthumous folding; Polyphase folding; Bed isopachytes. -- 7 Complex structures -- Nappes; Thrust faults; Axial plane cleavage. -- 8 Igneous rocks -- Concordant intrusions, sills; Lava flows and tuffs; Discordant intrusions, dykes, ring- dykes, cone-sheets, stocks, bosses and batholiths, volcanic necks. -- Description of a geological map; Geological history of Map 28. -- Numerical answers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468476828
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fifth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: What is Plant Disease? -- Plant Pathology in the United States -- Principals of Control -- 1. Garden Chemicals and Their Application -- Fungicides -- Bactericides -- Nematicides -- Virocides -- Sources of Pesticides -- Applying the Chemicals -- Mixing the Chemicals -- All-Purpose Sprays and Dusts -- Integrated Pest Management -- 2. Classification of Plant Pathogens -- Fungi -- Bacteria -- Viruses -- Nematodes -- 3. Plant Diseases and Their Pathogens -- Anthracnose -- Bacterial Diseases -- Black Knot -- Blackleg -- Black Mildew -- Black-spot -- Blights -- Blotch Diseases -- Broomrapes -- Cankers and Diebacks -- Club Root -- Damping-off -- Dodder -- Downy Mildews -- Fairy Rings -- Fruit Spots -- Galls -- Leaf Blister and Leaf Curl Diseases -- Leaf Scorch -- Leaf Spots -- Lichens -- Mistletoe -- Molds -- Needle Casts -- Nematodes -- Nonparasitic Diseases -- Powdery Mildews -- Rots -- Rusts -- Scab -- Surf -- Slime Molds -- Smuts -- Snow-mold -- Sooty Mold -- Spot Anthracnose -- Virus Diseases -- White Rusts -- Wilt Diseases -- Witchweed -- 4. Host Plants and Their Diseases -- List of Land-Grant Institutions and Agricultural Experiment Stations in The United States -- Selected Bibliography.
    Abstract: It was a compliment to me to be asked to prepare the fourth edition of Westcott's Plant Disease Handbook, and the decision to accept the responsi­ bility for the fourth edition and now the fifth edition was not taken lightly. The task has been a formidable one. I have always had a great respect professionally for Dr. Cynthia Westcott. That respect has grown considerably with the completion of the two editions. I now fully realize the tremendous amount of effort expended by Dr. Westcott in developing the Handbook. A book such as this is never finished, since one is never sure that everything has been included that should be. I would quote and endorse the words of Dr. Westcott in her preface to the first edition: "It is easy enough to start a book on plant disease. It is impossible to finish it. " This revision of the Handbook retains the same general format contained in the previous editions. The chemicals and pesticides regulations have been updated; a few taxonomic changes have been made in the bacteria, fungi, and mistletoes; the changing picture in diseases caused by viruses and/or viruslike agents has been described. A few new host plants have been added, and many recently reported diseases as well as previously known diseases listed now on new hosts have been included. In addition, photographs have been replaced where possible, and the color photograph section has been retained.
    Description / Table of Contents: What is Plant Disease?Plant Pathology in the United States -- Principals of Control -- 1. Garden Chemicals and Their Application -- Fungicides -- Bactericides -- Nematicides -- Virocides -- Sources of Pesticides -- Applying the Chemicals -- Mixing the Chemicals -- All-Purpose Sprays and Dusts -- Integrated Pest Management -- 2. Classification of Plant Pathogens -- Fungi -- Bacteria -- Viruses -- Nematodes -- 3. Plant Diseases and Their Pathogens -- Anthracnose -- Bacterial Diseases -- Black Knot -- Blackleg -- Black Mildew -- Black-spot -- Blights -- Blotch Diseases -- Broomrapes -- Cankers and Diebacks -- Club Root -- Damping-off -- Dodder -- Downy Mildews -- Fairy Rings -- Fruit Spots -- Galls -- Leaf Blister and Leaf Curl Diseases -- Leaf Scorch -- Leaf Spots -- Lichens -- Mistletoe -- Molds -- Needle Casts -- Nematodes -- Nonparasitic Diseases -- Powdery Mildews -- Rots -- Rusts -- Scab -- Surf -- Slime Molds -- Smuts -- Snow-mold -- Sooty Mold -- Spot Anthracnose -- Virus Diseases -- White Rusts -- Wilt Diseases -- Witchweed -- 4. Host Plants and Their Diseases -- List of Land-Grant Institutions and Agricultural Experiment Stations in The United States -- Selected Bibliography.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461306733
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Compressed Gases and Related Equipment -- 1. Compressed and Liquefied Gases Today -- 2. Regulations Pertaining to Compressed Gases -- 3. General Properties of Gases -- 4. Compressed Gas Containers and Appurtenances -- 5. Safety Guidelines for Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Liquids -- II. Specific Technical Information for Compressed Gas Equipment -- 6. Handling Bulk Shipments of Liquefied Compressed Gases -- 7. Pressure Relief and Safety Devices -- 8. Cylinder Valve, Cylinder Ancillary Equipment, and Bulk Transfer Connections -- 9. Compressed Gas Cylinders: Marking, Labeling, Inspection, Testing, Filling, Disposition -- 10. Cleaning Components, Equipment and Systems for Oxygen Service -- III. Compressed Gases and Gas Mixtures: Properties, Manufacture, Uses, and Special Requirements for Safe Handling -- Acetylene -- Air -- Ammonia (Anhydrous) -- Argon -- Arsine -- Boron Trichloride -- Boron Trifluoride -- 1, 3-Butadiene (Butadiene) -- Carbon Dioxide -- Carbon Monoxide -- Carbon Tetrafluoride -- Chlorine -- Diborane -- Dichlorosilane -- Ethane -- Ethylene -- Ethylene Oxide -- Fluorine -- Fluorocarbons -- Helium -- Hydrogen -- Hydrogen Bromide -- Hydrogen Chloride, Anhydrous -- Hydrogen Fluoride -- Hydrogen Sulfide -- Liquefied Petroleum Gases -- Methane -- MAPP® Gas -- Methylamines (Anhydrous) -- Methyl Bromide -- Methyl Chloride -- Nitric Oxide -- Nitrogen -- Nitrogen Dioxide -- Nitrogen Trifluoride -- Nitrous Oxide -- Oxygen -- Phosgene -- Phosphine -- Rare Gases: Krypton, Neon, Xenon -- Silane -- Sulfur Dioxide -- Sulfur Hexafluoride -- Vinyl Chloride -- Gas Mixtures -- IV. Appendices -- Appendix 1: Glossary of Terms -- Appendix 2: List of Abbreviations -- Appendix 3: State Regulatory Agencies and Codes 603 Appendix 4: Publications of the Compressed Gas Association.
    Abstract: In the field of compressed gases and related equipment, there is an expanding core of essential knowledge that people handling and using these materials should be familiar with or should know where to find when necessary. The focus of this book concerns the properties and the accepted means of trans­ portation, storage, and handling of compressed gases. This Handbook is simul­ taneously intended as an overview of the subject and a source of supplementary information. It is also intended to serve as a guide to pertinent federal regulatory requirements and published standards of the Compressed Gas Association and other standards-writing bodies. Readers are advised that the CGA technical pamphlets remain the official state­ ment of policy by the Association on a particular matter. Reference is made throughout this text to the numerous technical pamphlets published by the Com­ pressed Gas Association. Some of these publications have been incorporated by reference into federal, state, provincial, and local regulations. Since these pam­ phlets are reviewed on a periodic basis, wherever the text of this Handbook may be found in conflict with corresponding information in the CGA technical pam­ phlets, the latter shall take precedence.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475713763
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 454 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Biology of the Channel Catfish -- 1. General Biology -- 2. Life History and Reproductive Biology -- 3. Genetics -- 4. Environmental Requirements -- 5. Nutrition -- 2 Cultural Practices -- 6. Breeding -- 7. Egg and Fry Production -- 8. Fingerling and Food-Fish Production in Ponds -- 9. Water Quality Management In Ponds -- 10. Feeds and Feeding Practices -- 11. Infectious Diseases -- 12. Harvesting and Transporting -- 13. Alternative Culture Systems -- Appendices.
    Abstract: Although catfish have been farmed for about 30 years and catfish farm­ ing is the most successful aquacultural enterprise in the United States, there are those who contend that catfish farming is still as much of an "art" as it is a science. This position is difficult to refute completely, particularly considering that some practices used in catfish farming ap­ pear to have little scientific basis. Skill coupled with a small dose of mysticism certainly playa role in the culture of catfish, and the catfish producer is faced with the unenviable task of rearing an animal in an environment that requires considerable management. Certain aspects may still be an "art" because research and technical information needed to support the industry have lagged behind industry growth; however, the basic principles underlying catfish farming are based on sound scientific evidence whose foundation was laid in the 1950s by work conducted at state and federal fish hatcheries in the southeastern and midwestern United States. Since that time, several university and government laboratories have expanded the scientific base for catfish farming. As a result, considerable information is available, but it is gen­ erally fragmented and exists in a multitude of diverse scientific and trade journals. The material is often too technical or abstract to be com­ prehensible to fish culturists and personnel in allied industries. This book fits the definition of the term handbook in the sense that it is intended as a book of instruction or guidance as well as a reference.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468414233
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Engineering. ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Mathematics.
    Abstract: 1 Formulas from Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry -- 2 Elements of Analysis -- 3 Vector Analysis -- 4 Tensors -- 5 Functions of a Complex Variable -- 6 Ordinary Differential and Difference Equations -- 7 Special Functions -- 8 First Order Partial Differential Equations -- 9 Partial Differential Equations of Second and Higher Order -- 10 Integral Equations -- 11 Transform Methods -- 12 Asymptotic Methods -- 13 Oscillations -- 14 Perturbation Methods -- 15 Wave Propagation -- 16 Matrices and Linear Algebra -- 17 Functional Approximation -- 18 Numerical Analysis -- 19 Mathematical Models and Their Formulation -- 20 Optimization Techniques -- 21 Probability and Statistics.
    Abstract: Most of the topics in applied mathematics dealt with in this handbook can be grouped rather loosely under the term analysis. They involve results and techniques which experience has shown to be of utility in a very broad variety of applications. Although care has been taken to collect certain basic results in convenient form, it is not the purpose of this handbook to duplicate the excellent collections of tables and formulas available in the National Bureau of Standards Handbook of Mathematical Functions (AMS Series 55, U.S. Government Printing Office) and in the references given therein. Rather, the emphasis in the present handbook is on technique, and we are indeed fortunate that a number of eminent applied mathe­ maticians have been willing to share with us their interpretations and experiences. To avoid the necessity of frequent and disruptive cross-referencing, it is expected that the reader will make full use of the index. Moreover, each chapter has been made as self-sufficient as is feasible. This procedure has resulted in occasional duplication, but as compensation for this the reader may appreciate the availability of different points of view concerning certain topics of current interest. As editor, I would like to express my appreciation to the contributing authors, to the reviewers, to the editorial staff of the publisher, and to the many secretaries and typists who have worked on the manuscript; without the partnership of all of these people, this handbook would not have been possible.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Formulas from Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry2 Elements of Analysis -- 3 Vector Analysis -- 4 Tensors -- 5 Functions of a Complex Variable -- 6 Ordinary Differential and Difference Equations -- 7 Special Functions -- 8 First Order Partial Differential Equations -- 9 Partial Differential Equations of Second and Higher Order -- 10 Integral Equations -- 11 Transform Methods -- 12 Asymptotic Methods -- 13 Oscillations -- 14 Perturbation Methods -- 15 Wave Propagation -- 16 Matrices and Linear Algebra -- 17 Functional Approximation -- 18 Numerical Analysis -- 19 Mathematical Models and Their Formulation -- 20 Optimization Techniques -- 21 Probability and Statistics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468466621
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Some fundamentals of geological maps -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The topographic base map -- 1.3 Geological aspects -- 1.4 Summary chapter -- 1.5 Selected further reading -- 2 The nature of geological maps: the Ten Mile map of the UK and the 1: 2 500 000 map of the USA -- 2.1 Introduction: cartographic matters -- 2.2 Interpretation of the maps: geology and relief -- 2.3 Map patterns and geological structure -- 2.4 Conclusion -- 2.5 Summary of chapter -- 3 The three-dimensional aspect: structure contours -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The nature of structure contours -- 3.3 Examples of structure contours on maps -- 3.4 Structure contours derived from borehole/well information -- 3.5 Structure contours derived from topography: the theory -- 3.6 Structure contours derived from topography: the practice -- 3.7 Structure contours from topography and boreholes -- 3.8 Straight structure contours -- 3.9 Summary of chapter -- 3.10 Selected further reading -- 4 Measurements in three dimensions: strike and dip, formation thickness and depth -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Strike and dip -- 4.3 Apparent dip -- 4.4 Formation thickness -- 4.5 Formation depth -- 4.6 The ‘three-point’ method -- 4.7 Summary of chapter -- 4.8 Selected further reading -- 5 Geological cross-sections -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Line of section -- 5.3 Scale and vertical exaggeration -- 5.4 Manual drawing of cross-sections -- 5.5 Structure and stratigraphic sections -- 5.6 Three-dimensional diagrams -- 5.7 Summary of chapter -- 5.8 Selected further reading -- 6 Visual assessment of outcrop patterns -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Horizontal formation -- 6.3 Dipping formations -- 6.4 Vertical formations -- 6.5 Assessment of formation thickness -- 6.6 Summary of chapter -- 6.7 Exercises on visual assessment -- 7 Unconformities -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Terminology -- 7.3 Recognition on maps -- 7.4 Associated features -- 7.5 Use on maps -- 7.6 Palaeogeological maps -- 7.7 Summary of chapter -- 7.8 Selected further reading -- 8 Folds -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Description from maps -- 8.3 Visual assessment on maps -- 8.4 Measurements on maps -- 8.5 Summary of chapter -- 9 Faults: the fundamentals -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Fault parts, orientation and dimensions -- 9.3 Fault displacement -- 9.4 Classification of faults -- 9.5 Visual assessment on maps -- 9.6 Measurements on maps -- 9.7 Summary of chapter -- 10 More on faults: contraction (thrust), extension, and strike-slip faults -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Contraction (thrust) faults -- 10.3 Extension faults -- 10.4 Strike-slip faults -- 10.5 Summary of chapter -- 10.6 Selected further reading -- 11 Igneous and metamorphic rocks; mineral deposits -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Igneous rocks -- 11.3 Metamorphic rocks -- 11.4 Mineral deposits -- 11.5 Summary of chapter -- 11.6 Selected further reading -- 12 Geological history from maps -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Sedimentary successions -- 12.3 Deformed rocks -- 12.4 Non-sedimentary rocks -- 12.5 Reading a geological map -- 12.6 Writing a map report -- 12.7 Summary of chapter -- 13 The production of geological maps -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The field survey -- 13.3 Preparation of maps for publication -- 13.4 Map reports -- 13.5 Availability of maps -- 13.6 Conclusions -- 14 The heritage of geological maps -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 A short history of geological maps -- 14.3 The contributions of some individuals -- 15 Current trends in geological maps -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 New technologies in geologicam mps -- 15.3 New forms in geological maps -- 15.4 Specialised and thematic maps -- 15.5 Summary of chapter -- 15.6 Selected further reading -- References.
    Abstract: A recent national survey of geology students indicated that, In a subject so fundamental and yet so varied, every although they saw the need for a basic training in map­ geologist will have his own views on geological maps - the work, the three-dimensional aspects involved formed the matters needing emphasis, the best methods of interpreta­ single most difficult part of an introductory geology tion, good examples of maps, and so on. Instructors may course, and that it was generally taught in a way both ab­ therefore urge in their taught courses different priorities stract and dull. At the same time, there was no book which from those given here, and, although a wide range of maps puzzled students could turn to for explanations; no book and map exercises is included, will prefer to continue to which told them more about real geological maps. This use their own 'pet' examples. But this is meant primarily to book is an attempt to fill that need. It is based on the view be a book for the student - to turn to for clarification, for that in these days of increasing specialisation the geological further information, and simply to learn a little more about map remains the vital coordinating document, and that the geological maps.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Some fundamentals of geological maps1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 The topographic base map -- 1.3 Geological aspects -- 1.4 Summary chapter -- 1.5 Selected further reading -- 2 The nature of geological maps: the Ten Mile map of the UK and the 1: 2 500 000 map of the USA -- 2.1 Introduction: cartographic matters -- 2.2 Interpretation of the maps: geology and relief -- 2.3 Map patterns and geological structure -- 2.4 Conclusion -- 2.5 Summary of chapter -- 3 The three-dimensional aspect: structure contours -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The nature of structure contours -- 3.3 Examples of structure contours on maps -- 3.4 Structure contours derived from borehole/well information -- 3.5 Structure contours derived from topography: the theory -- 3.6 Structure contours derived from topography: the practice -- 3.7 Structure contours from topography and boreholes -- 3.8 Straight structure contours -- 3.9 Summary of chapter -- 3.10 Selected further reading -- 4 Measurements in three dimensions: strike and dip, formation thickness and depth -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Strike and dip -- 4.3 Apparent dip -- 4.4 Formation thickness -- 4.5 Formation depth -- 4.6 The ‘three-point’ method -- 4.7 Summary of chapter -- 4.8 Selected further reading -- 5 Geological cross-sections -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Line of section -- 5.3 Scale and vertical exaggeration -- 5.4 Manual drawing of cross-sections -- 5.5 Structure and stratigraphic sections -- 5.6 Three-dimensional diagrams -- 5.7 Summary of chapter -- 5.8 Selected further reading -- 6 Visual assessment of outcrop patterns -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Horizontal formation -- 6.3 Dipping formations -- 6.4 Vertical formations -- 6.5 Assessment of formation thickness -- 6.6 Summary of chapter -- 6.7 Exercises on visual assessment -- 7 Unconformities -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Terminology -- 7.3 Recognition on maps -- 7.4 Associated features -- 7.5 Use on maps -- 7.6 Palaeogeological maps -- 7.7 Summary of chapter -- 7.8 Selected further reading -- 8 Folds -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Description from maps -- 8.3 Visual assessment on maps -- 8.4 Measurements on maps -- 8.5 Summary of chapter -- 9 Faults: the fundamentals -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Fault parts, orientation and dimensions -- 9.3 Fault displacement -- 9.4 Classification of faults -- 9.5 Visual assessment on maps -- 9.6 Measurements on maps -- 9.7 Summary of chapter -- 10 More on faults: contraction (thrust), extension, and strike-slip faults -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Contraction (thrust) faults -- 10.3 Extension faults -- 10.4 Strike-slip faults -- 10.5 Summary of chapter -- 10.6 Selected further reading -- 11 Igneous and metamorphic rocks; mineral deposits -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Igneous rocks -- 11.3 Metamorphic rocks -- 11.4 Mineral deposits -- 11.5 Summary of chapter -- 11.6 Selected further reading -- 12 Geological history from maps -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Sedimentary successions -- 12.3 Deformed rocks -- 12.4 Non-sedimentary rocks -- 12.5 Reading a geological map -- 12.6 Writing a map report -- 12.7 Summary of chapter -- 13 The production of geological maps -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 The field survey -- 13.3 Preparation of maps for publication -- 13.4 Map reports -- 13.5 Availability of maps -- 13.6 Conclusions -- 14 The heritage of geological maps -- 14.1 Introduction -- 14.2 A short history of geological maps -- 14.3 The contributions of some individuals -- 15 Current trends in geological maps -- 15.1 Introduction -- 15.2 New technologies in geologicam mps -- 15.3 New forms in geological maps -- 15.4 Specialised and thematic maps -- 15.5 Summary of chapter -- 15.6 Selected further reading -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468414554
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Ornamental Grasses -- Types and Kinds -- Garden Types -- Adaptation -- Uses -- Selected Species -- Reference -- 2 Bamboo -- Origin, Types, Propagation, and Growth Habit -- Economic and Horticultural Importance -- Establishment, Maintenance, and Eradication -- Shade Tolerance and Winter Hardiness -- Uses -- Selected Species -- References -- 3 Grasslike Plants -- Variation among Grasslike Plants -- Plant Tolerance -- Winter Hardiness -- Uses -- Selected Species -- References -- 4 Rushes and Sedges -- Composition, Characteristics, and Distribution -- Cyperaceae or Sedge Family -- Winter Hardiness, Size, Form, Color, and Growth Habit -- The Rush Family, Juncaceae -- Selected Species -- References -- Appendix 1 Uses of Ornamental Grasses -- Appendix 2 Uses of Bamboo -- Appendix 3 Uses of Grasslike Plants -- Appendix 4 Uses of Rushes and Sedges -- Appendix 5 Plant Hardiness Zones Map.
    Abstract: The Gramineae, or grass family, is second in size only to the Compositeae, or sunflower family. It is among the most important plant families in the world. The major food crops of the world are found in the grass family. From time immemorial, grasses have provided food and shelter for humanity, domesticated livestock, and wildlife; without grasses, these forms of life might cease to exist. The grass family is large in size, diverse in habit, and ubiquitous in distribution. Earth would be bleak and bare, indeed, in the absence of this life-sustaining plant family. In addition to its economic and industrial value, the grass family has some ornamental value. It provides us with physical sustenance and gives us much pleasure and satisfaction in its ornamental forms. The purpose of this book is to point out the value and usefulness of grasses as ornamentals and to deline:tte their attributes and uses in the home, in the garden, and in the landscape. Ornamental grasses serve a unique and significant purpose in ornamental horticulture. Horticulturists, other plant scientists, and nursery personnel are more fully aware of the value and usefulness of grasses as ornamentals than is the general public. It is mainly for this reason that this work is directed toward the home gardener and the scientist alike, in the hope of enhancing reader appreciation of the roie grasses play in ornamental horti­ culture.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Ornamental GrassesTypes and Kinds -- Garden Types -- Adaptation -- Uses -- Selected Species -- Reference -- 2 Bamboo -- Origin, Types, Propagation, and Growth Habit -- Economic and Horticultural Importance -- Establishment, Maintenance, and Eradication -- Shade Tolerance and Winter Hardiness -- Uses -- Selected Species -- References -- 3 Grasslike Plants -- Variation among Grasslike Plants -- Plant Tolerance -- Winter Hardiness -- Uses -- Selected Species -- References -- 4 Rushes and Sedges -- Composition, Characteristics, and Distribution -- Cyperaceae or Sedge Family -- Winter Hardiness, Size, Form, Color, and Growth Habit -- The Rush Family, Juncaceae -- Selected Species -- References -- Appendix 1 Uses of Ornamental Grasses -- Appendix 2 Uses of Bamboo -- Appendix 3 Uses of Grasslike Plants -- Appendix 4 Uses of Rushes and Sedges -- Appendix 5 Plant Hardiness Zones Map.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9781468489385
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Molecular and Ionic Mechanisms of Chemoreception and Chemotransduction -- 2. Arterial Chemoreceptors – Biochemistry and Electrophysiology -- 3. Arterial Chemo0Receptors in Physiological and Experimental Conditions -- 4. Arterial Chemoreceptors –Reflex Mechanisms in Exercise and Hypoxia -- 5. Almitrine and Arterial Chemoreflexes -- 6. Central Neuronal Organization of Arterial Chemoreceptor Reflexes -- 7. Arterial Chemoreflexes in Pathological Conditions.
    Abstract: This volume records the papers presented in Warsaw on the meeting of the International Society of Arterial Chemoreception (LS. A. C. ) organized as a Satellite Symposium of the XXXI International Congress of the Union of Physiological Sciences (I. U. P. S. ) in Helsinki in July 1989. It is a 30 years old tradition to hold periodically international meetings on recent developments in chemoreceptor research and to exchange information between those of us interested in chemoreception. The first meeting was organized by B. B. Lloyd in Oxford in 1959. Later on, similar international meetings were held at irregular intervals. In 1966, R. W. Torrance organized the second meeting again in Oxford. In 1973, the third meeting was organized in Bristol (U. K. ) by M. J. Purves. In 1974, a fourth meeting combined with the XXVI I. U. P. S. Congress in Delhi was organized by A. S. Paintal in Srinagar (Kashmir, India). In 1976, H. Acker organized the fifth meeting in Dortmund (F. R. G. ), and in 1979, C. Belmonte in Valla­ dolid (Spain) organized the sixth international meeting commemorating the 50th anniversary of Fernando de Castro publishing his classical work on the structure and possible function of the carotid body. In 1982, the seventh meeting was due to D. J. Pallot in Leicester (U. K. ), in 1985 - the eighth one due to A. J.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Molecular and Ionic Mechanisms of Chemoreception and Chemotransduction2. Arterial Chemoreceptors - Biochemistry and Electrophysiology -- 3. Arterial Chemo0Receptors in Physiological and Experimental Conditions -- 4. Arterial Chemoreceptors -Reflex Mechanisms in Exercise and Hypoxia -- 5. Almitrine and Arterial Chemoreflexes -- 6. Central Neuronal Organization of Arterial Chemoreceptor Reflexes -- 7. Arterial Chemoreflexes in Pathological Conditions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461569022
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVIII, 1378 p) , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468474879
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Basic Concepts of Structural Analysis -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Types of Framed Structures -- 1.3 Deformations in Framed Structures -- 1.4 Actions and Displacements -- 1.5 Equilibrium -- 1.6 Compatibility -- 1.7 Static and Kinematic Indeterminacy -- 1.8 Structural Mobilities -- 1.9 Principle of Superposition -- 1.10 Action and Displacement Equations -- 1.11 Flexibility and Stiffness Matrices -- 1.12 Equivalent Joint Loads -- 1.13 Energy Concepts -- 1.14 Virtual Work -- References -- Problems -- 2 Fundamentals of the Flexibility Method -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Flexibility Method -- 2.3 Examples -- 2.4 Temperature Changes, Prestrains, and Support Displacements -- 2.5 Joint Displacements, Member End-Actions, and Support Reactions -- 2.6 Flexibilities of Prismatic Members -- 2.7 Formalization of the Flexibility Method -- Problems -- 3 Fundamentals of the Stiffness Method -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Stiffness Method -- 3.3 Examples -- 3.4 Temperature Changes, Prestrains and Support Displacements -- 3.5 Stiffness of Prismatic Members -- 3.6 Formalization of the Stiffness Method -- Problems -- 4 Computer-Oriented Direct Stiffness Method -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Direct Stiffness Method -- 4.3 Complete Member Stiffness Matrices -- 4.4 Formation of Joint Stiffness Matrix -- 4.5 Formation of Load Vector -- 4.6 Rearrangement of Stiffness and Load Arrays -- 4.7 Calculation of Results -- 4.8 Analysis of Continuous Beams -- 4.9 Example -- 4.10 Plane Truss Member Stiffnesses -- 4.11 Analysis of Plane Trusses -- 4.12 Example -- 4.13 Rotation of Axes in Two Dimensions -- 4.14 Application to Plane Truss Members -- 4.15 Rotation of Axes in Three Dimensions -- 4.16 Plane Frame Member Stiffnesses -- 4.17 Analysis of Plane Frames -- 4.18 Example -- 4.19 Grid Member Stiffnesses -- 4.20 Analysis of Grids -- 4.21 Space Truss Member Stiffnesses -- 4.22 Selection of Space Truss Member Axes -- 4.23 Analysis of Space Trusses -- 4.24 Space Frame Member Stiffnesses -- 4.25 Analysis of Space Frames -- Problems -- 5 Computer Programs for Framed Structures -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 FORTRAN Programming and Flow Charts -- 5.3 Program Notation -- 5.4 Preparation of Data -- 5.5 Description of Programs -- 5.6 Continuous Beam Program -- 5.7 Plane Truss Program -- 5.8 Plane Frame Program -- 5.9 Grid Program -- 5.10 Space Truss Program -- 5.11 Space Frame Program -- 5.12 Combined Program for Framed Structures -- References -- 6 Additional Topics for the Stiffness Method -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Rectangular Framing -- 6.3 Symmetric and Repeated Structures -- 6.4 Loads Between Joints -- 6.5 Automatic Dead Load Analysis -- 6.6 Temperature Changes and Prestrains -- 6.7 Support Displacements -- 6.8 Oblique Supports -- 6.9 Elastic Supports -- 6.10 Translation of Axes -- 6.11 Member Stiffnesses and Fixed-End Actions from Flexibilities -- 6.12 Nonprismatic Members -- 6.13 Curved Members -- 6.14 Releases in Members -- 6.15 Elastic Connections -- 6.16 Shearing Deformations -- 6.17 Offset Connections -- 6.18 Axial-Flexural Interactions -- 6.19 Axial Constraints in Frames -- References -- Problems -- 7 Finite-Element Method for Framed Structures -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Stresses and Strains in Continua -- 7.3 Virtual-Work Basis of Finite-Element Method -- 7.4 One-Dimensional Elements -- 7.5 Application to Framed Structures -- References -- General References -- Notation -- Appendix A. Displacements of Framed Structures -- A.1 Stresses and Deformations in Slender Members -- A.2 Displacements by the Unit-Load Method -- A.3 Displacements of Beams -- A.4 Integrals of Products for Computing Displacements -- References -- Appendix B. End-Actions for Restrained Members -- Appendix C. Properties of Sections -- Appendix D. Computer Routines for Solving Equations -- D.1 Factorization Method for Symmetric Matrices -- D.2 Subprogram FACTOR -- D.3 Subprogram SOLVER -- D.4 Subprogram BANFAC -- D.5 Subprogram BANSOL -- References -- Appendix E. Solution without Rearrangement -- Answers to Problems -- Order Form for Diskette.
    Abstract: Matrix analysis of structures is a vital subject to every structural analyst, whether working in aero-astro, civil, or mechanical engineering. It provides a comprehensive approach to the analysis of a wide variety of structural types, and therefore offers a major advantage over traditional metho~ which often differ for each type of structure. The matrix approach also provides an efficient means of describing various steps in the analysis and is easily programmed for digital computers. Use of matrices is natural when performing calculations with a digital computer, because matrices permit large groups of numbers to be manipulated in a simple and effective manner. This book, now in its third edition, was written for both college students and engineers in industry. It serves as a textbook for courses at either the senior or first-year graduate level, and it also provides a permanent reference for practicing engineers. The book explains both the theory and the practical implementation of matrix methods of structural analysis. Emphasis is placed on developing a physical understanding of the theory and the ability to use computer programs for performing structural calculations.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Basic Concepts of Structural Analysis1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Types of Framed Structures -- 1.3 Deformations in Framed Structures -- 1.4 Actions and Displacements -- 1.5 Equilibrium -- 1.6 Compatibility -- 1.7 Static and Kinematic Indeterminacy -- 1.8 Structural Mobilities -- 1.9 Principle of Superposition -- 1.10 Action and Displacement Equations -- 1.11 Flexibility and Stiffness Matrices -- 1.12 Equivalent Joint Loads -- 1.13 Energy Concepts -- 1.14 Virtual Work -- References -- Problems -- 2 Fundamentals of the Flexibility Method -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Flexibility Method -- 2.3 Examples -- 2.4 Temperature Changes, Prestrains, and Support Displacements -- 2.5 Joint Displacements, Member End-Actions, and Support Reactions -- 2.6 Flexibilities of Prismatic Members -- 2.7 Formalization of the Flexibility Method -- Problems -- 3 Fundamentals of the Stiffness Method -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Stiffness Method -- 3.3 Examples -- 3.4 Temperature Changes, Prestrains and Support Displacements -- 3.5 Stiffness of Prismatic Members -- 3.6 Formalization of the Stiffness Method -- Problems -- 4 Computer-Oriented Direct Stiffness Method -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Direct Stiffness Method -- 4.3 Complete Member Stiffness Matrices -- 4.4 Formation of Joint Stiffness Matrix -- 4.5 Formation of Load Vector -- 4.6 Rearrangement of Stiffness and Load Arrays -- 4.7 Calculation of Results -- 4.8 Analysis of Continuous Beams -- 4.9 Example -- 4.10 Plane Truss Member Stiffnesses -- 4.11 Analysis of Plane Trusses -- 4.12 Example -- 4.13 Rotation of Axes in Two Dimensions -- 4.14 Application to Plane Truss Members -- 4.15 Rotation of Axes in Three Dimensions -- 4.16 Plane Frame Member Stiffnesses -- 4.17 Analysis of Plane Frames -- 4.18 Example -- 4.19 Grid Member Stiffnesses -- 4.20 Analysis of Grids -- 4.21 Space Truss Member Stiffnesses -- 4.22 Selection of Space Truss Member Axes -- 4.23 Analysis of Space Trusses -- 4.24 Space Frame Member Stiffnesses -- 4.25 Analysis of Space Frames -- Problems -- 5 Computer Programs for Framed Structures -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 FORTRAN Programming and Flow Charts -- 5.3 Program Notation -- 5.4 Preparation of Data -- 5.5 Description of Programs -- 5.6 Continuous Beam Program -- 5.7 Plane Truss Program -- 5.8 Plane Frame Program -- 5.9 Grid Program -- 5.10 Space Truss Program -- 5.11 Space Frame Program -- 5.12 Combined Program for Framed Structures -- References -- 6 Additional Topics for the Stiffness Method -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Rectangular Framing -- 6.3 Symmetric and Repeated Structures -- 6.4 Loads Between Joints -- 6.5 Automatic Dead Load Analysis -- 6.6 Temperature Changes and Prestrains -- 6.7 Support Displacements -- 6.8 Oblique Supports -- 6.9 Elastic Supports -- 6.10 Translation of Axes -- 6.11 Member Stiffnesses and Fixed-End Actions from Flexibilities -- 6.12 Nonprismatic Members -- 6.13 Curved Members -- 6.14 Releases in Members -- 6.15 Elastic Connections -- 6.16 Shearing Deformations -- 6.17 Offset Connections -- 6.18 Axial-Flexural Interactions -- 6.19 Axial Constraints in Frames -- References -- Problems -- 7 Finite-Element Method for Framed Structures -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Stresses and Strains in Continua -- 7.3 Virtual-Work Basis of Finite-Element Method -- 7.4 One-Dimensional Elements -- 7.5 Application to Framed Structures -- References -- General References -- Notation -- Appendix A. Displacements of Framed Structures -- A.1 Stresses and Deformations in Slender Members -- A.2 Displacements by the Unit-Load Method -- A.3 Displacements of Beams -- A.4 Integrals of Products for Computing Displacements -- References -- Appendix B. End-Actions for Restrained Members -- Appendix C. Properties of Sections -- Appendix D. Computer Routines for Solving Equations -- D.1 Factorization Method for Symmetric Matrices -- D.2 Subprogram FACTOR -- D.3 Subprogram SOLVER -- D.4 Subprogram BANFAC -- D.5 Subprogram BANSOL -- References -- Appendix E. Solution without Rearrangement -- Answers to Problems -- Order Form for Diskette.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9781475720853
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 2062 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468414721
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Security systems. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One — Overview -- 1 Taguchi’s Quality Philosophy: Analysis and Commentary -- 2 Macro-Quality with Micro-Money -- 3 Quality Engineering using Design of Experiments -- 4 Off-Line Quality Control, Parameter Design, and the Taguchi Method -- 5 Quality Engineering through Design Optimization -- Two — Case Studies -- 6 Off-Line Quality Control in Integrated circuit Fabrication using Experimental Design -- 7 Optimizing the Wave Soldering Process -- 8 Robust Design: A Cost-Effective Method for Improving Manufacturing Processes -- 9 Tuning Computer Systems for Maximum Performance: A Statistical Approach -- 10 Design Optimization Case Studies -- Three — Methodology -- 11 Testing in Industrial Experiments with Ordered Categorical Data -- 12 Performance Measures Independent of Adjustment: An Explanation and Extension of Taguchi’s Signal-To-Noise Ratios -- 13 A Geometric Interpretation of Taguchfs Signal to Noise Ratio -- 14 A Data Analysis Strategy for Quality Engineering Experiments.
    Abstract: In 1980, I received a grant from Aoyama-gakuin university to come to the United States to assist American Industry improve the quality of their products. In a small way this was to repay the help the US had given Japan after the war. In the summer of 1980, I visited the AT&T Bell Laboratories Quality Assurance Center, the organization that founded modern quality control. The result of my first summer at AT&T was an experiment with an orthogonal array design of size 18 (OA18) for optimization of an LSI fabrication process. As a measure of quality, the quantity "signal-ta-noise" ratio was to be optimized. Since then, this experi­ mental approach has been named "robust design" and has attracted the attention of both engineers and statisticians. My colleagues at Bell Laboratories have written several expository articles and a few theoretical papers on robust design from the viewpoint of statistics. Because so many people have asked for copies of these papers, it has been decided to publish them in a book form. This anthology is the result of these efforts. Despite the fact that quality engineering borrows some technical words from traditional design of experiments, the goals of quality engineering are different from those of statistics. For example, suppose there are two vendors. One vendor supplies products whose quality characteristic has a normal distribution with the mean on target (the desired value) and a certain standard deviation.
    Description / Table of Contents: One - Overview1 Taguchi’s Quality Philosophy: Analysis and Commentary -- 2 Macro-Quality with Micro-Money -- 3 Quality Engineering using Design of Experiments -- 4 Off-Line Quality Control, Parameter Design, and the Taguchi Method -- 5 Quality Engineering through Design Optimization -- Two - Case Studies -- 6 Off-Line Quality Control in Integrated circuit Fabrication using Experimental Design -- 7 Optimizing the Wave Soldering Process -- 8 Robust Design: A Cost-Effective Method for Improving Manufacturing Processes -- 9 Tuning Computer Systems for Maximum Performance: A Statistical Approach -- 10 Design Optimization Case Studies -- Three - Methodology -- 11 Testing in Industrial Experiments with Ordered Categorical Data -- 12 Performance Measures Independent of Adjustment: An Explanation and Extension of Taguchi’s Signal-To-Noise Ratios -- 13 A Geometric Interpretation of Taguchfs Signal to Noise Ratio -- 14 A Data Analysis Strategy for Quality Engineering Experiments.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415261
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to mobile communications -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Mobile radio system fundamentals -- 1.3 A simple mobile radio system -- 1.4 Practical communication systems -- 1.5 Paging -- 1.6 Portables -- 1.7 Dialling systems -- 1.8 Radiophone services -- 1.9 Channel sharing -- 1.10 Area coverage techniques -- 1.11 Present and future use of mobile radio -- References -- 2 Multipath characteristics in urban areas -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The nature of multipath propagation -- 2.3 Short-term fading -- 2.4 Frequency-selective fading -- 2.5 Channel characterization -- 2.6 Channel sounding techniques -- 2.7 Practical channel sounders -- 2.8 Small-area characterization -- 2.9 Large-area characterization -- 2.10 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Propagation and signal strength prediction -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Fundamentals of VHF and UHF propagation -- 3.3 Propagation over terrain obstacles -- 3.4 Multiple knife-edge diffraction -- 3.5 Propagation prediction models -- 3.6 Signal strength prediction in urban areas -- 3.7 Discussion -- 3.8 Signal variability -- 3.9 Large area statistics -- 3.10 Building penetration losses -- References -- 4 Modulation techniques -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Amplitude modulation -- 4.3 Angle modulation -- 4.4 Implementation of AM systems -- 4.5 Single-sideband implementation -- 4.6 Demodulation -- 4.7 Generation of FM signals -- 4.8 FM demodulators -- 4.9 The effect of noise on AM systems -- 4.10 The effect of noise on FM systems -- 4.11 The effects of multipath propagation -- 4.12 Demodulation of data signals -- 4.13 Differentially encoded PSK (DPSK) -- 4.14 The effect of noise in data communication systems -- 4.15 Carrier transmissions -- 4.16 The influence of multipath fading on data transmissions -- 4.17 System performance -- 4.18 The fully digital approach -- References -- 5 Man-made noise -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Characterization of pulses -- 5.3 Characterization of impulsive noise -- 5.4 Measuring equipment -- 5.5 Practical measuring systems -- 5.6 Measurement of noise amplitude distribution -- 5.7 Statistical characterization of noise -- 5.8 Impulsive noise measurements -- 5.9 Summary -- 5.10 Performance prediction techniques -- References -- 6 Diversity reception -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Basic diversity methods -- 6.3 Improvements obtainable from diversity -- 6.4 Switched diversity -- 6.5 The effect of diversity on data systems -- 6.6 Practical diversity systems -- 6.7 Predetection diversity -- 6.8 Diversity systems using special receivers -- 6.9 Switched diversity -- 6.10 Comparison -- 6.11 Postdetection diversity -- 6.12 Time diversity -- 6.13 Discussion and conclusions -- References -- 7 Using the radio channel in cellular radio networkgs -- 7.1 The radio channel as a system component -- 7.2 Wideband versus narrowband -- 7.3 Cellular radio fundamentals -- 8 Analogue cellular radio systems -- 8.1 Channel structures -- 8.2 Specifications for the radio equipment -- 8.3 Network control activity -- 8.4 System operation -- 8.5 Some system comparisons -- 9 Digital cellular radio systems -- 9.1 Digital versus analogue for second-generation cellular systems -- 9.2 Choice of basic system architecture -- 9.3 Essential techniques for digital implementation -- 9.4 Example systems -- 9.5 Postscript.
    Abstract: During the past decade there has been a dramatic change in the nature of mobile communications technology and its impact on the general communic­ ations environment. In the 1970s, mobile radio was a minority activity in communications, based on relatively unsophisticated technology. The 1980s, however, have seen the emergence of analogue cellular systems and the definition of future digital systems, and the predicted demand for these services is such that investigations into the use of higher frequency bands have already begun. It is predicted that, by the late 1990s, the 'personal communications' world will have resulted in the majority of adults in Europe and North America being dependent on radio-connected terminals of various kinds for more than 50% of their total telecommunications needs. The technology which will form the basis of this revolution has now been defined, at least in outline, and the fixed and mobile equipment that will be used in systems of the future will bear little resemblance to that available even ten years ago. It is impossible within the confines of a single, relatively short book to cover all the subject areas needed for a study of this exciting and expanding field of technology. We have, perforce, been selective and have chosen those topics which we believe to be of primary importance at the present time.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to mobile communications1.1 Background -- 1.2 Mobile radio system fundamentals -- 1.3 A simple mobile radio system -- 1.4 Practical communication systems -- 1.5 Paging -- 1.6 Portables -- 1.7 Dialling systems -- 1.8 Radiophone services -- 1.9 Channel sharing -- 1.10 Area coverage techniques -- 1.11 Present and future use of mobile radio -- References -- 2 Multipath characteristics in urban areas -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 The nature of multipath propagation -- 2.3 Short-term fading -- 2.4 Frequency-selective fading -- 2.5 Channel characterization -- 2.6 Channel sounding techniques -- 2.7 Practical channel sounders -- 2.8 Small-area characterization -- 2.9 Large-area characterization -- 2.10 Conclusions -- References -- 3 Propagation and signal strength prediction -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Fundamentals of VHF and UHF propagation -- 3.3 Propagation over terrain obstacles -- 3.4 Multiple knife-edge diffraction -- 3.5 Propagation prediction models -- 3.6 Signal strength prediction in urban areas -- 3.7 Discussion -- 3.8 Signal variability -- 3.9 Large area statistics -- 3.10 Building penetration losses -- References -- 4 Modulation techniques -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Amplitude modulation -- 4.3 Angle modulation -- 4.4 Implementation of AM systems -- 4.5 Single-sideband implementation -- 4.6 Demodulation -- 4.7 Generation of FM signals -- 4.8 FM demodulators -- 4.9 The effect of noise on AM systems -- 4.10 The effect of noise on FM systems -- 4.11 The effects of multipath propagation -- 4.12 Demodulation of data signals -- 4.13 Differentially encoded PSK (DPSK) -- 4.14 The effect of noise in data communication systems -- 4.15 Carrier transmissions -- 4.16 The influence of multipath fading on data transmissions -- 4.17 System performance -- 4.18 The fully digital approach -- References -- 5 Man-made noise -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Characterization of pulses -- 5.3 Characterization of impulsive noise -- 5.4 Measuring equipment -- 5.5 Practical measuring systems -- 5.6 Measurement of noise amplitude distribution -- 5.7 Statistical characterization of noise -- 5.8 Impulsive noise measurements -- 5.9 Summary -- 5.10 Performance prediction techniques -- References -- 6 Diversity reception -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Basic diversity methods -- 6.3 Improvements obtainable from diversity -- 6.4 Switched diversity -- 6.5 The effect of diversity on data systems -- 6.6 Practical diversity systems -- 6.7 Predetection diversity -- 6.8 Diversity systems using special receivers -- 6.9 Switched diversity -- 6.10 Comparison -- 6.11 Postdetection diversity -- 6.12 Time diversity -- 6.13 Discussion and conclusions -- References -- 7 Using the radio channel in cellular radio networkgs -- 7.1 The radio channel as a system component -- 7.2 Wideband versus narrowband -- 7.3 Cellular radio fundamentals -- 8 Analogue cellular radio systems -- 8.1 Channel structures -- 8.2 Specifications for the radio equipment -- 8.3 Network control activity -- 8.4 System operation -- 8.5 Some system comparisons -- 9 Digital cellular radio systems -- 9.1 Digital versus analogue for second-generation cellular systems -- 9.2 Choice of basic system architecture -- 9.3 Essential techniques for digital implementation -- 9.4 Example systems -- 9.5 Postscript.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308539
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Current Phycology
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1.Introduction -- 2. Collection and Handling of Prochloron and Its Hosts -- Collection and Handling -- Treatment of Prochloron cells -- Conclusion -- 3. Prochloron in Symbiosis -- Photosynthesis -- Translocation -- Formation of the Symbiosis -- Biochemical Interactions between the Symbionts -- Other Interactions between the Symbionts -- References -- 4. Physiological and Cellular Features of Prochloron -- Photosynthetic Features of Prochloron -- Respiratory Behavior and Carbon Balance in Prochloron -- Properties of the Photosynthetic Pigments and Membranes of Prochloron -- Physiology of the Prochloron-Ascidian Association -- Some Suggested Physiological Requirements for the Culture of Prochloron -- Conclusion -- References -- 5. Biochemical Features of Prochloron -- General Features of Enzyme Isolation -- Enzymes of Photosynthetic Carbon Metabolism -- Enzymes of Glucan Synthesis and Storage Carbohydrates -- Lipophilic Components -- Properties of Membrane Fractions -- Miscellaneous Compounds and Metabolic Investigations -- Conclusion -- References -- 6. Phylogenetic Considerations of Prochloron -- Phylogenetic Position -- Phylogentic Rank -- Possible Relationship to Chloroplasts -- References -- 7. The Cytology of Prochloron -- The Cell Wall -- Thylakoids -- Inclusions -- Nucleic Acids -- Conclusion -- References -- 8. A Status Report on Prochlorothrix hollandica a Free-Living Prochlorophyte -- Epilogue -- Author Index.
    Abstract: Ralph A. LewiQand Lanna Cheng In physics, the discovery of new (more properly, hitherto undetected) particles has often resulted from a search: like the discovery of America, their existence had been postulated but their actual existence awaited confirmation. In biology, new discoveries are rarely made in this way. The existence of an alga like Prochloron, as a putative ancestor of chloro­ plasts, had been postulated, but in fact its discovery was a consequence of fortuitous events. Green algal symbionts in didemnid ascidians had been known for decades to a few marine zoologists who had worked in coral reef areas, but nobody had bothered much about them. When we happened to find them, under boulders on a seashore in Baja California, Mexico, where we were taking part in a student expedition, we didn't bother much either at first, though they worried us a little. With our portable microscope we could see no nuclei in the cells, which, according to the dogma accepted at the time, indicated that they were blue-green algae-yet they didn't look blue-green. They were leaf-green, like green algae and higher plants. We made desultory attempts to grow them in culture, in variously enriched seawater media, but failed. (This proved to be a frustrating experience, all too frequently repeated on subsequent expeditions. ) We collected enough for electron microscopy, though, and transmission electron microscopy (TEM) studies indicated that the cells were unequivocally prokaryotic.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.Introduction2. Collection and Handling of Prochloron and Its Hosts -- Collection and Handling -- Treatment of Prochloron cells -- Conclusion -- 3. Prochloron in Symbiosis -- Photosynthesis -- Translocation -- Formation of the Symbiosis -- Biochemical Interactions between the Symbionts -- Other Interactions between the Symbionts -- References -- 4. Physiological and Cellular Features of Prochloron -- Photosynthetic Features of Prochloron -- Respiratory Behavior and Carbon Balance in Prochloron -- Properties of the Photosynthetic Pigments and Membranes of Prochloron -- Physiology of the Prochloron-Ascidian Association -- Some Suggested Physiological Requirements for the Culture of Prochloron -- Conclusion -- References -- 5. Biochemical Features of Prochloron -- General Features of Enzyme Isolation -- Enzymes of Photosynthetic Carbon Metabolism -- Enzymes of Glucan Synthesis and Storage Carbohydrates -- Lipophilic Components -- Properties of Membrane Fractions -- Miscellaneous Compounds and Metabolic Investigations -- Conclusion -- References -- 6. Phylogenetic Considerations of Prochloron -- Phylogenetic Position -- Phylogentic Rank -- Possible Relationship to Chloroplasts -- References -- 7. The Cytology of Prochloron -- The Cell Wall -- Thylakoids -- Inclusions -- Nucleic Acids -- Conclusion -- References -- 8. A Status Report on Prochlorothrix hollandica a Free-Living Prochlorophyte -- Epilogue -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461564706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One: Perspectives -- 1. Principles of Fish Culture and Aquaculture Systems -- 2. Principles of Culture Systems Management -- 3. Approaches to People (Using Human Resources) -- 4. Marketing -- 5. Life Cycles and Production Strategies -- 6. Water and Health Management -- 7. Ethics -- Two: Quantitative Approaches -- 8. Production Economics -- 9. Records for Managerial Analyses -- 10. Production System Limits -- 11. Decision-Making Tools -- 12. Computer Assisted Decision Support Systems -- Appendixes -- Appendix I. Manager Attributes and Expectations -- Appendix II. Suggested Steps for Learning to Read People -- Appendix III. Examples of Enterprise Budgets, Cash Flow, and Credit Repayment Schedules -- Appendix IV. Life-Cycle Costing -- Appendix V. Sample Calculation to Determine the Number of Fish that Can be Reared in a Unit (Tank) That Receives 5 Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Water Flow -- Appendix VI. Sample Problems on Production Capacity Assessment (PCA).
    Abstract: Although some nations, such as Japan, have invested in aquaculture research and developed major aquaculture industries, the opportunities for similar devel­ opment in the United States remain largely unnoticed. In a typical recent year the United States, which claims 20% of the world's marine fisheries resources, imported seafood worth $4. 8 billion and exported $l. 3 billion. In addition to the $3. 5 billion deficit in food-fish, was another $2. 7 billion deficit for nonedible fishery products. Next to oil, fishery products constituted the second highest drain on the United States balance of payments and accounts for a significant portion of the foreign trade deficit. Furthermore, fish consumption has been increasing in North America. In response to the demand for fishery products, aquaculture managers not only have the opportunity to realize economic profit, but in doing so can make an important contribution to reducing the national debt, providing employment, and enhancing our diet. This book might be considered a farm management text for those in aquaculture. It is intended to provide an introduction to aquaculture principles and an introduction to management, including business and people management, microeconomics, and the concepts of efficiency and productivity. I hope it will bridge the gap between conservationists, the academic community, and commer­ cial culturists. Abundant references should enable the reader to quickly access literature on most topics germane to the management of culture systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: One: Perspectives1. Principles of Fish Culture and Aquaculture Systems -- 2. Principles of Culture Systems Management -- 3. Approaches to People (Using Human Resources) -- 4. Marketing -- 5. Life Cycles and Production Strategies -- 6. Water and Health Management -- 7. Ethics -- Two: Quantitative Approaches -- 8. Production Economics -- 9. Records for Managerial Analyses -- 10. Production System Limits -- 11. Decision-Making Tools -- 12. Computer Assisted Decision Support Systems -- Appendixes -- Appendix I. Manager Attributes and Expectations -- Appendix II. Suggested Steps for Learning to Read People -- Appendix III. Examples of Enterprise Budgets, Cash Flow, and Credit Repayment Schedules -- Appendix IV. Life-Cycle Costing -- Appendix V. Sample Calculation to Determine the Number of Fish that Can be Reared in a Unit (Tank) That Receives 5 Gallons Per Minute (GPM) Water Flow -- Appendix VI. Sample Problems on Production Capacity Assessment (PCA).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461566724
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Communication. ; Telecommunication. ; Engineering. ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science.
    Abstract: A -- B -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    Abstract: Communications * Standard Dictionary is a comprehensive compilation of terms and definitions used in communications and related fields. Communications is defined as the branch of science and technology concerned with the process of representing, transferring, and interpreting the meaning as­ signed to data by and among persons, places, or machines. Communication is defined as the transfer of information between a source (trans­ mitter, light source) and a sink (receiver, photodetector) over one or more chan­ nels in accordance with a protocol, and in a manner suitable for interpretation or comprehension by the receiver; or as a method or means of conveying informa­ tion of any kind from one person or place to another. In short, communications is a branch of science and technology, whereas com­ munication pertains to the actual transfer of information. Thus, the word com­ munication should be used as a modifier, as in communication center, communi­ cation deception, and communication line, just as in the field of electronics one speaks of electronic devices and electronic circuits.
    Description / Table of Contents: AB -- C -- D -- E -- F -- G -- H -- I -- J -- K -- L -- M -- N -- O -- P -- Q -- R -- S -- T -- U -- V -- W -- X -- Y -- Z.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468466058
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Designing for Building Construction -- 3 Computer Models -- II -- 4 Planning a CAD System -- 5 Implementing a System — Management Issues -- 6 Implementing a System — Hardware and Software -- III -- 7 Preliminary Project Design -- 8 Project Management -- 9 Components: Graphical Representation -- 10 Model Assembly and Drawings for Detailed Design of Projects -- 11 Non-graphical Design Information -- 12 Project Control and Quality Assurance -- 13 Construction, Space Planning and Building Management -- 14 Concluding Remarks and The Future -- References.
    Abstract: In the era of Information Technology, the computer is the machine-tool. Designers and planners are information workers and many have turned to CAD technology, hoping to find something that will ensure survival in the increasingly competitive business climate. The new problem relates not to any limitations of systems, but to the lack of knowledge on how to implement, manage and control the CAD technology. This book is aimed at design professionals, planners and managers. Although references and examples relate to building and construction work, most of the principles are unlikely to differ whatever the application. As a result, it should be useful in the fields of mechanical engineering and manufacturing industry too. Chapter 13 deals with applications in construction planning, space planning and facilities management. Emphasis throughout is on people, responsibilities, applications, organisation and procedures. The design process is highly interactive. Manual drawing, or use of a computer drafting system to mimic this, inevitably leads to inconsistencies within in the design information. Computer modelling of projects presents better opportunities and the many techniques range from 2-D modelling to solid modelling. A blend of 2-D and 3-D methods to suit the application is essential today. System planning itself requires a carefully managed feasibility study comprising preliminary and detailed phases. Objectives and requirements of the office must be set down. Then there is something to compare the available systems with. The chosen system must be capable of evolving to meet an ever-changing future.
    Description / Table of Contents: I1 Introduction -- 2 Designing for Building Construction -- 3 Computer Models -- II -- 4 Planning a CAD System -- 5 Implementing a System - Management Issues -- 6 Implementing a System - Hardware and Software -- III -- 7 Preliminary Project Design -- 8 Project Management -- 9 Components: Graphical Representation -- 10 Model Assembly and Drawings for Detailed Design of Projects -- 11 Non-graphical Design Information -- 12 Project Control and Quality Assurance -- 13 Construction, Space Planning and Building Management -- 14 Concluding Remarks and The Future -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    ISBN: 9781468466324
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Development of the Tractor -- 2 Thermodynamic Principles of Internal-Combustion Engines -- 3 Internal-Combustion Engine Cycles -- 4 Fuels and Combustion -- 5 Engine Design -- 6 Electrical Systems -- 7 Engine Accessories -- 8 Lubrication -- 9 Human Factors in Tractor Design -- 10 Traction -- 11 Mechanics of the Tractor Chassis -- 12 Hydraulic Systems and Controls -- 13 Transmissions and Drive Trains -- 14 Tractor Tests and Performance -- Appendixes -- A Standards for Agricultural Tractors -- B Standard Graphical Symbols -- C Agricultural Tractor Tire Loadings, Torque Factors, and Inflation Pressures—SAE J709d -- D Conversion Factors.
    Abstract: At the time of the writing of the fourth edirion of this textbook, the agricultural economy in the United States and Canada was depressed. The prices paid to farmers for their grain crops were very low, and consequently most farmers in North America could not afford to buy a new tractor when needed; there­ fore, the sales of tractors and other farm machines were much below normal. The farmer who was the victim of the depressed economy was forced to "make do." Instead of purchasing a new tractor when the old one needed to be replaced, the farmer usually purchased a used or second-hand tractor or repaired the old one. In a strict sense, tractors usually do not wear out; instead, they become obsolete. The farmer who owns an obsolete tractor would prefer to replace it with one having more power, more speeds, more conveniences, a better hydraulic system, lower operating cost, or all of the above. But farmers in the United States, Canada, and other industrial nations will continue to want to purchase tractors that have all of the features, in­ cluding microprocessors, found on other vehicles.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Development of the Tractor2 Thermodynamic Principles of Internal-Combustion Engines -- 3 Internal-Combustion Engine Cycles -- 4 Fuels and Combustion -- 5 Engine Design -- 6 Electrical Systems -- 7 Engine Accessories -- 8 Lubrication -- 9 Human Factors in Tractor Design -- 10 Traction -- 11 Mechanics of the Tractor Chassis -- 12 Hydraulic Systems and Controls -- 13 Transmissions and Drive Trains -- 14 Tractor Tests and Performance -- Appendixes -- A Standards for Agricultural Tractors -- B Standard Graphical Symbols -- C Agricultural Tractor Tire Loadings, Torque Factors, and Inflation Pressures-SAE J709d -- D Conversion Factors.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308775
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Mechanical manometers -- 1.1 Liquid manometers -- 1.2 The McLeod gauge -- 1.3 The diaphragm manometer -- 1.4 Viscous or friction-type gauges -- References -- 2 Thermal conductivity gauges -- 2.1 Basic principles -- 2.2 Measurement of thermal conductivity -- 2.3 Sensitivity -- 2.4 End losses -- 2.5 Accommodation coefficient and relative sensitivity -- 2.6 Alternative methods of bridge control -- 2.7 Useful range of the constant-voltage bridge -- 2.8 The lower limit to the useful pressure range -- 2.9 The importance of bridge-voltage and temperature fluctuations at high pressure -- 2.10 Compensation for temperature and voltage fluctuations -- 2.11 Physical changes in the gauge wire (ageing effects) -- 2.12 Extension of working range to atmospheric pressure -- 2.13 Commercial gauges for laboratory and industrial use -- 2.14 The thermocouple gauge -- References -- 3 Thermionic cathode ionization gauges -- 3.1 Positive ion production in a gas -- 3.2 The principle of the thermionic cathode ionization gauge -- 3.3 The relative sensitivity for different gases -- 3.4 The measurement of low pressures -- 3.5 Extension of the range of the BA gauge to very low pressures -- 3.6 The precision to which measurements can be made with the hot cathode gauge -- 3.7 Gauges specially designed to operate at high pressure -- 3.8 Chemical and physical reactions in the hot cathode ionization gauge -- References -- 4 Cold-cathode ionization gauges -- 4.1 The development of cold-cathode (crossed-field) gauges -- 4.2 Commercial gauges for high- and ultra-high vacuum applications -- References -- 5 Gauge calibration -- 5.1 Basic considerations -- 5.2 Calibration against the transfer gauge -- 5.3 Comparison with absolute gauges -- 5.4 Series expansion techniques -- 5.5 Dynamic flow techniques -- 5.6 The measurement of gas throughput -- References -- 6 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: magnetic, crossed-field and time-of-flight analysers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The magnetic deflection mass spectrometer -- 6.3 The trochoidal (or cycloidal) mass spectrometer -- 6.4 The omegatron -- 6.5 Time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer -- 6.6 Interpretation of mass spectra -- References -- 7 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: quadrupole mass analysers -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Principles of the quadrupole mass filter -- 7.3 Design of small residual gas analysers (RGAs) -- 7.4 The operating characteristics of the RGAs designed for general laboratory and industrial use -- 7.5 The use of electron multipliers for signal detection -- 7.6 Non-conventional methods of quadrupole operation -- 7.7 The monopole mass spectrometer -- 7.8 The three-dimensional quadrupole ion trap -- References.
    Abstract: This book deals with the underlying theory and practical aspects of pressure gauges that are at present in general use. Because of the ever-increasing demands to provide a wider range of sophisticated and reliable vacuum equipment a good understanding of these instruments is of vital importance to all workers in the research and industrial sectors. Of the gauges considered only the mechanical types are absolute, in the sense that they measure pressure directly as a force upon a liquid column or a solid surface. Under ideal conditions it is possible to calculate their sensitiv­ ities, which are the same for all gases and vapours. The recent developments in the viscous or molecular damping gauges indicate that these may also be considered absolute. Other gauges are indirect in that they involve the measurement of some secondary phenomenon which is pressure-dependent and therefore these gauges can only be used for measurement after calibration against an absolute standard. The radiometer or Knudsen type gauge has been excluded from the text since these are now only of historic interest. Also no mention is made of the integration techniques involving surface changes (such as work function) although these could have application under very special circumstances. The McLeod gauge is dealt with in some detail, for even though this gauge has few practical applications, it is the most sensitive absolute gauge available and has value as a reference standard.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Mechanical manometers1.1 Liquid manometers -- 1.2 The McLeod gauge -- 1.3 The diaphragm manometer -- 1.4 Viscous or friction-type gauges -- References -- 2 Thermal conductivity gauges -- 2.1 Basic principles -- 2.2 Measurement of thermal conductivity -- 2.3 Sensitivity -- 2.4 End losses -- 2.5 Accommodation coefficient and relative sensitivity -- 2.6 Alternative methods of bridge control -- 2.7 Useful range of the constant-voltage bridge -- 2.8 The lower limit to the useful pressure range -- 2.9 The importance of bridge-voltage and temperature fluctuations at high pressure -- 2.10 Compensation for temperature and voltage fluctuations -- 2.11 Physical changes in the gauge wire (ageing effects) -- 2.12 Extension of working range to atmospheric pressure -- 2.13 Commercial gauges for laboratory and industrial use -- 2.14 The thermocouple gauge -- References -- 3 Thermionic cathode ionization gauges -- 3.1 Positive ion production in a gas -- 3.2 The principle of the thermionic cathode ionization gauge -- 3.3 The relative sensitivity for different gases -- 3.4 The measurement of low pressures -- 3.5 Extension of the range of the BA gauge to very low pressures -- 3.6 The precision to which measurements can be made with the hot cathode gauge -- 3.7 Gauges specially designed to operate at high pressure -- 3.8 Chemical and physical reactions in the hot cathode ionization gauge -- References -- 4 Cold-cathode ionization gauges -- 4.1 The development of cold-cathode (crossed-field) gauges -- 4.2 Commercial gauges for high- and ultra-high vacuum applications -- References -- 5 Gauge calibration -- 5.1 Basic considerations -- 5.2 Calibration against the transfer gauge -- 5.3 Comparison with absolute gauges -- 5.4 Series expansion techniques -- 5.5 Dynamic flow techniques -- 5.6 The measurement of gas throughput -- References -- 6 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: magnetic, crossed-field and time-of-flight analysers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 The magnetic deflection mass spectrometer -- 6.3 The trochoidal (or cycloidal) mass spectrometer -- 6.4 The omegatron -- 6.5 Time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometer -- 6.6 Interpretation of mass spectra -- References -- 7 Gas analysis in vacuum systems: quadrupole mass analysers -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Principles of the quadrupole mass filter -- 7.3 Design of small residual gas analysers (RGAs) -- 7.4 The operating characteristics of the RGAs designed for general laboratory and industrial use -- 7.5 The use of electron multipliers for signal detection -- 7.6 Non-conventional methods of quadrupole operation -- 7.7 The monopole mass spectrometer -- 7.8 The three-dimensional quadrupole ion trap -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461308515
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 179 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Polymers -- 1. Electrically Conductive Polymers -- 2. Lonically Conductive Polymers -- II Plastics -- 3. Metallic Plating and Coating on Plastics -- 4. Conductive Plastics.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461306979
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: 2
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Preliminary-purpose and scope of book -- 1.2 Historic development of ICP spectrometry -- 1.3 Background to quantitative ICP analysis -- 1.4 Range of determinable elements in geological materials -- 2 Analytical characteristics -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Simultaneous analysis -- 2.3 Sequential analysis ICP system -- 2.4 Detection limits -- 2.5 Calibration range of ICP—AES -- 2.6 Interferences -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy -- 2.8 Experimental considerations -- 2.9 The injection of organic liquids into an ICP -- 3 Instrumentation for ICP—AES -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Spectrometers -- 3.3 Plasma torches -- 3.4 Nebulizer systems -- 3.5 Radiofrequency generators and source -- 3.6 Electronics, computers and software -- 3.7 Fourier transform spectrometers -- 3.8 ICP-atomic fluorescence spectrometry -- 3.9 Direct current plasmas (DCP) -- 3.10 Microwave plasmas (MIP) -- 3.11 Choice of an ICP system -- 4 Silicate rock analysis -- 4.1 Dissolution methods for silicates -- 4.2 Instrument calibration -- 4.3 Major element determinations -- 4.3 Trace element analysis -- 4.4 Rare earth element determinations -- 5 Multielement applications of ICPS in applied geochemistry -- 5.1 The nature and evolution of applied geochemistry -- 5.2 General aspects of applied geochemical analysis -- 5.3 ICP instrumentation in relation to the requirements of applied geochemistry -- 5.4 Decomposition procedures in applied geochemical analysis -- 6 Gas phase sample injection -- 6.1 The development of gas phase injection methods -- 6.2 Methodology of the hydride injection system -- 6.3 Applications of the hydride injection system -- 7 Injection methods for solid samples -- 7.1 Introduction to solid sample injection methods -- 7.2 Sample injection following electrothermal vaporization -- 7.3 Direct sample injection from a graphite rod -- 7.4 Discrete sample injection by means of laser ablation -- 7.5 Nebulization of slurries -- 8 Water analysis by ICP—AES -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 General aspects of water analysis -- 8.3 Direct water analysis by ICP—AES -- 8.4 Water analysis with preconcentration -- 9 The analysis of environmental materials by ICP—AES -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Air analysis -- 9.3 Sewage sludge -- 9.4 Domestic dust, road dust and industrial dust -- 9.5 Domestic and industrial refuse -- 9.6 The analysis of animal and plant tissues -- 10 The analysis of archaeological materials by ICP—AES -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Archaeological materials -- 11 Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry -- 11.1 Instrumentation -- 11.2 Optimization -- 11.3 Interferences -- 11.4 Calibration strategies -- 11.5 Applications of ICP-MS with sample introduction by nebulization -- 11.6 Other modes of sample introduction -- 11.7 Future directions -- 12 Analysis of metals by ICP—AES -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Analysis of iron and steel -- 12.3 Analysis of other metals -- Appendix 1 Safety -- Appendix 2 Manufacturers of ICP systems and accessories -- References.
    Abstract: The first edition of our Handbook was written in 1983. In the preface to the first edition we noted the rapid development of inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry and its considerable potential for elemental analysis. The intervening five years have seen a substantial growth in ICP applications; much has happened and this is an appropriate time to present a revised edition. The basic approach of the book remains the same. This is a handbook, addressed to the user of the technique who seeks direct, practical advice. A concise summary of the technique is attempted. Detailed, theoretical treatment of the background to the method is not covered. We have, however, thoroughly revised much of the text, and new chapters have been added. These reflect the changes and progress in recent years. We are grateful to Mr Stephen Walton, Dr Gwendy Hall and London and Scandinavian Metallurgical Co. Ltd for their contributions. Chapter 3 (Instrumentation) has been rewritten by Mr Walton, the new Chapter on ICP-mass spectrometry has been written by Dr Hall, and London and Scandinavian provided much of the information for the chapter on metals analysis by ICP-AES. These chapters have been integrated into the book, and a conscious effort has been made to retain the unity of style within the book. New material has been added elsewhere in the book, archaeological materials are considered, pre concentration methods and chemometrics covered more fully.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Preliminary-purpose and scope of book -- 1.2 Historic development of ICP spectrometry -- 1.3 Background to quantitative ICP analysis -- 1.4 Range of determinable elements in geological materials -- 2 Analytical characteristics -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Simultaneous analysis -- 2.3 Sequential analysis ICP system -- 2.4 Detection limits -- 2.5 Calibration range of ICP-AES -- 2.6 Interferences -- 2.7 Precision and accuracy -- 2.8 Experimental considerations -- 2.9 The injection of organic liquids into an ICP -- 3 Instrumentation for ICP-AES -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Spectrometers -- 3.3 Plasma torches -- 3.4 Nebulizer systems -- 3.5 Radiofrequency generators and source -- 3.6 Electronics, computers and software -- 3.7 Fourier transform spectrometers -- 3.8 ICP-atomic fluorescence spectrometry -- 3.9 Direct current plasmas (DCP) -- 3.10 Microwave plasmas (MIP) -- 3.11 Choice of an ICP system -- 4 Silicate rock analysis -- 4.1 Dissolution methods for silicates -- 4.2 Instrument calibration -- 4.3 Major element determinations -- 4.3 Trace element analysis -- 4.4 Rare earth element determinations -- 5 Multielement applications of ICPS in applied geochemistry -- 5.1 The nature and evolution of applied geochemistry -- 5.2 General aspects of applied geochemical analysis -- 5.3 ICP instrumentation in relation to the requirements of applied geochemistry -- 5.4 Decomposition procedures in applied geochemical analysis -- 6 Gas phase sample injection -- 6.1 The development of gas phase injection methods -- 6.2 Methodology of the hydride injection system -- 6.3 Applications of the hydride injection system -- 7 Injection methods for solid samples -- 7.1 Introduction to solid sample injection methods -- 7.2 Sample injection following electrothermal vaporization -- 7.3 Direct sample injection from a graphite rod -- 7.4 Discrete sample injection by means of laser ablation -- 7.5 Nebulization of slurries -- 8 Water analysis by ICP-AES -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 General aspects of water analysis -- 8.3 Direct water analysis by ICP-AES -- 8.4 Water analysis with preconcentration -- 9 The analysis of environmental materials by ICP-AES -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Air analysis -- 9.3 Sewage sludge -- 9.4 Domestic dust, road dust and industrial dust -- 9.5 Domestic and industrial refuse -- 9.6 The analysis of animal and plant tissues -- 10 The analysis of archaeological materials by ICP-AES -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Archaeological materials -- 11 Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry -- 11.1 Instrumentation -- 11.2 Optimization -- 11.3 Interferences -- 11.4 Calibration strategies -- 11.5 Applications of ICP-MS with sample introduction by nebulization -- 11.6 Other modes of sample introduction -- 11.7 Future directions -- 12 Analysis of metals by ICP-AES -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Analysis of iron and steel -- 12.3 Analysis of other metals -- Appendix 1 Safety -- Appendix 2 Manufacturers of ICP systems and accessories -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468465600
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Microcomputer Control -- 2 DC Circuits and Power Supplies -- 3 Operational Amplifiers -- 4 Transistors -- 5 Transducers -- 6 Actuators -- 7 Binary Numbers and Digital Electronics -- 8 Conversion Between Digital and Analog -- 9 Memories -- 10 Binary Arithmetic -- 11 Programming a Microprocessor -- 12 Assembly Language Programming -- 13 The Structure of an Elementary Microcomputer -- 14 Parallel Input/Output and Interrupts -- 15 Serial Input/Output and Modems -- 16 Dynamic Behavior of Systems -- 17 The Computer and Its Sampling Processes -- 18 Field Application of Microcomputer Controllers.
    Abstract: Microcomputers are having, and will have in the future, a significant impact on the technology of all fields of engineering. The applications of micro­ computers of various types that are now integrated into engineering include computers and programs for calculations, word processing, and graphics. The focus of this book is on still another objective-that of control. The forms of microcomputers used in control range from small boards dedicated to control a single device to microcomputers that oversee the operation of numerous smaller computers in a building complex or an industrial plant. The most­ dramatic growth in control applications recently has been in the microcom­ puters dedicated to control functions in automobiles, appliances, production machines, farm machines, and almost all devices where intelligent decisions are profitable. Both engineering schools and individual practicing engineers have re­ sponded in the past several years to the dramatic growth in microcomputer control applications in thermal and mechanical systems. Universities have established courses in computer control in such departments of engineering as mechanical, civil, agricultural, chemical and others. Instructors and students in these courses see a clear role in the field that complements that of the com­ puter specialist who usually has an electrical engineering or computer science background. The nonEE or nonCS person should first and foremost be com­ petent in the mechanical or thermal system being controlled. The objectives of extending familiarity into the computer controller are (1) to learn the char­ acteristics, limitations, and capabilit.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Microcomputer Control2 DC Circuits and Power Supplies -- 3 Operational Amplifiers -- 4 Transistors -- 5 Transducers -- 6 Actuators -- 7 Binary Numbers and Digital Electronics -- 8 Conversion Between Digital and Analog -- 9 Memories -- 10 Binary Arithmetic -- 11 Programming a Microprocessor -- 12 Assembly Language Programming -- 13 The Structure of an Elementary Microcomputer -- 14 Parallel Input/Output and Interrupts -- 15 Serial Input/Output and Modems -- 16 Dynamic Behavior of Systems -- 17 The Computer and Its Sampling Processes -- 18 Field Application of Microcomputer Controllers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    ISBN: 9781468489057
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (560 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Key Note Lecture 1 -- Key Note Lecture 2 -- Key Note Lecture 3 -- Machinery/Systems Health Monitoring -- Quality, Reliability, Health and Safety -- Plant and Process Health Monitoring -- Application of Expert Systems in COMADEM -- Information/Data Management -- Condition-based Maintenance Management -- Advances in Instrumentation and Control Technology -- Advances in Diagnostic Technology -- Energy Monitoring and Management -- Condition Monitoring of Offshore Structures and Installations -- Advances in Non-destructive Testing (NDT)/Non-destructive Evaluation (NDE) -- Novel Application of COM ADEM Techniques -- Continuing Education and Training in COMADEM -- Author Index.
    Abstract: RajB KNRao Conference Director, Birmingham Polytechnic Condition Monitoring and Diagnostic Engineering Management (COMADEM) is a relatively new field that has already made its mark in a wide range of industries. But all the signs are that even more will be required of researchers in the field over the next decade, for COMADEM directly addresses a whole range of issues that are likely to become increasingly important to companies as competitiveness increases along with the uncertainties resulting from rapid technological change. Already for example, businesses are having to scrutinize the economics of plant and machinery in greater detail than ever before; reliability is becoming a crucial factor as the costs of unscheduled breakdowns rise and there is increasing pressure on companies to demonstrate and assure improved health and safety conditions, especially in light of the growing number of catastrophic accidents that have occured throughout the world. Because it offers solutions to these and similar problems, COMADEM is now gaining an international reputation as a problem-solving, user-friendly and financially beneficial multi-discipline with immense potential. Many people at the senior management level are now convinced that COMADEM has much to offer and are wasting no time in reaping maximum benefit from the latest developments. The fact that the first UK informal seminar on COMADEM - COMADEM 88 - proved to be a great success and had a truly international flavour reflected this growing interest in the new field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Note Lecture 1Key Note Lecture 2 -- Key Note Lecture 3 -- Machinery/Systems Health Monitoring -- Quality, Reliability, Health and Safety -- Plant and Process Health Monitoring -- Application of Expert Systems in COMADEM -- Information/Data Management -- Condition-based Maintenance Management -- Advances in Instrumentation and Control Technology -- Advances in Diagnostic Technology -- Energy Monitoring and Management -- Condition Monitoring of Offshore Structures and Installations -- Advances in Non-destructive Testing (NDT)/Non-destructive Evaluation (NDE) -- Novel Application of COM ADEM Techniques -- Continuing Education and Training in COMADEM -- Author Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781475701487
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. New Directions in Building Design -- 1.1. Change from Master Builders to Managers -- 1.2. Basic Traditional Building Procedure -- 1.3. Systems Design Approach to Building -- 1.4. Design by Building Team -- 2. Basic Building Elements and Their Representation -- 2.1. Main Parts of Buildings -- 2.2. Floors and Ceilings -- 2.3. Roofs -- 2.4. Exterior Walls and Openings -- 2.5. Partitions, Doors, and Interior-Wall Finishes -- 2.6. Structural Framing and Foundations -- 2.7. Plumbing -- 2.8. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems -- 2.9. Lighting -- 2.10. Acoustics -- 2.11. Electric Supply -- 2.12. Vertical-Circulation Elements -- 2.13. Why Drawings Are Necessary -- 2.14. Drawing Conventions -- 2.15. Types of Drawings -- 2.16. Specifications -- 2.17. Scales and Dimensions on Drawings -- 2.18. Elevation Views -- 2.19. Plan Views -- 2.20. Lines -- 2.21. Sections -- 2.22. Details -- 2.23. Survey and Plot Plans -- 3. Systems Design Method -- 3.1. Models -- 3.2. Value Measures for Comparisons 643.3. Comparisons of Systems -- 3.4. Return on Investment -- 3.5. Constraints Imposed by Building Codes -- 3.6. Zoning Codes -- 3.7. Other Constraining Regulations -- 3.8. Systems Design Steps -- 3.9. System Goals -- 3.10. System Objectives -- 3.11. System Constraints -- 3.12. Value Analysis -- 3.13. Optimum Design of Complex Systems -- 4. Application of Systems Design to Buildings -- 4.1. Considerations in Adaptation of Systems Design -- 4.2. Role of Owner -- 4.3. Conceptual Phase of Systems Design -- 4.4. Design Development Phase of Systems Design -- 5. Contract Documents and Construction Methods -- 5.1. Responsibilities Assigned by the Construction Contract -- 5.2. Components of the Contract Documents -- 5.3. Contract Drawings -- 5.4. Specifications -- 5.5. Bidding Requirements -- 5.6. Contractors Drawings -- 5.7. Construction and Occupancy Permits -- 5.8. Construction Procedures -- 6. Life Safety Concerns -- 6.1. Windstorms -- 6.2. Earthquakes -- 6.3. Fire -- 6.4. Fire Extinguishment -- 6.5. Emergency Egress -- 6.6. Fire Protection -- 6.7. Security -- 6.8. Barrier-Free Environments -- 6.9. Toxic Materials -- 6.10. Construction Safety -- 7. Building Sites and Foundations -- 7.1. Site Considerations -- 7.2. Site Surveys -- 7.3. Soil Considerations for Site and Foundation Design -- 7.4. Shallow Bearing Foundations -- 7.5. Deep Foundations -- 7.6. Lateral and Uplift Forces on Structures -- 7.7. Site Development Considerations 1917.8. Cofferdams and Foundation Walls -- 7.9. Bewatering of Excavations -- 7.10. Investigation and Testing -- 7.11. Systems-Design Approach to Site Adaptation -- 8. Structural Systems -- 8.1. Building Loads -- 8.2. Deformations of Structural Members -- 8.3. Unit Stresses and Strains -- 8.4. Idealization of Structural Materials -- 8.5. Structural Materials -- 8.6. Typical Major Constraints on Structural Systems -- 8.7. Tension Members -- 8.8. Columns -- 8.9. Trusses -- 8.10. Beams -- 8.11. Arches and Rigid Frames -- 8.12. Shells and Folded Plates -- 8.13. Cable-Supported Roofs -- 8.14. Pneumatic Structures -- 8.15. Horizontal Framing Systems -- 8.16. Vertical Structural Systems -- 8.17. Systems-Design Approach to Structural Systems -- 9. Plumbing -- 9.1. Water Supply -- 9.2. Wastewater Disposal -- 9.3. Basic Principles of Plumbing -- 9.4. Water-supply Systems -- 9.5. Sizing of Water-Supply Pipes -- 9.6. Wastewater-Removal Systems -- 9.7. Sizing of Wastewater and Vent Pipes -- 9.8. Piping for Heating Gas -- 9.9. Systems Design of Plumbing -- 10. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning -- 10.1. Design Considerations -- 10.2. Measurement of Heat -- 10.3. Heat Flow and Human Comfort -- 10.4. Thermal Insulation -- 10.5. Prevention of Damage from Condensation -- 10.6. Ventilation -- 10.7. Heat Losses -- 10.8. Heat Gains -- 10.9. Methods of Heating Buildings -- 10.10. Methods of Cooling and Air Conditioning Buildings -- 10.11. Passive Design -- 10.12. Systems-Design Approach to HVAC -- 11. Lighting -- 11.1. Accident Prevention -- 11.2. Quantity of Light -- 11.3. Quality of Light -- 11.4. Color -- 11.5. Lighting Strategies -- 11.6. Daylight -- 11.7. Lighting Equipment -- 11.8. Systems-Design Approach to Lighting -- 12. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.1. Nature of Sounds and Vibrations -- 12.2. Measurement of Sounds -- 12.3. Acoustic Properties of Materials -- 12.4. Sound and Vibration Design Criteria -- 12.5. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.6. Systems-Design Approach to Sound and Vibration Control -- 13. Electrical Systems -- 13.1. Characteristics of Direct Current -- 13.2. Characteristics of Alternating Current -- 13.3. Electrical Loads -- 13.4. Electrical Conductors and Raceways -- 13.5. Power-Systems Apparatus -- 13.6. Electrical Distribution in Buildings -- 13.7. Communication Systems -- 13.8. Systems-Design Approach to Electrical Distribution -- 14. Vertical Circulation -- 14.1. Ramps -- 14.2. Stairs -- 14.3. Escalators -- 14.4. Elevators -- 14.5. Dumbwaiters -- 14.6. Pneumatic Tubes and Vertical Conveyors -- 14.7. Systems-Design Approach to Vertical Circulation -- 15. Systems for Enclosing Buildings -- 15.1. Roofs -- 15.2. Roofmg -- 15.3. Exterior Walls -- 15.4. Single-Enclosure Systems -- 15.5. Windows -- 15.6. Doors in Exterior Walls -- 15.7. Systems-Design Approach to Building Enclosure -- 16. Systems for Interior Construction -- 16.1. Interior Walls and Partitions -- 16.2. Ordinary Doors -- 16.3. Special-Purpose Doors -- 16.4. Floor-Ceiling and Roof-Ceiling Systems -- 16.5. Interior Finishes -- 16.6. Systems-Design Approach to Interior Systems -- 17. Building Systems -- 17.1. Mishaps and Corrective Measures -- 17.2. Design of a Building System -- 17.3. Case-Study One: McMaster Health Sciences Center -- 17.4. Case-Study Two: Xerox International Center for Training and Management Development -- 17.5. Case-Study Three: Suburban Office Building for AT & T -- 17.6. Case-Study Four: A Glass-Enclosed Office Tower -- 17.7. Case-Study Five: An Office Building on a Tight Site -- 17.8. Case-Study Six: Office Building for Prudential Insurance Company -- 17.9. Case-Study Seven: Rowes Wharf Harbor Redevelopment Project.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. New Directions in Building Design1.1. Change from Master Builders to Managers -- 1.2. Basic Traditional Building Procedure -- 1.3. Systems Design Approach to Building -- 1.4. Design by Building Team -- 2. Basic Building Elements and Their Representation -- 2.1. Main Parts of Buildings -- 2.2. Floors and Ceilings -- 2.3. Roofs -- 2.4. Exterior Walls and Openings -- 2.5. Partitions, Doors, and Interior-Wall Finishes -- 2.6. Structural Framing and Foundations -- 2.7. Plumbing -- 2.8. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems -- 2.9. Lighting -- 2.10. Acoustics -- 2.11. Electric Supply -- 2.12. Vertical-Circulation Elements -- 2.13. Why Drawings Are Necessary -- 2.14. Drawing Conventions -- 2.15. Types of Drawings -- 2.16. Specifications -- 2.17. Scales and Dimensions on Drawings -- 2.18. Elevation Views -- 2.19. Plan Views -- 2.20. Lines -- 2.21. Sections -- 2.22. Details -- 2.23. Survey and Plot Plans -- 3. Systems Design Method -- 3.1. Models -- 3.2. Value Measures for Comparisons 643.3. Comparisons of Systems -- 3.4. Return on Investment -- 3.5. Constraints Imposed by Building Codes -- 3.6. Zoning Codes -- 3.7. Other Constraining Regulations -- 3.8. Systems Design Steps -- 3.9. System Goals -- 3.10. System Objectives -- 3.11. System Constraints -- 3.12. Value Analysis -- 3.13. Optimum Design of Complex Systems -- 4. Application of Systems Design to Buildings -- 4.1. Considerations in Adaptation of Systems Design -- 4.2. Role of Owner -- 4.3. Conceptual Phase of Systems Design -- 4.4. Design Development Phase of Systems Design -- 5. Contract Documents and Construction Methods -- 5.1. Responsibilities Assigned by the Construction Contract -- 5.2. Components of the Contract Documents -- 5.3. Contract Drawings -- 5.4. Specifications -- 5.5. Bidding Requirements -- 5.6. Contractors Drawings -- 5.7. Construction and Occupancy Permits -- 5.8. Construction Procedures -- 6. Life Safety Concerns -- 6.1. Windstorms -- 6.2. Earthquakes -- 6.3. Fire -- 6.4. Fire Extinguishment -- 6.5. Emergency Egress -- 6.6. Fire Protection -- 6.7. Security -- 6.8. Barrier-Free Environments -- 6.9. Toxic Materials -- 6.10. Construction Safety -- 7. Building Sites and Foundations -- 7.1. Site Considerations -- 7.2. Site Surveys -- 7.3. Soil Considerations for Site and Foundation Design -- 7.4. Shallow Bearing Foundations -- 7.5. Deep Foundations -- 7.6. Lateral and Uplift Forces on Structures -- 7.7. Site Development Considerations 1917.8. Cofferdams and Foundation Walls -- 7.9. Bewatering of Excavations -- 7.10. Investigation and Testing -- 7.11. Systems-Design Approach to Site Adaptation -- 8. Structural Systems -- 8.1. Building Loads -- 8.2. Deformations of Structural Members -- 8.3. Unit Stresses and Strains -- 8.4. Idealization of Structural Materials -- 8.5. Structural Materials -- 8.6. Typical Major Constraints on Structural Systems -- 8.7. Tension Members -- 8.8. Columns -- 8.9. Trusses -- 8.10. Beams -- 8.11. Arches and Rigid Frames -- 8.12. Shells and Folded Plates -- 8.13. Cable-Supported Roofs -- 8.14. Pneumatic Structures -- 8.15. Horizontal Framing Systems -- 8.16. Vertical Structural Systems -- 8.17. Systems-Design Approach to Structural Systems -- 9. Plumbing -- 9.1. Water Supply -- 9.2. Wastewater Disposal -- 9.3. Basic Principles of Plumbing -- 9.4. Water-supply Systems -- 9.5. Sizing of Water-Supply Pipes -- 9.6. Wastewater-Removal Systems -- 9.7. Sizing of Wastewater and Vent Pipes -- 9.8. Piping for Heating Gas -- 9.9. Systems Design of Plumbing -- 10. Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning -- 10.1. Design Considerations -- 10.2. Measurement of Heat -- 10.3. Heat Flow and Human Comfort -- 10.4. Thermal Insulation -- 10.5. Prevention of Damage from Condensation -- 10.6. Ventilation -- 10.7. Heat Losses -- 10.8. Heat Gains -- 10.9. Methods of Heating Buildings -- 10.10. Methods of Cooling and Air Conditioning Buildings -- 10.11. Passive Design -- 10.12. Systems-Design Approach to HVAC -- 11. Lighting -- 11.1. Accident Prevention -- 11.2. Quantity of Light -- 11.3. Quality of Light -- 11.4. Color -- 11.5. Lighting Strategies -- 11.6. Daylight -- 11.7. Lighting Equipment -- 11.8. Systems-Design Approach to Lighting -- 12. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.1. Nature of Sounds and Vibrations -- 12.2. Measurement of Sounds -- 12.3. Acoustic Properties of Materials -- 12.4. Sound and Vibration Design Criteria -- 12.5. Sound and Vibration Control -- 12.6. Systems-Design Approach to Sound and Vibration Control -- 13. Electrical Systems -- 13.1. Characteristics of Direct Current -- 13.2. Characteristics of Alternating Current -- 13.3. Electrical Loads -- 13.4. Electrical Conductors and Raceways -- 13.5. Power-Systems Apparatus -- 13.6. Electrical Distribution in Buildings -- 13.7. Communication Systems -- 13.8. Systems-Design Approach to Electrical Distribution -- 14. Vertical Circulation -- 14.1. Ramps -- 14.2. Stairs -- 14.3. Escalators -- 14.4. Elevators -- 14.5. Dumbwaiters -- 14.6. Pneumatic Tubes and Vertical Conveyors -- 14.7. Systems-Design Approach to Vertical Circulation -- 15. Systems for Enclosing Buildings -- 15.1. Roofs -- 15.2. Roofmg -- 15.3. Exterior Walls -- 15.4. Single-Enclosure Systems -- 15.5. Windows -- 15.6. Doors in Exterior Walls -- 15.7. Systems-Design Approach to Building Enclosure -- 16. Systems for Interior Construction -- 16.1. Interior Walls and Partitions -- 16.2. Ordinary Doors -- 16.3. Special-Purpose Doors -- 16.4. Floor-Ceiling and Roof-Ceiling Systems -- 16.5. Interior Finishes -- 16.6. Systems-Design Approach to Interior Systems -- 17. Building Systems -- 17.1. Mishaps and Corrective Measures -- 17.2. Design of a Building System -- 17.3. Case-Study One: McMaster Health Sciences Center -- 17.4. Case-Study Two: Xerox International Center for Training and Management Development -- 17.5. Case-Study Three: Suburban Office Building for AT & T -- 17.6. Case-Study Four: A Glass-Enclosed Office Tower -- 17.7. Case-Study Five: An Office Building on a Tight Site -- 17.8. Case-Study Six: Office Building for Prudential Insurance Company -- 17.9. Case-Study Seven: Rowes Wharf Harbor Redevelopment Project.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461310631
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mechatronics. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I Background -- 1 Introduction to Mechatronics -- 2 Mechatronic System Elements -- II Applications -- 3 Factory Automation -- 4 Office Automation -- 5 Home Automation -- III Technology -- 6 Computer Integrated Systems -- 7 Smart Robots -- 8 Machine Vision Systems -- IV Assessment -- 9 Technology Assessment -- 10 Trends in Mechatronics -- 11 A Blueprint for the Future -- Appendix A Glossary -- Appendix B Reference Materials -- Japanese Information Sources -- U.S. Report on Mechatronics -- Mechatronics Standards.
    Description / Table of Contents: I Background1 Introduction to Mechatronics -- 2 Mechatronic System Elements -- II Applications -- 3 Factory Automation -- 4 Office Automation -- 5 Home Automation -- III Technology -- 6 Computer Integrated Systems -- 7 Smart Robots -- 8 Machine Vision Systems -- IV Assessment -- 9 Technology Assessment -- 10 Trends in Mechatronics -- 11 A Blueprint for the Future -- Appendix A Glossary -- Appendix B Reference Materials -- Japanese Information Sources -- U.S. Report on Mechatronics -- Mechatronics Standards.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9781489926838
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 307 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Many books on ageing attempt to cover the whole field of gerontology. However, since gerontology is now such a diversified and rapidly expanding subject, the results of such attempts tend to be either incomprehensible compendia or encyc10pedias of disheartening size. The present book aims to be both more modest and more ambitious. It focuses on a single object (Drosophila), but attempts to off er a synthesis of all the gerontological work that has been done on it. It also aims to show the extent to which this work has led to an understanding of the biological phenomena of ageing, longevity, senescence and death in higher organisms, inc1uding man. Finally it attempts, on the basis of current knowledge, to mark out the paths that the next generation of researchers will most probably follow. Drosophila has been used as a model organism to advance our basic knowledge of the fundamentals of genetics and gerontology. It may be noted that the pioneering work on the genetics of ageing, which used Drosophila, began very early in this century, within the first decade of the rediscovery of Mendel's laws.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781489963338
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 435 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Mathematics ; Life sciences. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities. ; Science. ; Engineering.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9781468469066
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 The Nature of Printing Inks -- 1.1 Visual characteristics of inks -- 1.2 The nature of printing inks as determined by the printing process -- 1.3 The drying characteristics -- 1.4 The adhesive nature of printing inks -- 1.5 The resistance properties of printing inks -- 2 The Printing Processes -- 2.1 The letterpress process -- 2.2 The offset lithographic process -- 2.3 The gravure process -- 2.4 The flexographic process -- 2.5 The screen printing process -- 2.6 Non-impact printing processes -- 2.7 Other printing processes -- 2.8 Print recognition -- 2.9 Substrate selection -- 2.10 The need for communication -- 3 Colour and Colour Matching -- 3.1 The physical nature of colour -- 3.2 The perception of colour -- 3.3 Additive and subtractive colour mixing -- 3.4 Origins of colour in printed material -- 3.5 Graphic reproduction -- 3.6 The measurement of colour -- 3.7 The recording of colour data and the specification of colour -- 3.8 Colour matching -- 3.9 Instrumental colour match prediction -- References -- 4 Raw Materials -- Section I Pigments -- Section II Dyestuffs -- Section III Oils -- Section IV Resins -- Section V Solvents -- Section VI Plasticisers -- Section VII Waxes -- Section VIII Driers -- Section IX Miscellaneous additives -- Section X Raw materials for radiation curing systems -- Section XI Health and safety at work -- References -- 5 Letterpress Inks -- 5.1 Nature of the process -- 5.2 General characteristics of letterpress inks -- 5.3 Physical properties -- 5.4 Raw materials -- 5.5 Letterpress ink formulation -- 5.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 5.7 New developments -- 6 Lithographic Inks -- 6.1 General characteristics of litho inks -- 6.2 Drying mechanisms -- 6.3 Physical properties -- 6.4 Formulating principles -- 6.5 Typical inks and varnishes -- 6.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 6.7 Recent and future trends -- 7 Gravure Inks -- 7.1 General characteristics -- 7.2 Physical properties of inks and their measurement -- 7.3 Formulating principles -- 7.4 Inks and varnishes for specific end-use applications -- 7.5 Printing ink faults -- 7.6 Future developments -- 8 Flexographic Inks -- 8.1 General characteristics of the inks -- 8.2 Physical properties of flexographic inks and their measurement -- 8.3 Formulating principles -- 8.4 Inks and varnishes for special purposes -- 8.5 Ink-related printing problems and possible solutions -- 8.6 Recent and future trends -- 9 Screen Inks -- 9.1 Important characteristics of screen inks -- 9.2 Requirements of raw materials -- 9.3 Inks for paper and board -- 9.4 Inks for impervious surfaces -- 9.5 Inks for plastic containers -- 9.6 Textile inks -- 9.7 Transfer inks -- 9.8 Overprint varnishes -- 9.9 Daylight fluorescent inks -- 9.10 Process inks -- 9.11 Metallics -- 9.12 Ink-related printing problems -- 9.13 Recent and future trends -- 10 Radiation Curable Systems -- 10.1 Electromagnetic radiation and electron beams -- 10.2 Microwave and radio frequency drying -- 10.3 Infra-red curing systems -- 10.4 Ultraviolet and electron beam curable inks and varnishes -- 10.5 Radiation curing equipment -- 10.6 State of the art and future trends -- Further reading -- 11 Inks for Special Purposes -- 11.1 Non-impact printing -- 11.2 Speciality screen inks -- 11.3 Inks for the electronics industry -- 11.4 Inks for laminated plastics -- 11.5 Inks for wallcoverings -- 11.6 Textile transfer inks -- 11.7 Sterilisation inks -- 11.8 Metal decorating -- 11.9 Letterset printing -- 12 Manufacture of Inks and Varnishes -- 12.1 General requirements -- 12.2 The manufacturing processes -- 12.3 Mixing equipment -- 12.4 Milling equipment -- 12.5 Handling, storage and manufacture of UV inks -- 12.6 Manufacture of newspaper inks -- 12.7 Handling and storage of inks -- 12.8 Modern production trends -- 12.9 The future -- 13 Rheology of Printing Inks -- 13.1 Flow in ideal systems -- 13.2 Deviations from Newtonian behaviour -- 13.3 Apparatus for the measurement of the viscosity of Newtonian liquids -- 13.4 Practical measurements for non-Newtonian systems -- 13.5 Tack -- 13.6 Tack measurement -- 13.7 Ink distribution and related matters -- 13.8 Rheological measurements and machine design -- References -- 14 Testing, Control and Analysis -- 14.1 Standard tests -- 14.2 Sampling technique -- 14.3 Pigment testing -- 14.4 Chips and pre-dispersions -- 14.5 Dye testing -- 14.6 Resins -- 14.7 Varnishes and oils -- 14.8 Solvents -- 14.9 Radiation curing products -- 14.10 Miscellaneous materials -- 14.11 Ink quality control -- 14.12 Short-term ink testing -- 14.13 Long-term ink testing -- 14.14 Press performance tests -- 14.15 Dry print performance tests -- 14.16 Analysis of printing inks -- References -- Further reading -- 15 Health, Safety and the Environment -- 15.1 Handling of dangerous substances in the manufacture of printing inks -- 15.2 Mechanical and operational aspects -- 15.3 Specific printing ink applications -- 15.4 Some international constraints -- Glossary of abbreviations -- References.
    Abstract: The Printing Ink Manual was first published in 1961 under the auspices of the Society of British Printing Ink Manufacturers with the object of providing an authoritative work on printing ink technology. This, the fourth edition, continues that purpose and presents a comprehensive study of the current 'state of the art' in the ink industry. For those starting in the printing ink industry it is a textbook dealing with all aspects of the formulation and manufacture of printing ink. For the ink technician it is a practical manual and useful source of reference. For printers and users of printed material the manual supplies helpful information on the nature and behaviour of ink both on the printing press and as the finished print. Readers with a little scientific knowledge will have no difficulty in using the manual, but as in previous editions, sufficient chemistry and physics have been introduced to assist the advanced technician and research scientist.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Nature of Printing Inks1.1 Visual characteristics of inks -- 1.2 The nature of printing inks as determined by the printing process -- 1.3 The drying characteristics -- 1.4 The adhesive nature of printing inks -- 1.5 The resistance properties of printing inks -- 2 The Printing Processes -- 2.1 The letterpress process -- 2.2 The offset lithographic process -- 2.3 The gravure process -- 2.4 The flexographic process -- 2.5 The screen printing process -- 2.6 Non-impact printing processes -- 2.7 Other printing processes -- 2.8 Print recognition -- 2.9 Substrate selection -- 2.10 The need for communication -- 3 Colour and Colour Matching -- 3.1 The physical nature of colour -- 3.2 The perception of colour -- 3.3 Additive and subtractive colour mixing -- 3.4 Origins of colour in printed material -- 3.5 Graphic reproduction -- 3.6 The measurement of colour -- 3.7 The recording of colour data and the specification of colour -- 3.8 Colour matching -- 3.9 Instrumental colour match prediction -- References -- 4 Raw Materials -- Section I Pigments -- Section II Dyestuffs -- Section III Oils -- Section IV Resins -- Section V Solvents -- Section VI Plasticisers -- Section VII Waxes -- Section VIII Driers -- Section IX Miscellaneous additives -- Section X Raw materials for radiation curing systems -- Section XI Health and safety at work -- References -- 5 Letterpress Inks -- 5.1 Nature of the process -- 5.2 General characteristics of letterpress inks -- 5.3 Physical properties -- 5.4 Raw materials -- 5.5 Letterpress ink formulation -- 5.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 5.7 New developments -- 6 Lithographic Inks -- 6.1 General characteristics of litho inks -- 6.2 Drying mechanisms -- 6.3 Physical properties -- 6.4 Formulating principles -- 6.5 Typical inks and varnishes -- 6.6 Ink-related problems and their possible solutions -- 6.7 Recent and future trends -- 7 Gravure Inks -- 7.1 General characteristics -- 7.2 Physical properties of inks and their measurement -- 7.3 Formulating principles -- 7.4 Inks and varnishes for specific end-use applications -- 7.5 Printing ink faults -- 7.6 Future developments -- 8 Flexographic Inks -- 8.1 General characteristics of the inks -- 8.2 Physical properties of flexographic inks and their measurement -- 8.3 Formulating principles -- 8.4 Inks and varnishes for special purposes -- 8.5 Ink-related printing problems and possible solutions -- 8.6 Recent and future trends -- 9 Screen Inks -- 9.1 Important characteristics of screen inks -- 9.2 Requirements of raw materials -- 9.3 Inks for paper and board -- 9.4 Inks for impervious surfaces -- 9.5 Inks for plastic containers -- 9.6 Textile inks -- 9.7 Transfer inks -- 9.8 Overprint varnishes -- 9.9 Daylight fluorescent inks -- 9.10 Process inks -- 9.11 Metallics -- 9.12 Ink-related printing problems -- 9.13 Recent and future trends -- 10 Radiation Curable Systems -- 10.1 Electromagnetic radiation and electron beams -- 10.2 Microwave and radio frequency drying -- 10.3 Infra-red curing systems -- 10.4 Ultraviolet and electron beam curable inks and varnishes -- 10.5 Radiation curing equipment -- 10.6 State of the art and future trends -- Further reading -- 11 Inks for Special Purposes -- 11.1 Non-impact printing -- 11.2 Speciality screen inks -- 11.3 Inks for the electronics industry -- 11.4 Inks for laminated plastics -- 11.5 Inks for wallcoverings -- 11.6 Textile transfer inks -- 11.7 Sterilisation inks -- 11.8 Metal decorating -- 11.9 Letterset printing -- 12 Manufacture of Inks and Varnishes -- 12.1 General requirements -- 12.2 The manufacturing processes -- 12.3 Mixing equipment -- 12.4 Milling equipment -- 12.5 Handling, storage and manufacture of UV inks -- 12.6 Manufacture of newspaper inks -- 12.7 Handling and storage of inks -- 12.8 Modern production trends -- 12.9 The future -- 13 Rheology of Printing Inks -- 13.1 Flow in ideal systems -- 13.2 Deviations from Newtonian behaviour -- 13.3 Apparatus for the measurement of the viscosity of Newtonian liquids -- 13.4 Practical measurements for non-Newtonian systems -- 13.5 Tack -- 13.6 Tack measurement -- 13.7 Ink distribution and related matters -- 13.8 Rheological measurements and machine design -- References -- 14 Testing, Control and Analysis -- 14.1 Standard tests -- 14.2 Sampling technique -- 14.3 Pigment testing -- 14.4 Chips and pre-dispersions -- 14.5 Dye testing -- 14.6 Resins -- 14.7 Varnishes and oils -- 14.8 Solvents -- 14.9 Radiation curing products -- 14.10 Miscellaneous materials -- 14.11 Ink quality control -- 14.12 Short-term ink testing -- 14.13 Long-term ink testing -- 14.14 Press performance tests -- 14.15 Dry print performance tests -- 14.16 Analysis of printing inks -- References -- Further reading -- 15 Health, Safety and the Environment -- 15.1 Handling of dangerous substances in the manufacture of printing inks -- 15.2 Mechanical and operational aspects -- 15.3 Specific printing ink applications -- 15.4 Some international constraints -- Glossary of abbreviations -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    ISBN: 9781468455021
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Molecular Biology and Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Oxytocin and Vasopressin: After the Genes, What Next? -- The Evolution of FMRFamide-Like Neuropeptide Genes -- Developmental and Molecular Studies of Neurons That Express FMRFamide-Related Genes in Insects -- The Role of RNA Splicing and Post-Translational Proteolytic Processing in the Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Precursors of Urotensins and Their Co-Expression in the , Caudal Neurosecretory System -- In Situ Hybridization Study of Neurohypophysial Hormone mRNAS -- The Release of Enkephalin-Containing Peptides from the Adrenal Gland in Conscious Calves -- Localization of Neuropeptides -- Modern Microscopical Imaging Techniques for the Study of the Neuroendocrine System -- Combined Use of Lectin Histochemistry and Immunocytochemistry for the Study of Neurosecretoon -- Mapping and Analysis of Receptors for Neurohypophyseal Peptides Present in the Brain -- Somatostatin and Neuropeptide Y: Coexistence in the Hippocampus and Alterations in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Bioactive Peptides at the Neuromuscular Junction of Insects -- The Role of Head Activator in Cell Growth and Control Processes -- Cell Biology of Neuropeptide Secretion -- Release of Neuropeptides from Magnocellular Neurones: Does Anatomical Compartmentation Have a Functional Significance? -- Biosynthesis and Release of Multiple Peptides by the Caudodorsal Cells of Lymnaea Stagnalis -- Emerging Identity in Cytophysiology of Synaptic and Neurosecretory Terminals -- Isolated Neurohypophysial Nerve Endings, a Promising Tool to Study the Mechanism of Stimulus-Secretion Coupling -- Neuronal-Glial and Synaptic Plasticity in the Adult Oxytocinergic System -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones Sponsored by Upjohn Ltd -- Contributions of Electrophysiology to the Study of Neurosecretion -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones and Its Relation to Hormone Release -- Rhythmic Patterns of Discharge from Preoptic Neurones: Relationship to LH Release in Conscious Rabbits -- Electrical Attributes of Neurosecretory Terminals and Their Relationship to Secretion -- Neuroanatomical and Electrophysiological Analysis of the Brain-Sinus Gland Neurosecretory System in a Crustacean -- Intrinsic and Synaptic Factors Regulating Mammalian Magnocellular Neurosecretory Neuron Activity -- Intrinsic Electrophysiological Regulation of Firing Patterns of Bursting Neurons in Aplysia -- The Neonatal Rat Supraoptic Neurone in Culture: Development of a Model for Control of Peptidergic Secretion -- Effects of Atrial Natriuretic Polypeptide and Angiotensin II on the Supraoptic Neurons in Vitro -- Poster Presentations -- Participants.
    Abstract: This volume collects together the Proceedings of the Tenth International Symposium on Neurosecretion which was held in Bristol in September 1987. This series of symposia began with a meeting in Naples in 1953 and it was particularly gratifying to welcome two members of that original gathering, Berta Scharrer and Ellen Thomsen, to the 10th Symposium. The acceptance of the invitation to meet in Bristol gave particular pleasure to the Local Organising Committee because it was the first time that a former venue was revisited - the 3rd Symposium was organised in Bristol by Hans Heller in 1961 and we were very glad that his widow, Josephine, was able to be the Guest-of-Honour at the banquet of our 10th symposium. Neurosecretion has diversified considerably since the first meeting in 1953. From the outset, the local committee decided to focus the meeting by organising it under the title "Cellular aspects of the production and release of neuropeptides. " Having sought advice from the International Committee for Symposia on Neurosecretion, we invited 28 scientists from throughout the world to present their work on aspects ranging from the organisation of the gene through to the electrical properties of peptide-secreting neurones. The progress of studies in neurosecretion owes much to the comparative approach and we attempted to reflect this in the programme of the tenth symposium by inviting the speakers, to illustrate the various aspects of neuropeptide secretion, from among scientists working with systems in many parts of the animal kingdom.
    Description / Table of Contents: Molecular Biology and Biosynthesis of NeuropeptidesOxytocin and Vasopressin: After the Genes, What Next? -- The Evolution of FMRFamide-Like Neuropeptide Genes -- Developmental and Molecular Studies of Neurons That Express FMRFamide-Related Genes in Insects -- The Role of RNA Splicing and Post-Translational Proteolytic Processing in the Biosynthesis of Neuropeptides -- Precursors of Urotensins and Their Co-Expression in the , Caudal Neurosecretory System -- In Situ Hybridization Study of Neurohypophysial Hormone mRNAS -- The Release of Enkephalin-Containing Peptides from the Adrenal Gland in Conscious Calves -- Localization of Neuropeptides -- Modern Microscopical Imaging Techniques for the Study of the Neuroendocrine System -- Combined Use of Lectin Histochemistry and Immunocytochemistry for the Study of Neurosecretoon -- Mapping and Analysis of Receptors for Neurohypophyseal Peptides Present in the Brain -- Somatostatin and Neuropeptide Y: Coexistence in the Hippocampus and Alterations in Alzheimer’s Disease -- Bioactive Peptides at the Neuromuscular Junction of Insects -- The Role of Head Activator in Cell Growth and Control Processes -- Cell Biology of Neuropeptide Secretion -- Release of Neuropeptides from Magnocellular Neurones: Does Anatomical Compartmentation Have a Functional Significance? -- Biosynthesis and Release of Multiple Peptides by the Caudodorsal Cells of Lymnaea Stagnalis -- Emerging Identity in Cytophysiology of Synaptic and Neurosecretory Terminals -- Isolated Neurohypophysial Nerve Endings, a Promising Tool to Study the Mechanism of Stimulus-Secretion Coupling -- Neuronal-Glial and Synaptic Plasticity in the Adult Oxytocinergic System -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones Sponsored by Upjohn Ltd -- Contributions of Electrophysiology to the Study of Neurosecretion -- Electrical Activity of Peptidergic Neurones and Its Relation to Hormone Release -- Rhythmic Patterns of Discharge from Preoptic Neurones: Relationship to LH Release in Conscious Rabbits -- Electrical Attributes of Neurosecretory Terminals and Their Relationship to Secretion -- Neuroanatomical and Electrophysiological Analysis of the Brain-Sinus Gland Neurosecretory System in a Crustacean -- Intrinsic and Synaptic Factors Regulating Mammalian Magnocellular Neurosecretory Neuron Activity -- Intrinsic Electrophysiological Regulation of Firing Patterns of Bursting Neurons in Aplysia -- The Neonatal Rat Supraoptic Neurone in Culture: Development of a Model for Control of Peptidergic Secretion -- Effects of Atrial Natriuretic Polypeptide and Angiotensin II on the Supraoptic Neurons in Vitro -- Poster Presentations -- Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    ISBN: 9781461309758
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: I. Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels -- Calcium Channel Diversity -- Multiple Types of Calcium Channels: Is their Function Related to Their Localization? -- Calcium Channels Incorporated Into Planar Lipid Bilayers: Phenomenology, Pharmacology, and Phylogeny -- Modulation of Ionic Selectivity of Ca Channels in the Neuronal Membrane by Ca2+ Ions. -- Proton-Induced Transformation of Ca2+ Channel in Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Physiology of Multiple Calcium Channels. -- Expression of Presynaptic Calcium Channels in Xenopus Oocytes. -- II. Intracellular Calcium and Cell Function: Sensory Transduction, Modulation of Excitability and Neurosecretion -- Control of Light Emitting Photoprotein by Calcium Channels in a Hydrozoan Coelenterate -- Calcium in Photoreceptors. -- Small Conductance Ca2+ Activated K Channels in Mollusks. -- Ca2+ Diffusion in the Cytoplasm of Aplysia Neurons: Its Relationship to Local Concentration Changes. -- Fura-2 Imaging of Localized Calcium Accumulation Within Squid ‘Giant’ Presynaptic Terminal -- Toward a Molecular Understanding of Synaptic Transmitter Release: Physiological Clues from the Squid Giant Synapse. -- Quantal Classes and Subunits of Quanta in the Neuromuscular Junction -- III. Ion Channel Modulation by Neurotransmitters and Second Messengers -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Ion Channel Functioning in the Neuronal Membrane. -- Control of the Generation and Removal of Calcium-Mediated Inactivation of the Calcium Current in Helix aspersa Neurons. -- The Role of Protein Phosphorylation in the Response of Dihydropyridine-Sensitive Calcium Channels to Membrane Depolarization in Mammalian Pituitary Tumor Cells. -- Modulation of the Potassium Conductance in the Squid Giant Axon. -- Physiological Interaction Between Calcium and Cyclip AMP in an Aplysia Bursting Pacemaker Neuron. -- Functional Implications of Calcium Channel Modulation in Embryonic Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Neurotransmitter Modulation of Calcium Currents in Rat Sensory Neurons. -- Modulation of Potassium and Calcium Currents by FMRFamide in Aplysia Neurons: A Mechanism of Presynaptic Inhibition -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Transmitter Gated K Channels in Cultured Mammalian Central Neurons -- IV. Ion Channels as Causes and Consequences of Development -- Regulation of Cortical Vesicle Exocytosis in Sea Urchin Eggs. -- Studies on the Development of Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels in Vertebrate Neurons. -- Generation of Neuronal Architecture: Ionic Regulation of Growth Cone Behavior. -- Target Cell Contact Modulates Spontaneous Quantal and Non-quantal Acetylcholine Release by Xenopus Spinal Neurons -- Development and Regulation of Acetylcholine Receptor Function -- Steroidal Regulation of mRNA Coding for Potassium Channels in Uterine Smooth Muscle. -- V. New Approaches to Ion Channel Function and Regulation -- Fast Patch-Pipette Internal Perfusion with Minimum Solution Flow -- Evidence for a Bicarbonate Conductance in Neuroglia -- Divalent Cations as Modulators of NMDA-Receptor Channels on Mouse Central Neurons. -- Fluorescence Imaging Applied to the Measurement of Ca2+ in Mammalian Neurons. -- Use of Fused Synaptosomes or Synaptic Vesicles to Study Ion Channels Involved in Neurotransmission. -- Ion Channels of Three Microbes: Paramecium, Yeast and Escherichia coli.
    Abstract: Cellular neurobiology has been transformed in the past decade by new technologies and fundamental discoveries. One result is an enormous increase in our understanding of how ion channels function in nerve and muscle cells and a widening perspective on the role of ion channels in non-neuronal cell physiology and development. Patch clamp techniques now permit direct observation of the transitions between functional confor­ mations of individual ion channels in their native membrane. Recombinant DNA techniques are being used to determine the primary structure of ion channel proteins and to test hypotheses about channel conformations, sites of grating and modulation, and the basis of ion selectivity. At the same time, biochemical techniques have revealed intricate signalling systems in­ side cells, involving second messengers such as calcium, phospholipids and cyclic nucleotides, which interface with the external milieu through GTP binding proteins and regulate cell metabolism by altering protein phos­ phorylation. This panorama of second messenger systems has greatly increas­ ed our application for their potential role in regulating ion channel function. We now recognize that ion channels are much more complicated than we once thought, and more interesting. They are not simply isolated macro­ molecules in the membrane, gated directly by depolarization or trans­ mitter binding to open briefly at a fixed conductance and then close or inactivate. Instead, individual channels now appear to have many open and closed states that are regulated independently by voltage and transmitters.
    Description / Table of Contents: I. Voltage-Activated Calcium ChannelsCalcium Channel Diversity -- Multiple Types of Calcium Channels: Is their Function Related to Their Localization? -- Calcium Channels Incorporated Into Planar Lipid Bilayers: Phenomenology, Pharmacology, and Phylogeny -- Modulation of Ionic Selectivity of Ca Channels in the Neuronal Membrane by Ca2+ Ions. -- Proton-Induced Transformation of Ca2+ Channel in Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Physiology of Multiple Calcium Channels. -- Expression of Presynaptic Calcium Channels in Xenopus Oocytes. -- II. Intracellular Calcium and Cell Function: Sensory Transduction, Modulation of Excitability and Neurosecretion -- Control of Light Emitting Photoprotein by Calcium Channels in a Hydrozoan Coelenterate -- Calcium in Photoreceptors. -- Small Conductance Ca2+ Activated K Channels in Mollusks. -- Ca2+ Diffusion in the Cytoplasm of Aplysia Neurons: Its Relationship to Local Concentration Changes. -- Fura-2 Imaging of Localized Calcium Accumulation Within Squid ‘Giant’ Presynaptic Terminal -- Toward a Molecular Understanding of Synaptic Transmitter Release: Physiological Clues from the Squid Giant Synapse. -- Quantal Classes and Subunits of Quanta in the Neuromuscular Junction -- III. Ion Channel Modulation by Neurotransmitters and Second Messengers -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Ion Channel Functioning in the Neuronal Membrane. -- Control of the Generation and Removal of Calcium-Mediated Inactivation of the Calcium Current in Helix aspersa Neurons. -- The Role of Protein Phosphorylation in the Response of Dihydropyridine-Sensitive Calcium Channels to Membrane Depolarization in Mammalian Pituitary Tumor Cells. -- Modulation of the Potassium Conductance in the Squid Giant Axon. -- Physiological Interaction Between Calcium and Cyclip AMP in an Aplysia Bursting Pacemaker Neuron. -- Functional Implications of Calcium Channel Modulation in Embryonic Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. -- Neurotransmitter Modulation of Calcium Currents in Rat Sensory Neurons. -- Modulation of Potassium and Calcium Currents by FMRFamide in Aplysia Neurons: A Mechanism of Presynaptic Inhibition -- Cytoplasmic Modulation of Transmitter Gated K Channels in Cultured Mammalian Central Neurons -- IV. Ion Channels as Causes and Consequences of Development -- Regulation of Cortical Vesicle Exocytosis in Sea Urchin Eggs. -- Studies on the Development of Voltage-Activated Calcium Channels in Vertebrate Neurons. -- Generation of Neuronal Architecture: Ionic Regulation of Growth Cone Behavior. -- Target Cell Contact Modulates Spontaneous Quantal and Non-quantal Acetylcholine Release by Xenopus Spinal Neurons -- Development and Regulation of Acetylcholine Receptor Function -- Steroidal Regulation of mRNA Coding for Potassium Channels in Uterine Smooth Muscle. -- V. New Approaches to Ion Channel Function and Regulation -- Fast Patch-Pipette Internal Perfusion with Minimum Solution Flow -- Evidence for a Bicarbonate Conductance in Neuroglia -- Divalent Cations as Modulators of NMDA-Receptor Channels on Mouse Central Neurons. -- Fluorescence Imaging Applied to the Measurement of Ca2+ in Mammalian Neurons. -- Use of Fused Synaptosomes or Synaptic Vesicles to Study Ion Channels Involved in Neurotransmission. -- Ion Channels of Three Microbes: Paramecium, Yeast and Escherichia coli.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461310679
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Arrivals in time -- 1.2 Reliability -- 1.3 Safety assessment -- 1.4 Random stress and strength -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 2 Point processes -- 2.1 The probabilistic context -- 2.2 Two methods of representation -- 2.3 Parameters of point processes -- 2.4 Transformation to a process with constant arrival rate -- 2.5 Time between arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 3 Homogeneous Poisson processes -- 3.1 Definition -- 3.2 Characterization -- 3.3 Time between arrivals for the hP process -- 3.4 Relations to the uniform distribution -- 3.5 A process with simultaneous arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 4 Application of point processes to a theory of safety assessment -- 4.1 The Reactor Safety Study -- 4.2 The annual probability of a reactor accident -- 4.3 A stochastic consequence model -- 4.4 A concept of rare events -- 4.5 Common mode failures -- 4.6 Conclusion -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 5 Renewal processes -- 5.1 Probabilistic theory -- 5.2 The renewal process cannot model equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 6 Poisson processes -- 6.1 The Poisson model -- 6.2 Characterization of regular Poisson processes -- 6.3 Time between arrivals for Poisson processes -- 6.4 Further observations on software error detection -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 7 Superimposed processes -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 8 Markov point processes -- 8.1 Theory -- 8.2 The Poisson process -- 8.3 Facilitation and hindrance -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 9 Applications of Markov point processes -- 9.1 Egg-laying dispersal of the bean weevil -- 9.2 Application of facilitation — hindrance to the spatial distribution of benthic invertebrates -- 9.3 The Luria-Delbrück model -- 9.4 Chance placement of balls in cells -- 9.5 A model for multiple vehicle automobile accidents -- 9.6 Engels’ model -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 10 The order statistics process -- 10.1 The sampling of lifetimes -- 10.2 Derivation from the Poisson process -- 10.3 A Poisson model of equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 11 Competing risk theory -- 11.1 Markov chain model -- 11.2 Classical competing risks -- 11.3 Competing risk presentation of reactor safety studies -- 11.4 Delayed fatalities -- 11.5 Proportional hazard rates -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- Further reading -- Appendix 1 Probability background -- A1.1 Probability distributions -- A1.2 Expectation -- A1.3 Transformation of variables -- A1.4 The distribution of order statistics -- A1.5 Conditional probability -- A1.6 Operational methods in probability -- A1.7 Convergence concepts and results in the theory of probability -- Notes on the literature -- Appendix 2 Technical topics -- A2.1 Existence of point process parameters -- A2.2 No simultaneous arrivals -- Solutions to a few of the problems -- References -- Author index.
    Abstract: In teaching an elementary course in stochastic processes it was noticed that many seemingly deep results in point processes are readily accessible by the device of representing them in terms of random gap lengths between points. The possibility of representing point processes in terms of sequences of random variables rather than probability measures makes them mathemati­ cally simpler than general stochastic processes. Point processes can be studied using only the tools of elementary probability, that is the joint distributions of finitely many random variables. Given the wide applicability of point process models and the difficulty of access by the measure-theoretic route, it was determined that the simpler representation is of sufficient expository im­ portance to deserve emphasis. The present book is the result: it is specialized and short and therefore is called a monograph. In its development the material has been taught to several classes with pleasing results. Students have apparently understood theorems which by other methods appear difficult and deep. A few of the results, particularly on reliability, safety assessment and clustering, are original applied research. An alternative title for this monograph might be 'Point processes: What they are and what they are good for.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Arrivals in time -- 1.2 Reliability -- 1.3 Safety assessment -- 1.4 Random stress and strength -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 2 Point processes -- 2.1 The probabilistic context -- 2.2 Two methods of representation -- 2.3 Parameters of point processes -- 2.4 Transformation to a process with constant arrival rate -- 2.5 Time between arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 3 Homogeneous Poisson processes -- 3.1 Definition -- 3.2 Characterization -- 3.3 Time between arrivals for the hP process -- 3.4 Relations to the uniform distribution -- 3.5 A process with simultaneous arrivals -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 4 Application of point processes to a theory of safety assessment -- 4.1 The Reactor Safety Study -- 4.2 The annual probability of a reactor accident -- 4.3 A stochastic consequence model -- 4.4 A concept of rare events -- 4.5 Common mode failures -- 4.6 Conclusion -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 5 Renewal processes -- 5.1 Probabilistic theory -- 5.2 The renewal process cannot model equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 6 Poisson processes -- 6.1 The Poisson model -- 6.2 Characterization of regular Poisson processes -- 6.3 Time between arrivals for Poisson processes -- 6.4 Further observations on software error detection -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 7 Superimposed processes -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 8 Markov point processes -- 8.1 Theory -- 8.2 The Poisson process -- 8.3 Facilitation and hindrance -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 9 Applications of Markov point processes -- 9.1 Egg-laying dispersal of the bean weevil -- 9.2 Application of facilitation - hindrance to the spatial distribution of benthic invertebrates -- 9.3 The Luria-Delbrück model -- 9.4 Chance placement of balls in cells -- 9.5 A model for multiple vehicle automobile accidents -- 9.6 Engels’ model -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 10 The order statistics process -- 10.1 The sampling of lifetimes -- 10.2 Derivation from the Poisson process -- 10.3 A Poisson model of equipment wearout -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- 11 Competing risk theory -- 11.1 Markov chain model -- 11.2 Classical competing risks -- 11.3 Competing risk presentation of reactor safety studies -- 11.4 Delayed fatalities -- 11.5 Proportional hazard rates -- Notes on the literature -- Problems -- Further reading -- Appendix 1 Probability background -- A1.1 Probability distributions -- A1.2 Expectation -- A1.3 Transformation of variables -- A1.4 The distribution of order statistics -- A1.5 Conditional probability -- A1.6 Operational methods in probability -- A1.7 Convergence concepts and results in the theory of probability -- Notes on the literature -- Appendix 2 Technical topics -- A2.1 Existence of point process parameters -- A2.2 No simultaneous arrivals -- Solutions to a few of the problems -- References -- Author index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415148
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Section 1 The Design Process -- Module 1.1 The Relationship between Geometry and Function -- Module 1.2 The Form of the Design Process -- Module 1.3 Traditional Drawing Practices -- Module 1.4 The Development of the CAD Industry -- Exercises -- Section 2 System Configuration -- Module 2.1 Workstations -- Module 2.2 Computers—Mainframes to Micros -- Module 2.3 Output Devices -- Module 2.4 Data Storage -- Module 2.5 Networked Systems -- Exercises -- Section 3 Entity Descriptions -- Module 3.1 Points, Lines and Circular Arcs -- Module 3.2 Basic Geometric Manipulations -- Module 3.3 Free-form Curves 1 -- Module 3.4 Free-form Curves 2 -- Module 3.5 Finding Intersections of Free-form Curves -- Module 3.6 Surfaces -- Exercises -- Section 4 View Transformations -- Module 4.1 Two-dimensional Transformations—Pan, Rotate and Zoom -- Module 4.2 Three-dimensional Transformation Matrices -- Module 4.3 Axial and Observer Systems -- Module 4.4 The Use of Perspective -- Module 4.5 Multi-view Presentations -- Module 4.6 Advanced Viewing Techniques -- Exercises -- Section 5 Types of CAD Modelling Systems -- Module 5.1 Two-dimensional Drafting Practice -- Module 5.2 Three-dimensional Wireframe Models -- Module 5.3 Surface Modelling -- Module 5.4 Solid Modelling -- Module 5.5 Display of Solid Models -- Exercises -- Section 6 The User Interface -- Module 6.1 User Command Language -- Module 6.2 Use of Menus -- Module 6.3 Graphics Interface Languages -- Module 6.4 Use of Parametrics -- Exercises -- Section 7 System Effectiveness and Organization -- Module 7.1 Information Flow -- Module 7.2 Establishing Design Needs -- Module 7.3 Identifying Benefits -- Module 7.4 Training for Operation -- Module 7.5 Working Environment -- Module 7.6 Design and Social Structure -- Module 7.7 System Management -- Exercises -- Section 8 Applications Programs -- Module 8.1 Analysis-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.2 Manufacturing-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.3 Control-centred Applications Programs -- Further Reading.
    Abstract: Many books already exist on computer-aided design and manufacture most of which are dedicated to describing the complexities of mathematical modelling and its application to industrial problems. In the experience of the present authors, however, if the subject is to be understood within its true, industrial context it must be taught in relation to the design process. Thus, while this book discusses both modelling and industrial applications, it also tries to provide an insight into design methodology, system selection and usage, and the social relationships that exist within design and manufacturing facilities. The teaching modules which make up the book are the distillation of material used by the authors both for undergraduate courses in CAD at BruneI University, and for seminars given to industrial users. The modules are not intended to be used in isolation, but rather to serve as an introductory survey which will enable students to grasp the broad outlines of the subject. Most aspects ofthe course presented here will need to be supported by further work and reading (see 'Further Reading'). In the authors' own courses much of the geometric and modelling work described in the text is supported by tutorial activities using the university department's commercial and research CAD/CAM systems. These include the Computervision-CADDS4X and Personal Systems.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section 1 The Design ProcessModule 1.1 The Relationship between Geometry and Function -- Module 1.2 The Form of the Design Process -- Module 1.3 Traditional Drawing Practices -- Module 1.4 The Development of the CAD Industry -- Exercises -- Section 2 System Configuration -- Module 2.1 Workstations -- Module 2.2 Computers-Mainframes to Micros -- Module 2.3 Output Devices -- Module 2.4 Data Storage -- Module 2.5 Networked Systems -- Exercises -- Section 3 Entity Descriptions -- Module 3.1 Points, Lines and Circular Arcs -- Module 3.2 Basic Geometric Manipulations -- Module 3.3 Free-form Curves 1 -- Module 3.4 Free-form Curves 2 -- Module 3.5 Finding Intersections of Free-form Curves -- Module 3.6 Surfaces -- Exercises -- Section 4 View Transformations -- Module 4.1 Two-dimensional Transformations-Pan, Rotate and Zoom -- Module 4.2 Three-dimensional Transformation Matrices -- Module 4.3 Axial and Observer Systems -- Module 4.4 The Use of Perspective -- Module 4.5 Multi-view Presentations -- Module 4.6 Advanced Viewing Techniques -- Exercises -- Section 5 Types of CAD Modelling Systems -- Module 5.1 Two-dimensional Drafting Practice -- Module 5.2 Three-dimensional Wireframe Models -- Module 5.3 Surface Modelling -- Module 5.4 Solid Modelling -- Module 5.5 Display of Solid Models -- Exercises -- Section 6 The User Interface -- Module 6.1 User Command Language -- Module 6.2 Use of Menus -- Module 6.3 Graphics Interface Languages -- Module 6.4 Use of Parametrics -- Exercises -- Section 7 System Effectiveness and Organization -- Module 7.1 Information Flow -- Module 7.2 Establishing Design Needs -- Module 7.3 Identifying Benefits -- Module 7.4 Training for Operation -- Module 7.5 Working Environment -- Module 7.6 Design and Social Structure -- Module 7.7 System Management -- Exercises -- Section 8 Applications Programs -- Module 8.1 Analysis-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.2 Manufacturing-centred Applications Programs -- Module 8.3 Control-centred Applications Programs -- Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461536642
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene—poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.2.1 Regenerated cellulose -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure—property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    Abstract: Plastics are part of everyday life and contribute immensely to the benefit of humanity. When failures occur, they are due in part either to inferior properties (resulting from poor design or badly controlled processing), or to an incomplete understanding of the properties and applications of plastics materials. Since publication of the first edition, the plastics industry has increas­ ingly adopted advanced business procedures and automation (such as closed loop control and robotics), to combat the effects of recession, and has moved increasingly towards methods based on sound scientific and technological principles. Plastics have increasingly been used in appli­ cations once dominated by the use of metals and ceramics. For instance, in the automotive industry, the modern car now contains a much higher proportion of polymers, including commodity plastics and more spec­ ialized materials. In addition, compact discs are being made from new injection-moulding grades of polycarbonate, which meet the requirements of a demanding process. This second edition has been thoroughly revised and extended to include new materials, technologies and design concepts. Chapters on thermoplastics reflect the development of polymer blends and alloys, whilst the chapters devoted to thermosets have been reorganized to accommodate the renaissance in the applications of phenolics and to cover the growing importance of polyurethanes. The related two­ component process technologies are now included; having undergone major developments in the last decade, they have become important shaping processes.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction1.1 Background -- 1.2 Structure and properties of plastics -- 1.3 Additives -- 1.4 Processing of plastics -- 1.5 Practical methods of processing -- 1.6 Interactions between shaping process and plastics materials -- 2 Fundamentals of design -- 2.1 Engineering design -- 2.2 Design limitations imposed by processing method -- 2.3 Product design -- 2.4 Importance of economics of processing in design -- 3 Styrene plastics -- 3.1 Polystyrene -- 3.2 High impact polystyrene -- 3.3 Styrene copolymers -- 3.4 ABS plastics -- 3.5 Polystyrene-poly(phenylene oxide) blends -- 4 Other amorphous thermoplastics -- 4.1 Poly(methyl methacrylate) -- 4.2 Cellulose plastics -- 4.2.1 Regenerated cellulose -- 5 Propylene plastics -- 5.1 Homopolymer and impact-modified grades -- 5.2 Filled polypropylene -- 5.3 Foamed polypropylene -- 5.4 Miscellaneous applications of propylene polymers -- 6 Other polyolefin plastics -- 6.1 Polyethylene -- 6.2 Ethylene copolymers -- 6.3 Polybut-1-ene -- 6.4 Poly-4-methylpent-1-ene -- 7 Other crystalline thermoplastics -- 7.1 Polyamides -- 7.2 Thermoplastic polyesters -- 7.3 Polyacetals -- 8 Vinyl chloride plastics -- 8.1 Unplasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.2 Plasticized poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.3 Vinyl chloride copolymers -- 8.4 Blends of poly(vinyl chloride) -- 8.5 Vinylidene chloride polymers and copolymers -- 9 Speciality thermoplastics -- 9.1 Fluoroplastics -- 9.2 Polysulphones -- 9.3 Poly(phenylene sulphide) -- 10 Cross-linked plastics -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Phenol-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.3 Urea-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.4 Melamine-formaldehyde plastics -- 10.5 Unsaturated polyester resins -- 10.6 Epoxide resins -- 11 Polyurethane plastics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Molecular structure-property relationships -- 11.3 Properties and applications of polyurethanes -- Further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461597070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Lumped and distributed circuits -- 2 Characteristics of ideal transmission lines/cables -- 2.1 Equations for an ideal line -- 2.2 Possibility of line pulse reflections -- 2.3 Matching and mismatching -- 2.4 ‘Phantom generator’ interpretation of reflections -- 3 The reflection chart -- 3.1 The Reflection Chart: step-input voltage -- 3.2 Rectangular pulse drive -- 3.3 Input waveforms with finite rise- and fall-times -- 4’ sliding-Load-Line’ analysis of pulses on lines -- 4.1 Resistive terminations -- 4.2 Nonlinear load: a diode termination -- 4.3 Reflections with logic circuit interconnections -- 5 Time domain reflectometry -- 5.1 Application examples: step and truncated-ramp drive -- 6 Crosstalk -- 6.1 Crosstalk with strip lines -- 6.2 Crosstalk with cable bundles: general comments -- 7 Logic signal transmission: an introduction -- 7.1 Transmission characteristics -- 7.2 Noise rejection in unbalanced and balanced systems -- 7.3 Single-ended, point-to-point transmission: RS232C -- 7.4 Multi-point bidirectional data transmission: RS485 -- Appendix A: Résumé of practical line characteristics -- Appendix B: Laboratory demonstration work -- General considerations -- Circuit descriptions and observed waveforms -- Appendix C: General notes on waveform observation -- Lumped systems -- Distributed systems -- Answers (including worked solutions to problems) -- References.
    Abstract: The coming of digital electronics has given rise to many textbook- outstanding among which are the authoritative works of Douglas Lewin- dealing, in the main, with the combinational and sequential logic aspects of system design. By comparison, the coverage of digital hardware has been meagre: in particular, books on logic circuit interconnections have been scarce in number. When circuits operated at relatively low speeds this did not cause major problems to engineers and students, but the increasing use of fast, and very fast, logic circuits employed extensively in modern digital systems has brought the requirement for properly-designed transmission paths between printed circuit boards, on the boards, and even in the integrated circuit packages themselves. turn, has necessitated a physical understanding of line pulse This, in behaviour, and an ability to design practically appropriate interconnection systems, by a far wider audience of engineers, scientists and students than has been the case hitherto. For many years the study of transmission lines was, primarily, the province of the telecommunications engineer sending high-frequency radio signals to antennas for radiation into space, and the power engineer working at low frequencies (50/60 Hz) but with corresponding wavelengths comparable with the relatively large distances involved in the supply of power from generating stations to remote users. The textbook treatment of lines was well­ established, but based mainly on the assumption of sinusoidal signals. This 'frequency-domain' approach is not best suited to the understanding of the transmission of digital signals.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Lumped and distributed circuits2 Characteristics of ideal transmission lines/cables -- 2.1 Equations for an ideal line -- 2.2 Possibility of line pulse reflections -- 2.3 Matching and mismatching -- 2.4 ‘Phantom generator’ interpretation of reflections -- 3 The reflection chart -- 3.1 The Reflection Chart: step-input voltage -- 3.2 Rectangular pulse drive -- 3.3 Input waveforms with finite rise- and fall-times -- 4’ sliding-Load-Line’ analysis of pulses on lines -- 4.1 Resistive terminations -- 4.2 Nonlinear load: a diode termination -- 4.3 Reflections with logic circuit interconnections -- 5 Time domain reflectometry -- 5.1 Application examples: step and truncated-ramp drive -- 6 Crosstalk -- 6.1 Crosstalk with strip lines -- 6.2 Crosstalk with cable bundles: general comments -- 7 Logic signal transmission: an introduction -- 7.1 Transmission characteristics -- 7.2 Noise rejection in unbalanced and balanced systems -- 7.3 Single-ended, point-to-point transmission: RS232C -- 7.4 Multi-point bidirectional data transmission: RS485 -- Appendix A: Résumé of practical line characteristics -- Appendix B: Laboratory demonstration work -- General considerations -- Circuit descriptions and observed waveforms -- Appendix C: General notes on waveform observation -- Lumped systems -- Distributed systems -- Answers (including worked solutions to problems) -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461575511
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 309 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: Contemporary Soviet Mathematics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: There is an ever-growing interest in control problems today, con­ nected with the urgent problems of the effective use of natural resources, manpower, materials, and technology. When referring to the most important achievements of science and technology in the 20th Century, one usually mentions the splitting of the atom, the exploration of space, and computer engineering. Achievements in control theory seem less spectacular when viewed against this background, but the applications of control theory are playing an important role in the development of modern civilization, and there is every reason to believe that this role will be even more signifi­ cant in the future. Wherever there is active human participation, the problem arises of finding the best, or optimal, means of control. The demands of economics and technology have given birth to optimization problems which, in turn, have created new branches of mathematics. In the Forties, the investigation of problems of economics gave rise to a new branch of mathematical analysis called linear and convex program­ ming. At that time, problems of controlling flying vehicles and technolog­ ical processes of complex structures became important. A mathematical theory was formulated in the mid-Fifties known as optimal control theory. Here the maximum principle of L. S. Pontryagin played a pivotal role. Op­ timal control theory synthesized the concepts and methods of investigation using the classical methods of the calculus of variations and the methods of contemporary mathematics, for which Soviet mathematicians made valuable contributions.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461578239
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to Polymer Science -- 2. The Compounding and Vulcanization of Rubber -- 3. Fillers -- I: Carbon Black -- II: Nonblack Fillers -- 4. Processing and Vulcanization Tests -- 5. Physical Testing of Vulcanizates -- 6. Natural Rubber -- 7. Styrene-Butadiene Rubbers -- 8. Polybutadiene and Polyisoprene Rubbers -- 9. Ethylene-Propylene Rubber -- 10. Butyl and Halobutyl Rubbers -- 11. Nitrile and Polyacrylic Rubbers -- 12. Neoprene and Hypalon -- I: Neoprene -- II: Hypalon -- 13. Silicone Rubber -- 14. Fluorocarbon Elastomers -- 15. Polyurethane Elastomers -- 16. Thermoplastic Elastomers -- 17. Miscellaneous Elastomers -- 18. Reclaimed Rubber -- 19. Latex and Foam Rubber -- 20. Rubber-Related Polymers -- I: Poly (vinyl chloride) -- II: Polyethylene.
    Abstract: About ten years after the publication of the Second Edition (1973), it became apparent that it was time for an up-date of this book. This was especially true in this case, since the subject matter has traditionally dealt mainly with the structure, properties, and technology of the various elastomers used in industry, and these are bound to undergo significant changes over the period of a decade. In revising the contents of this volume, it was thought best to keep the orig­ inal format. Hence the first five chapters discuss the same general subject matter as before. The chapters dealing with natural rubber and the synthetic elastomers are up-dated, and an entirely new chapter has been added on the thermoplastic elastomers, which have, of course, grown tremendously in importance. Another innovation is the addition of a new chapter, "Miscellaneous Elastomers," to take care of "old" elastomers, e.g., polysulfides, which have decreased some­ what in importance, as well as to introduce some of the newly-developed syn­ thetic rubbers which have not yet reached high production levels. The editor wishes to express his sincere appreciation to all the contributors, without whose close cooperation this task would have been impossible. He would especially like to acknowledge the invaluable assistance of Dr. Howard Stephens in the planning of this book, and for his suggestion of suitable authors.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction to Polymer Science2. The Compounding and Vulcanization of Rubber -- 3. Fillers -- I: Carbon Black -- II: Nonblack Fillers -- 4. Processing and Vulcanization Tests -- 5. Physical Testing of Vulcanizates -- 6. Natural Rubber -- 7. Styrene-Butadiene Rubbers -- 8. Polybutadiene and Polyisoprene Rubbers -- 9. Ethylene-Propylene Rubber -- 10. Butyl and Halobutyl Rubbers -- 11. Nitrile and Polyacrylic Rubbers -- 12. Neoprene and Hypalon -- I: Neoprene -- II: Hypalon -- 13. Silicone Rubber -- 14. Fluorocarbon Elastomers -- 15. Polyurethane Elastomers -- 16. Thermoplastic Elastomers -- 17. Miscellaneous Elastomers -- 18. Reclaimed Rubber -- 19. Latex and Foam Rubber -- 20. Rubber-Related Polymers -- I: Poly (vinyl chloride) -- II: Polyethylene.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415216
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction to instrumental methods of analysis -- 1.1 Precision and accuracy -- 1.2 Speed of analysis -- 1.3 Cost -- 1.4 Safety -- 1.5 Automation -- Recommended general texts -- 2 Liquid chromatography -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Theory of liquid chromatography -- 2.3 Modes of chromatography -- 2.4 Chromatographic techniques -- 2.5 Sample preparation -- References -- 3 Gas chromatography -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Principles -- 3.3 The chromatographic system -- 3.4 GLC columns -- 3.5 Principles of separation -- 3.6 Stationary phases -- 3.7 Gas—solid chromatography -- 3.8 Detectors -- 3.9 Sample preparation -- 3.10 Quantification -- References -- 4 Electrophoresis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Effect of pH on charge -- 4.3 Techniques of electrophoresis -- 4.4 Isotachophoresis -- References -- 5 Introduction to spectroscopy -- 5.1 Spectroscopy -- 5.2 The electromagnetic spectrum -- 5.3 Molecular energy states -- 5.4 Molecular transitions -- 5.5 Quantitative analysis -- 5.6 Determination of a spectrum -- Further reading -- 6 UV—visible spectrophotometry -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Electronic energy levels -- 6.3 Electronic transitions -- 6.4 Qualitative analysis -- 6.5 Quantitative analysis -- 6.6 Calibration of spectrophotometers -- 6.7 Sample presentation -- 6.8 Difference spectrophotometry -- 6.9 Spectrophotometric titrations -- 6.10 Derivative spectrophotometry -- 6.11 Dual-wavelength spectrophotometry -- 6.12 Spectrophotometers and colorimeters -- 6.13 Turbidimetry and nephelometry -- 6.14 Colour and gloss of solid samples -- References -- 7 Fluorescence and phosphorescence spectrophotometry -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Fluorophores -- 7.3 Excitation and emission spectra -- 7.4 Quantitative measurements -- 7.5 Factors affecting fluorescence spectra -- 7.6 Instruments for fluorescence studies -- 7.7 Applications of fluorescence spectrophotometry -- References -- 8 Infrared spectroscopy -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Molecular vibrations -- 8.3 Qualitative analysis -- 8.4 Quantitative analysis -- 8.5 Instrumentation -- 8.7 Attenuated total reflectance -- 8.8 Near-infrared reflectance analysis -- References -- 9 Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Principles -- 9.3 Pulse NMR spectrometer -- 9.4 Chemical shifts -- 9.5 Spin—spin coupling -- 9.6 Integration -- 9.7 Further techniques for elucidation of NMR spectra -- 9.8 Wide-line NMR -- 9.9 In-vivo NMR -- References -- 10 Electron spin resonance -- 10.1 Principles -- 10.2 ESR spectra -- 10.3 ESR spectrometer -- 10.4 Sample preparation -- 10.5 Spin labelling -- 10.6 Quantitative analysis -- References -- 11 Flame techniques -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Flame emission spectrometry (FES) -- 11.3 Atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS) -- 11.4 Applications -- References -- 12 Mass spectrometry -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Mass spectrometer -- 12.3 Analysis of mixtures -- 12.4 Determination of molecular structures -- References -- 13 Electrochemical techniques -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Conductivity of solutions -- 13.3 Voltammetry -- 13.4 Potentiometric measurements -- References.
    Abstract: Instrumental techniques of analysis have now moved from the confines of the chemistry laboratory to form an indispensable part of the analytical armoury of many workers involved in the biological sciences. It is now quite out of the question to considcr a laboratory dealing with the analysis of biological materials that is not equipped with an extensive range of instrumentation. Recent years have also seen a dramatic improvement in the ease with which such instruments can be used, and the quality and quantity of the analytical data that they can produce. This is due in no sm all part to the ubiquitous use of microprocessors and computers for instrumental control. However, under these circumstances there is areal danger of the analyst adopting a 'black box' mentality and not treating the analytical data produced in accordance with the limitations that may be inherent in the method used. Such a problem can only be overcome if the operator is fully aware of both the theoretical and instrumental constraints relevant to the technique in question. As the complexity and sheer volume of material in undergraduate courses increases, there is a tendency to reduce the amount of fundamental material that is taught prior to embarking on the more applied aspects. This is nowhere more apparent than in the teaching of instrumental techniques of analysis.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction to instrumental methods of analysis1.1 Precision and accuracy -- 1.2 Speed of analysis -- 1.3 Cost -- 1.4 Safety -- 1.5 Automation -- Recommended general texts -- 2 Liquid chromatography -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Theory of liquid chromatography -- 2.3 Modes of chromatography -- 2.4 Chromatographic techniques -- 2.5 Sample preparation -- References -- 3 Gas chromatography -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Principles -- 3.3 The chromatographic system -- 3.4 GLC columns -- 3.5 Principles of separation -- 3.6 Stationary phases -- 3.7 Gas-solid chromatography -- 3.8 Detectors -- 3.9 Sample preparation -- 3.10 Quantification -- References -- 4 Electrophoresis -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Effect of pH on charge -- 4.3 Techniques of electrophoresis -- 4.4 Isotachophoresis -- References -- 5 Introduction to spectroscopy -- 5.1 Spectroscopy -- 5.2 The electromagnetic spectrum -- 5.3 Molecular energy states -- 5.4 Molecular transitions -- 5.5 Quantitative analysis -- 5.6 Determination of a spectrum -- Further reading -- 6 UV-visible spectrophotometry -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Electronic energy levels -- 6.3 Electronic transitions -- 6.4 Qualitative analysis -- 6.5 Quantitative analysis -- 6.6 Calibration of spectrophotometers -- 6.7 Sample presentation -- 6.8 Difference spectrophotometry -- 6.9 Spectrophotometric titrations -- 6.10 Derivative spectrophotometry -- 6.11 Dual-wavelength spectrophotometry -- 6.12 Spectrophotometers and colorimeters -- 6.13 Turbidimetry and nephelometry -- 6.14 Colour and gloss of solid samples -- References -- 7 Fluorescence and phosphorescence spectrophotometry -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Fluorophores -- 7.3 Excitation and emission spectra -- 7.4 Quantitative measurements -- 7.5 Factors affecting fluorescence spectra -- 7.6 Instruments for fluorescence studies -- 7.7 Applications of fluorescence spectrophotometry -- References -- 8 Infrared spectroscopy -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Molecular vibrations -- 8.3 Qualitative analysis -- 8.4 Quantitative analysis -- 8.5 Instrumentation -- 8.7 Attenuated total reflectance -- 8.8 Near-infrared reflectance analysis -- References -- 9 Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Principles -- 9.3 Pulse NMR spectrometer -- 9.4 Chemical shifts -- 9.5 Spin-spin coupling -- 9.6 Integration -- 9.7 Further techniques for elucidation of NMR spectra -- 9.8 Wide-line NMR -- 9.9 In-vivo NMR -- References -- 10 Electron spin resonance -- 10.1 Principles -- 10.2 ESR spectra -- 10.3 ESR spectrometer -- 10.4 Sample preparation -- 10.5 Spin labelling -- 10.6 Quantitative analysis -- References -- 11 Flame techniques -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Flame emission spectrometry (FES) -- 11.3 Atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS) -- 11.4 Applications -- References -- 12 Mass spectrometry -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Mass spectrometer -- 12.3 Analysis of mixtures -- 12.4 Determination of molecular structures -- References -- 13 Electrochemical techniques -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Conductivity of solutions -- 13.3 Voltammetry -- 13.4 Potentiometric measurements -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468465938
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Fourth Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Control Theory and Terminology -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is “Control”? -- 1.3 Elementary Control System -- 1.4 Purposes of Control -- 1.5 Control Action -- 1.6 Energy Sources for Control Systems -- 1.7 Measurement -- 1.8 Symbols and Abbreviations -- 1.9 Psychrometrics -- 1.10 Relationships -- 1.11 Summary -- 2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.3 Control Cabinets -- 2.4 Air Supply -- 3 Electric and Electronic Control Devices -- 3.1 Electric Control Devices -- 3.2 Electronic Control Devices -- 4 Fluidic Control Devices -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Wall Attachment Devices -- 4.3 Turbulence Amplifiers -- 4.4 Vortex Amplifiers -- 4.5 Radial Jet Amplifier -- 4.6 Fluidic Transducers -- 4.7 Manual Switches -- 5 Flow Control Devices -- 5.1 Dampers -- 5.2 Steam and Water Flow Control Valves -- 5.3 System Gains -- 5.4 Summary -- 6 Elementary Control Systems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Outside Air Controls -- 6.3 Air Stratification -- 6.4 Heating -- 6.5 Cooling Coils -- 6.6 Humidity Control -- 6.7 Dehumidifiers -- 6.8 Static Pressure Control -- 6.9 Electric Heat -- 6.10 Gas-Fired Heaters -- 6.11 Oil-Fired Heaters -- 6.12 Refrigeration Equipment -- 6.13 Fire and Smoke Control -- 6.14 Electrical Interlocks -- 6.15 Location of Sensors -- 6.16 Summary -- 7 Complete Control Systems -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Single-Zone Systems -- 7.3 Multizone Air Handling Systems -- 7.4 Dual-Duct Systems -- 7.5 Variable-Volume Systems -- 7.6 Reheat Systems -- 7.7 Heat Reclaim -- 7.8 Fan-Coil Units -- 7.9 Induction Systems -- 7.10 Unit Ventilators -- 7.11 Packaged Equipment -- 7.12 Other Packaged Equipment -- 7.13 Radiant Heating and Cooling -- 7.14 Radiators and Convectors -- 7.15 Heat Exchangers -- 7.16 Solar Heating and Cooling Systems -- 7.17 Summary -- 8 Electric Control Systems -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Electric Control Diagrams -- 8.3 Electrical Control of a Chiller -- 8.4 Electrical Control of an Air Handling Unit -- 8.5 Example: A Typical Small Air Conditioning System -- 8.6 Electric Heaters -- 8.7 Reduced-Voltage Starters -- 8.8 Multispeed Starters -- 8.9 Variable Speed Controllers -- 8.10 Summary -- 9 Special Control Systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Close Temperature and/or Humidity Control -- 9.3 Controlled Environment Rooms for Testing -- 9.4 Some Examples from Practice -- 9.5 Summary -- 10 Supervisory Control Systems -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Hard-Wired Systems -- 10.3 Multiplexing Systems -- 10.4 Computer-Based Systems for Monitoring and Control -- 10.5 The Economics of Supervisory Systems -- 10.6 Benefits of the Computer System -- 10.7 Training for Maintenance and Operation -- 10.8 Summary -- 11 Psychrometrics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Psychrometric Properties -- 11.3 Psychrometric Tables -- 11.4 Psychrometric Charts -- 11.5 Processes on the Psychrometric Chart -- 11.6 HVAC Cycles on the Chart -- 11.7 Impossible Processes -- 11.8 Effects of Altitude -- 11.9 Summary -- 12 Central Plant Pumping and Distribution Systems -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Diversity -- 12.3 Constant Flow Systems -- 12.4 Variable Flow Systems -- 12.5 Distribution Systems -- 12.6 Building Interfaces -- 12.7 Summary -- 13 Retrofit of Existing Control Systems -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Economic Analysis -- 13.3 Discriminators -- 13.4 Control Modes -- 13.5 Economy Cycle Controls -- 13.6 Single-Zone Systems -- 13.7 Reheat Systems -- 13.8 Multizone Systems -- 13.9 Dual-Duct Systems -- 13.10 Systems with Humidity Control -- 13.11 Control Valves and Pumping Arrangements -- 13.12 Summary -- 13.13 Conclusion -- Control Bibliography -- Abbreviations Used in this Book -- Symbols Used in this Book.
    Abstract: There are two reasons why we have a new edition every four or five years. The first is that technology changes. Chapter 10, on computer-based con­ trols, has had to be almost completely rewritten. Fundamentals don't change, but the tools available to us do change. Evaluation and proper use of those tools makes it even more imperative that we understand fundamentals. Many of our control problems stem from the use of new devices as a solution to problems that are, in fact, control design errors. New gadgets, for example, Direct Digital Controls (DDC), will not solve basic problems and may even compound them. None-the-Iess, you will find an extensive discussion of DDC because I think it is the probable "future" in HVAC control. But it must be applied with a good understanding of fundamentals. The second reason is that I keep learning and need to pass on my new and improved understanding to my readers. Thus you will find a number of small but important revisions, a dissertation on control "modes," and a much more detailed discussion of how electronic control devices work. There are a few places where I have corrected what I now perceive to be errors. I apologize for these. I have been much encouraged by the acceptance of this book in the past, and I hope that this new edition will be helpful. Thank you for your support.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Control Theory and Terminology1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 What is “Control”? -- 1.3 Elementary Control System -- 1.4 Purposes of Control -- 1.5 Control Action -- 1.6 Energy Sources for Control Systems -- 1.7 Measurement -- 1.8 Symbols and Abbreviations -- 1.9 Psychrometrics -- 1.10 Relationships -- 1.11 Summary -- 2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Pneumatic Control Devices -- 2.3 Control Cabinets -- 2.4 Air Supply -- 3 Electric and Electronic Control Devices -- 3.1 Electric Control Devices -- 3.2 Electronic Control Devices -- 4 Fluidic Control Devices -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Wall Attachment Devices -- 4.3 Turbulence Amplifiers -- 4.4 Vortex Amplifiers -- 4.5 Radial Jet Amplifier -- 4.6 Fluidic Transducers -- 4.7 Manual Switches -- 5 Flow Control Devices -- 5.1 Dampers -- 5.2 Steam and Water Flow Control Valves -- 5.3 System Gains -- 5.4 Summary -- 6 Elementary Control Systems -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Outside Air Controls -- 6.3 Air Stratification -- 6.4 Heating -- 6.5 Cooling Coils -- 6.6 Humidity Control -- 6.7 Dehumidifiers -- 6.8 Static Pressure Control -- 6.9 Electric Heat -- 6.10 Gas-Fired Heaters -- 6.11 Oil-Fired Heaters -- 6.12 Refrigeration Equipment -- 6.13 Fire and Smoke Control -- 6.14 Electrical Interlocks -- 6.15 Location of Sensors -- 6.16 Summary -- 7 Complete Control Systems -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Single-Zone Systems -- 7.3 Multizone Air Handling Systems -- 7.4 Dual-Duct Systems -- 7.5 Variable-Volume Systems -- 7.6 Reheat Systems -- 7.7 Heat Reclaim -- 7.8 Fan-Coil Units -- 7.9 Induction Systems -- 7.10 Unit Ventilators -- 7.11 Packaged Equipment -- 7.12 Other Packaged Equipment -- 7.13 Radiant Heating and Cooling -- 7.14 Radiators and Convectors -- 7.15 Heat Exchangers -- 7.16 Solar Heating and Cooling Systems -- 7.17 Summary -- 8 Electric Control Systems -- 8.1 Introduction -- 8.2 Electric Control Diagrams -- 8.3 Electrical Control of a Chiller -- 8.4 Electrical Control of an Air Handling Unit -- 8.5 Example: A Typical Small Air Conditioning System -- 8.6 Electric Heaters -- 8.7 Reduced-Voltage Starters -- 8.8 Multispeed Starters -- 8.9 Variable Speed Controllers -- 8.10 Summary -- 9 Special Control Systems -- 9.1 Introduction -- 9.2 Close Temperature and/or Humidity Control -- 9.3 Controlled Environment Rooms for Testing -- 9.4 Some Examples from Practice -- 9.5 Summary -- 10 Supervisory Control Systems -- 10.1 Introduction -- 10.2 Hard-Wired Systems -- 10.3 Multiplexing Systems -- 10.4 Computer-Based Systems for Monitoring and Control -- 10.5 The Economics of Supervisory Systems -- 10.6 Benefits of the Computer System -- 10.7 Training for Maintenance and Operation -- 10.8 Summary -- 11 Psychrometrics -- 11.1 Introduction -- 11.2 Psychrometric Properties -- 11.3 Psychrometric Tables -- 11.4 Psychrometric Charts -- 11.5 Processes on the Psychrometric Chart -- 11.6 HVAC Cycles on the Chart -- 11.7 Impossible Processes -- 11.8 Effects of Altitude -- 11.9 Summary -- 12 Central Plant Pumping and Distribution Systems -- 12.1 Introduction -- 12.2 Diversity -- 12.3 Constant Flow Systems -- 12.4 Variable Flow Systems -- 12.5 Distribution Systems -- 12.6 Building Interfaces -- 12.7 Summary -- 13 Retrofit of Existing Control Systems -- 13.1 Introduction -- 13.2 Economic Analysis -- 13.3 Discriminators -- 13.4 Control Modes -- 13.5 Economy Cycle Controls -- 13.6 Single-Zone Systems -- 13.7 Reheat Systems -- 13.8 Multizone Systems -- 13.9 Dual-Duct Systems -- 13.10 Systems with Humidity Control -- 13.11 Control Valves and Pumping Arrangements -- 13.12 Summary -- 13.13 Conclusion -- Control Bibliography -- Abbreviations Used in this Book -- Symbols Used in this Book.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468476880
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1. Introduction. Plans, Strategies and Actions -- Categories of Muscles -- Problems of Moving -- A Legacy -- 2. Mechanical Properties of Muscles -- Review of Muscle Anatomy -- Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- Behaviour of Isolated Muscle Stimulated at Subtetanic Rates -- Muscle Mechanics in Intact Man -- Effects of Muscle Properties on Control of Movement -- A Theory of Movement Control which Makes Use of the Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- 3. The Motor Unit -- The Concept of the Motor Unit -- Twitch and Tonic Muscle Fibres -- Physiological Investigation of the Motor Unit -- Histochemical and Biochemical Classification of Muscle Fibres -- Some Electrophysiological Properties of Motoneurones -- Control of Motor Units and their Recruitment Order -- The Study of Motor Units in Human Physiology -- Pathophysiology of the Motor Unit -- 4. Proprioceptors in Muscle, Joint and Skin -- Muscle Receptors: I. The Muscle Spindle -- Muscle Receptors: II. Golgi Tendon Organs -- Muscle Receptors: III. Other Types of Ending -- Joint Receptors -- Cutaneous Mechanoreceptors -- Recordings from Human Afferent Nerve Fibres -- 5. Reflex Pathways in the Spinal Cord -- Classification of Nerve Fibres -- Reflex Pathways from la Muscle Spindle Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from lb Tendon Organ Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from Group II Muscle Afferents and the ‘Flexor Reflex Afferents’ -- The Renshaw Cell -- Integration in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Presynaptic Inhibition -- 6. Functional Consequences of Activity in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- The Stretch Reflex in Animals -- Stretch Reflexes in Human Muscles -- The Servo Hypothesis and Alpha-Gamma Coactivation -- The Regulation of Stiffness Hypothesis and lb Effects -- Other Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Cutaneous Reflexes -- Pathophysiology of the Stretch Reflex: Disorders of Muscle Tone -- Pathophysiology of Other Reflex Pathways -- 7. Ascending and Descending Pathways of the Spinal Cord -- Ascending Pathways -- 8. Cerebral Cortex -- Structure of Cerebral Cortex -- Detailed Electrophysiology of Primary Motor (MI) Cortex -- The Pyramidal Tract -- Motor Cortex Cell Activity During Voluntary Movements -- Sensory Input to Motor Cortex -- Other Motor Areas of Cortex -- Supplementary Motor Area -- Motor Functions of Parietal Cortex -- Pathophysiology of Motor Areas of Cerebral Cortex -- 9. The Cerebellum -- Cerebellar Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Studies of the Cerebellum -- Effects of Cerebellar Lesions -- Studies of Cerebellar Dysfunction in Man -- Theories of Cerebellar Function -- 10. The Basal Ganglia -- Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Recordings from Behaving Animals -- Pathophysiology of Diseases of the Basal Ganglia in Man.
    Abstract: The human motor system is unique. It talks, walks and can play the piano from a remarkably early age. But it is difficult to study. One cannot impale single neurones with electrodes or lesion discrete areas of the nervous system in man. However, data gleaned from such elegant experiments in lower species that walk on four feet may not reflect the organisation of human motor mechanisms. John Rothwell is one of a small band of human-motor physiologists who have followed the dictum 'The proper study of mankind is man'. In this book, he brings together what is known about human motor physiology in an eminently readable and critical fashion. Of course, there is a stimulating symbiosis between animal and human experimental motor physiology, and this is effected by the integration of critical information that can only be obtained from work on animals with what is known about man. Many disciplines have interest in the mechanisms of human voluntary movement - physiologists, psychologists, physiotherapists and clinicians, be they neurologists or those working in orthopaedics, physical medicine or rehabilitation. All will find John Rothwell's book invaluable. To the beginner it provides an excellent introduction to the subject. To the expert it presents a coherent review of current knowledge and areas of uncertainty. What is abundantly clear is how much more remains to be discovered about how man controls movement. The stimulus provided by this volume will be invaluable to thought and experiment.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction. Plans, Strategies and ActionsCategories of Muscles -- Problems of Moving -- A Legacy -- 2. Mechanical Properties of Muscles -- Review of Muscle Anatomy -- Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- Behaviour of Isolated Muscle Stimulated at Subtetanic Rates -- Muscle Mechanics in Intact Man -- Effects of Muscle Properties on Control of Movement -- A Theory of Movement Control which Makes Use of the Mechanical Properties of Muscle -- 3. The Motor Unit -- The Concept of the Motor Unit -- Twitch and Tonic Muscle Fibres -- Physiological Investigation of the Motor Unit -- Histochemical and Biochemical Classification of Muscle Fibres -- Some Electrophysiological Properties of Motoneurones -- Control of Motor Units and their Recruitment Order -- The Study of Motor Units in Human Physiology -- Pathophysiology of the Motor Unit -- 4. Proprioceptors in Muscle, Joint and Skin -- Muscle Receptors: I. The Muscle Spindle -- Muscle Receptors: II. Golgi Tendon Organs -- Muscle Receptors: III. Other Types of Ending -- Joint Receptors -- Cutaneous Mechanoreceptors -- Recordings from Human Afferent Nerve Fibres -- 5. Reflex Pathways in the Spinal Cord -- Classification of Nerve Fibres -- Reflex Pathways from la Muscle Spindle Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from lb Tendon Organ Afferents -- Reflex Pathways from Group II Muscle Afferents and the ‘Flexor Reflex Afferents’ -- The Renshaw Cell -- Integration in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Presynaptic Inhibition -- 6. Functional Consequences of Activity in Spinal Reflex Pathways -- The Stretch Reflex in Animals -- Stretch Reflexes in Human Muscles -- The Servo Hypothesis and Alpha-Gamma Coactivation -- The Regulation of Stiffness Hypothesis and lb Effects -- Other Spinal Reflex Pathways -- Cutaneous Reflexes -- Pathophysiology of the Stretch Reflex: Disorders of Muscle Tone -- Pathophysiology of Other Reflex Pathways -- 7. Ascending and Descending Pathways of the Spinal Cord -- Ascending Pathways -- 8. Cerebral Cortex -- Structure of Cerebral Cortex -- Detailed Electrophysiology of Primary Motor (MI) Cortex -- The Pyramidal Tract -- Motor Cortex Cell Activity During Voluntary Movements -- Sensory Input to Motor Cortex -- Other Motor Areas of Cortex -- Supplementary Motor Area -- Motor Functions of Parietal Cortex -- Pathophysiology of Motor Areas of Cerebral Cortex -- 9. The Cerebellum -- Cerebellar Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Studies of the Cerebellum -- Effects of Cerebellar Lesions -- Studies of Cerebellar Dysfunction in Man -- Theories of Cerebellar Function -- 10. The Basal Ganglia -- Anatomy -- Electrophysiological Recordings from Behaving Animals -- Pathophysiology of Diseases of the Basal Ganglia in Man.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468415230
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Marketing. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: International Dictionary of Marketing and Communication -- Appendix 1: Associations, Institutes, Professional/Trade World-Wide -- Appendix 2: Audit Bureaux World-Wide -- Appendix 3: Journals on Communication Subjects World-Wide -- Appendix 4: News Agencies World-Wide.
    Abstract: This dictionary covers marketing communications in the broadest sense, including advertising, but also extending to public relations which concerns many organizations not involved in marketing and which have little to do with advertising. Entries have been gathered from around the world, and this dictionary will therefore be valuable to those operating in an international environ­ ment where different term~, or terms with different spellings, are used. There are also terms with different meanings, depending on their country of origin. For example, in the UK newspapers are called press media, while in the USA the term print media is more usual. In the UK, print usually applies to printed items, such as sales or edu!;;ational literature. Likewise, there are big differences between European and American broadcasting systems, and sponsored radio or TV can mean different things around the world. Outdoor advertising also has different terminology in different countries, especially in North America and the UK. In many cases, alternative British and American terms are given, while some are either European or American. Some terminology is specific to a certain country. Entries have been collected from all parts of the world, including the oramedia or folk media of the Third World. Financial terms have been included because of their increasing im­ portance in advertising and public relations, and the dictionary reflects the increasing relevance of satellites and computers.
    Description / Table of Contents: International Dictionary of Marketing and CommunicationAppendix 1: Associations, Institutes, Professional/Trade World-Wide -- Appendix 2: Audit Bureaux World-Wide -- Appendix 3: Journals on Communication Subjects World-Wide -- Appendix 4: News Agencies World-Wide.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9781461585305
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One -- 1 Introduction: Sociology and Engineering -- 2 Engineering and the Social Process -- 3 Engineering and the British Economic Problem -- 4 The British Economy in Context -- 5 The Legal and Political Context of Engineering -- Two -- 6 Engineering Education -- 7 Theories of Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction -- 8 The Colleagues of the Engineer -- 9 The Organization and Experience of Engineering -- 10 Engineers, Professional Associations and Trade Unions -- 11 Engineering Work: The Division of Labour -- 12 Conclusions -- References -- Authorlndex.
    Description / Table of Contents: One1 Introduction: Sociology and Engineering -- 2 Engineering and the Social Process -- 3 Engineering and the British Economic Problem -- 4 The British Economy in Context -- 5 The Legal and Political Context of Engineering -- Two -- 6 Engineering Education -- 7 Theories of Work Motivation and Job Satisfaction -- 8 The Colleagues of the Engineer -- 9 The Organization and Experience of Engineering -- 10 Engineers, Professional Associations and Trade Unions -- 11 Engineering Work: The Division of Labour -- 12 Conclusions -- References -- Authorlndex.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9781475756265
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 67 p) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Towards the end of 1983, the Advisory Council for Applied Research and Development (ACARD) published a report giving the findings of a working group which had been set up to study the factors which inhibited or supported the introduction of advanced manufacturing technology (AMT) in engineering manufacture. Prominent amongst their findings was that, up to that time, 'appraisal of investment in AMT on a short-term financial basis was not entirely adequate' and that 'the conventional approach to financial appraisal techniques, directed towards an early return on capital invested, may be inappropriate'. Today, over three years later, advanced manufacturing technology is more widely recognised and is providing a proven solution to survival and growth for manufacturers. However, many medium-and small-size companies are still finding great difficulty in the evaluation and justification of investment in this vital area. The Institution of Production Engineers therefore set up a special joint working party with The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants to follow up the ACARD report, with the objective of examining the whole area of the justification of investment in advanced manufacturing technology.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461572886
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Third Edition
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Series Statement: The Wadsworth & Brooks/Cole Mathematics Series
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: One The Propositional Calculus -- 1. Propositional Connectives. Truth Tables -- 2. Tautologies -- 3. Adequate Sets of Connectives -- 4. An Axiom System for the Propositional Calculus -- 5. Independence. Many-Valued Logics -- 6. Other Axiomatizations -- Two Quantification Theory -- 1. Quantifiers -- 2. Interpretations. Satisfiability and Truth. Models -- 3. First-Order Theories -- 4. Properties of First-Order Theories -- 5. Additional Metatheorems and Derived Rules -- 6. Rule C -- 7. Completeness Theorems -- 8. First-Order Theories with Equality -- 9. Definitions of New Function Letters and Individual Constants -- 10. Prenex Normal Forms -- 11. Isomorphism of Interpretations. Categoricity of Theories -- 12. Generalized First-Order Theories. Completeness and Decidability -- 13. Elementary Equivalence. Elementary Extensions -- 14. Ultrapowers. Nonstandard Analysis -- 15. Semantic Trees -- Three Formal Number Theory -- 1. Axiom System -- 2. Number-Theoretic Functions and Relations -- 3. Primitive Recursive and Recursive Functions -- 4. Arithmetization. Gödel Numbers -- 5. The Fixed Point Theorem. Gödel’s Incompleteness Theorem -- 6. Recursive Undecidability. Church’s Theorem -- Four Axiomatic Set Theory -- 1. An Axiom System -- 2. Ordinal Numbers -- 3. Equinumerosity. Finite And Denumerable Sets -- 4. Hartogs’ Theorem. Initial Ordinals. Ordinal Arithmetic -- 5. The Axiom of Choice. The Axiom of Regularity -- 6. Other Axiomatizations of Set Theory -- Five Effective Computability -- 1. Algorithms. Turing Machines -- 2. Diagrams -- 3. Partial Recursive Functions. Unsolvable Problems -- 4. The Kleene-Mostowski Hierarchy. Recursively Enumerable Sets -- 5. Other Notions of Effective Computability -- 6. Decision Problems -- Answers to Selected Exercises -- Notation.
    Abstract: This is a compact mtroduction to some of the pnncipal tOpICS of mathematical logic . In the belief that beginners should be exposed to the most natural and easiest proofs, I have used free-swinging set-theoretic methods. The significance of a demand for constructive proofs can be evaluated only after a certain amount of experience with mathematical logic has been obtained. If we are to be expelled from "Cantor's paradise" (as nonconstructive set theory was called by Hilbert), at least we should know what we are missing. The major changes in this new edition are the following. (1) In Chapter 5, Effective Computability, Turing-computabIlity IS now the central notion, and diagrams (flow-charts) are used to construct Turing machines. There are also treatments of Markov algorithms, Herbrand-Godel-computability, register machines, and random access machines. Recursion theory is gone into a little more deeply, including the s-m-n theorem, the recursion theorem, and Rice's Theorem. (2) The proofs of the Incompleteness Theorems are now based upon the Diagonalization Lemma. Lob's Theorem and its connection with Godel's Second Theorem are also studied. (3) In Chapter 2, Quantification Theory, Henkin's proof of the completeness theorem has been postponed until the reader has gained more experience in proof techniques. The exposition of the proof itself has been improved by breaking it down into smaller pieces and using the notion of a scapegoat theory. There is also an entirely new section on semantic trees.
    Description / Table of Contents: One The Propositional Calculus1. Propositional Connectives. Truth Tables -- 2. Tautologies -- 3. Adequate Sets of Connectives -- 4. An Axiom System for the Propositional Calculus -- 5. Independence. Many-Valued Logics -- 6. Other Axiomatizations -- Two Quantification Theory -- 1. Quantifiers -- 2. Interpretations. Satisfiability and Truth. Models -- 3. First-Order Theories -- 4. Properties of First-Order Theories -- 5. Additional Metatheorems and Derived Rules -- 6. Rule C -- 7. Completeness Theorems -- 8. First-Order Theories with Equality -- 9. Definitions of New Function Letters and Individual Constants -- 10. Prenex Normal Forms -- 11. Isomorphism of Interpretations. Categoricity of Theories -- 12. Generalized First-Order Theories. Completeness and Decidability -- 13. Elementary Equivalence. Elementary Extensions -- 14. Ultrapowers. Nonstandard Analysis -- 15. Semantic Trees -- Three Formal Number Theory -- 1. Axiom System -- 2. Number-Theoretic Functions and Relations -- 3. Primitive Recursive and Recursive Functions -- 4. Arithmetization. Gödel Numbers -- 5. The Fixed Point Theorem. Gödel’s Incompleteness Theorem -- 6. Recursive Undecidability. Church’s Theorem -- Four Axiomatic Set Theory -- 1. An Axiom System -- 2. Ordinal Numbers -- 3. Equinumerosity. Finite And Denumerable Sets -- 4. Hartogs’ Theorem. Initial Ordinals. Ordinal Arithmetic -- 5. The Axiom of Choice. The Axiom of Regularity -- 6. Other Axiomatizations of Set Theory -- Five Effective Computability -- 1. Algorithms. Turing Machines -- 2. Diagrams -- 3. Partial Recursive Functions. Unsolvable Problems -- 4. The Kleene-Mostowski Hierarchy. Recursively Enumerable Sets -- 5. Other Notions of Effective Computability -- 6. Decision Problems -- Answers to Selected Exercises -- Notation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9781468469158
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Opening Session / Jean Vertut Memorial Session, Eulogy -- Advanced Teleoperation. Introductory Paper. The Advanced Teleoperation Project -- Advanced Teleoperation (I). Control and Supervision in Computer Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (II). The Generalized Information Feedback Concept in Computer-Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (III). An Integrated Experiment -- Analysis of a Robot Wrist Device for Mechanical Decoupling of the End-Effector Position and Orientation -- 2 Mechanics 1 -- Robot Motion: Configuration Analysis of Redundant and Non Redundant Manipulators -- Analysis of the Positioning and Orientation Accuracy in 6R Manipulators (Direct Task) -- A Unified Approach to Modelling of Flexible Robot Arms -- Solving the Inverse Kinematic Problem for Robotic Manipulators -- Determination of the Accuracy of Flexible Automatic Positioning Module with Clearances -- Invariant Kinestatic Filtering -- 3 Mechanics 2 -- Redundant Manipulators and Kinematic Singularities The Operational Space Approach -- Modelling and Simulation of Mechanical Process in Hyperstatical Gripping with n-Contact Points -- Computer Aided Modelling of Pneumo-Hydraulic Robots -- A Cartesian Model of Manipulator Kinematics -- A Method for Solving the Inverse Problem of Kinematics of Anthropomorphic Manipulators with Spherical Wrist -- Dynamic Equations of General Robots by Kane’s Method -- The Role of Delay in Robot Dynamics -- 4 Synthesis and Design 1 -- Smart Hand Systems for Robotics and Teleoperation -- A Mathematical Model of a Flexible Manipulator of the Elephant’s-Trunk-Type -- Analytical Design of Two-Revolute Open Chains -- On a Fundamental Study of Micro Mechanical Gripper Using Shape Memory Alloy (SMA) Actuator -- The Kinematic Design and Mass Redistribution of Manipulator Arms for Decoupled and Invariant Inertia -- Graphical-Interactive System for CAD and Simulation of Manipulation Systems -- 5 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 1 -- Force Feedback in Telemanipulators -- Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of Optical Fibre Reflective Sensors for Robotics -- Task Specification and Closed Loop Control of Manipulators in the Presence of External Sensors -- Adaptive Force Control of Grippers Taking into Account the Dynamics of Objects -- Bilateral Remote Control with Dynamic Reflexion -- 6 Control of Motion 1 -- Finger-Arm Coordination Control Method for Multiple Degrees of Freedom Robot -- A Model-Based Expert System for Strategical Control Level of Manipulation Robots -- Robot-Task Adaptability by Semi-Local Correction without Contact -- Robot Control Synthesis in Conjunction with Moving Workpieces -- Dynamic Command Motion Tuning for Robots. A Self Learning Algorithm -- 7 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 2 -- C-Surface Theory Applied to Force-Feedback Control of Robots -- Experimental Investigation of Active Force Control of Robot and Manipulator Arms -- Automatic Grasp Planning. An Operation Space Approach -- A Method of Optical Processing in the Robot Vision -- Tridimensional Optical Syntaxer -- 8 Locomotion and Walking Machines -- Towards Generalized Concepts and Tools for Unconventional Mobile Robots. General Languages, Mobility Modes -- Mobile Robotic Systems for Use in Unstructured Terrain -- Wall Climbing Vehicle Using Internally Balanced Magnetic Unit -- Experimental Development of a Walking Transport Robot -- Legs that Deform Elastically -- Features of Mechanisms Synthesis of Walking Robot Propelling Agents -- Avoiding Obstacles by a Mobile Robotized Vehicle -- 9 Application and Performance Evaluation -- The Automation of the Mine Support Erection Technology with Remotely-Controlled Manipulators -- Experimental Investigations of Robots and Manipulators -- Minimization of Vibrations of a Gantry Manipulator During Positioning -- Experimental Evaluation of Feedforward and Computed Torque Control -- Experimental Research and Development of Methods for Improving Kinematic and Dynamic Robot Characteristics -- 10 Synthesis and Design 2 -- Kinematics and Torque Control of Multi-Fingered Articulated Robot Hand -- Progress towards a Robotic Aid for the severely Disabled -- Logical Structures for Collision Avoidance in Assembly with Robots -- Repositioning-Unit for very Fine and Accurate Displacements Analysis and Design -- 11 Synthesis and Design 3 -- Polyarticulated Mechanical Structure for Decoupling the Position and Orientation of a Robot -- Application of I-Coordinates in Robotics -- Design of Spring Mechanisms for Balancing the Weight of Robots -- Structural and Geometrical Systematization of Spatial Positioning Kinematic Chains Employed in Industrial Robots -- Tasks and Methods of Constructing Mechanical Facilities and Control Systems of Industrial Robots Taking into Account their Force Interaction with the Equipment -- 12 Control of Motion 2 -- Contribution to Solving Dynamic Robot Control in Machining Process -- An Approach to Development of Real-Time Robot Models -- Time-Optimal Robotic Manipulator Task Planning -- Time-Optimal Motions of Some Robotic Systems -- Frequency Space Synthesis of a Robust Dynamic Command -- Structure Strategy Problem on a Redundant Manipulator -- Participants.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Opening Session / Jean Vertut Memorial Session, EulogyAdvanced Teleoperation. Introductory Paper. The Advanced Teleoperation Project -- Advanced Teleoperation (I). Control and Supervision in Computer Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (II). The Generalized Information Feedback Concept in Computer-Aided Teleoperation -- Advanced Teleoperation (III). An Integrated Experiment -- Analysis of a Robot Wrist Device for Mechanical Decoupling of the End-Effector Position and Orientation -- 2 Mechanics 1 -- Robot Motion: Configuration Analysis of Redundant and Non Redundant Manipulators -- Analysis of the Positioning and Orientation Accuracy in 6R Manipulators (Direct Task) -- A Unified Approach to Modelling of Flexible Robot Arms -- Solving the Inverse Kinematic Problem for Robotic Manipulators -- Determination of the Accuracy of Flexible Automatic Positioning Module with Clearances -- Invariant Kinestatic Filtering -- 3 Mechanics 2 -- Redundant Manipulators and Kinematic Singularities The Operational Space Approach -- Modelling and Simulation of Mechanical Process in Hyperstatical Gripping with n-Contact Points -- Computer Aided Modelling of Pneumo-Hydraulic Robots -- A Cartesian Model of Manipulator Kinematics -- A Method for Solving the Inverse Problem of Kinematics of Anthropomorphic Manipulators with Spherical Wrist -- Dynamic Equations of General Robots by Kane’s Method -- The Role of Delay in Robot Dynamics -- 4 Synthesis and Design 1 -- Smart Hand Systems for Robotics and Teleoperation -- A Mathematical Model of a Flexible Manipulator of the Elephant’s-Trunk-Type -- Analytical Design of Two-Revolute Open Chains -- On a Fundamental Study of Micro Mechanical Gripper Using Shape Memory Alloy (SMA) Actuator -- The Kinematic Design and Mass Redistribution of Manipulator Arms for Decoupled and Invariant Inertia -- Graphical-Interactive System for CAD and Simulation of Manipulation Systems -- 5 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 1 -- Force Feedback in Telemanipulators -- Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of Optical Fibre Reflective Sensors for Robotics -- Task Specification and Closed Loop Control of Manipulators in the Presence of External Sensors -- Adaptive Force Control of Grippers Taking into Account the Dynamics of Objects -- Bilateral Remote Control with Dynamic Reflexion -- 6 Control of Motion 1 -- Finger-Arm Coordination Control Method for Multiple Degrees of Freedom Robot -- A Model-Based Expert System for Strategical Control Level of Manipulation Robots -- Robot-Task Adaptability by Semi-Local Correction without Contact -- Robot Control Synthesis in Conjunction with Moving Workpieces -- Dynamic Command Motion Tuning for Robots. A Self Learning Algorithm -- 7 Sensing and Machine Intelligence 2 -- C-Surface Theory Applied to Force-Feedback Control of Robots -- Experimental Investigation of Active Force Control of Robot and Manipulator Arms -- Automatic Grasp Planning. An Operation Space Approach -- A Method of Optical Processing in the Robot Vision -- Tridimensional Optical Syntaxer -- 8 Locomotion and Walking Machines -- Towards Generalized Concepts and Tools for Unconventional Mobile Robots. General Languages, Mobility Modes -- Mobile Robotic Systems for Use in Unstructured Terrain -- Wall Climbing Vehicle Using Internally Balanced Magnetic Unit -- Experimental Development of a Walking Transport Robot -- Legs that Deform Elastically -- Features of Mechanisms Synthesis of Walking Robot Propelling Agents -- Avoiding Obstacles by a Mobile Robotized Vehicle -- 9 Application and Performance Evaluation -- The Automation of the Mine Support Erection Technology with Remotely-Controlled Manipulators -- Experimental Investigations of Robots and Manipulators -- Minimization of Vibrations of a Gantry Manipulator During Positioning -- Experimental Evaluation of Feedforward and Computed Torque Control -- Experimental Research and Development of Methods for Improving Kinematic and Dynamic Robot Characteristics -- 10 Synthesis and Design 2 -- Kinematics and Torque Control of Multi-Fingered Articulated Robot Hand -- Progress towards a Robotic Aid for the severely Disabled -- Logical Structures for Collision Avoidance in Assembly with Robots -- Repositioning-Unit for very Fine and Accurate Displacements Analysis and Design -- 11 Synthesis and Design 3 -- Polyarticulated Mechanical Structure for Decoupling the Position and Orientation of a Robot -- Application of I-Coordinates in Robotics -- Design of Spring Mechanisms for Balancing the Weight of Robots -- Structural and Geometrical Systematization of Spatial Positioning Kinematic Chains Employed in Industrial Robots -- Tasks and Methods of Constructing Mechanical Facilities and Control Systems of Industrial Robots Taking into Account their Force Interaction with the Equipment -- 12 Control of Motion 2 -- Contribution to Solving Dynamic Robot Control in Machining Process -- An Approach to Development of Real-Time Robot Models -- Time-Optimal Robotic Manipulator Task Planning -- Time-Optimal Motions of Some Robotic Systems -- Frequency Space Synthesis of a Robust Dynamic Command -- Structure Strategy Problem on a Redundant Manipulator -- Participants.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9781461585244
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: Theme Paper -- The Role of ACME in the Direction of Production Research -- Quality and Measurement -- The Development of Ultrasonic Sensors for Ranging and Imaging -- A High Speed Assembly Force Monitoring System for Quality Control -- Modelling Integrated Systems of Quality Control -- Automotive Suppliers: A Survey of Quality Management Methods and Attitudes -- The Influence of Cost, Function and Process Capability on Tolerance -- Problems of Very Long Life Prediction When Employing Short Term (Routine) Test Methods -- Plastic and Composite Materials -- Comparative Flow Properties of the Polyethylenes -- Processing Characteristics of PVC Powder Formulations -- Use of Fibre Reinforced Composites in Robot Structures -- The Use of Composite Materials in Engineering -- CAD -- Blend Design Scheme of Solids with Parametric Surfaces -- Performance Experiments on an Industrial Minicomputer Running Computer-aided Design Software -- Quadratic Surfaces on Triangles and Squares for CAD/CAM -- An Approach to Layout Planning Using a CAD System -- CIM and Expert Systems -- MAP and CIM -- Napier CIM Centre -- An Expert Systems Approach to Machine Tool Selection -- Simulation -- A Modular Simulation Model for FMS Using Structured Techniques -- Performance and Simulation of Heat Treatment Furnaces -- FMS — Simulation and Practice -- A Simulation Tool for Real Time Scheduling of FMS -- Automation -- A Survey of Wire Harness Manufacturing Strategies -- The Development of a Modular Cell Control System for FMS -- An Automated Press Working System -- The Design of a Low Cost System for the Automatic Locating and Clamping of Components within a Flexible Manufacturing Cell -- Robots and Assembly -- Correcting the End Deflection of an Industrial Robot Arm and Employing a Weighing Mechanism on the Robot Arm -- Developments in Post-processing for Offline Robot Programming -- The Presentation of Parts for Robot Assembly -- An Analytical and Modular Approach to Robotic Force Control Using a Wrist-based Force Sensor -- Mathematical Model and Test Method for ‘Static’ and Dynamic Positional Accuracy Measurement of Robots for Six Degrees of Freedom -- Rapid Estimation of Operation Times for Robotic Assembly -- The Development of Autonomous Devices to Aid Component Assembly -- Small Parts Feeding Using a Horizontal Belt Feeder and a Low Cost Vision System -- An Investigation into the Effect of Inter-transducer Distance on the Voltage-gap Relationship of a Set of Inductive Transducers for Robot ‘Static’ and Dynamic Positional Accuracy Measurement -- An Intelligent Vacuum Gripper for Robotic Handling -- Determining Flexibility Requirements in Robotic Assembly -- The Use of Compliance in Robotic Assembly -- Work Design and Organization -- How Not to Design a Questionnaire Form! -- A Study of Effectiveness of Some Algerian Production Organizations -- Who Manages Computer-aided Design and Manufacturing? -- Watching Managers at Work: A Research Approach -- Computer Aided Production Management -- A Pragmatic Approach to CAPM in Smaller Companies -- A Petri-net Representation of Computer-aided Production Management -- Computer-aided Flow Shop Scheduling -- Production Management System -- Production Economics -- Technology and the Small Company -- The Relationship between Costing Systems and AMT Investment -- Loss Generated by Poor Production System Specification and Design -- The Development of an In-house PCB Manufacturing Facility -- Product Quality and UK Trade Performance -- The Output and Trade Performance of the UK’s Manufacturing Industries -- The Financial Management of Quality as a Strategy -- Manufacturing Systems -- Design For Manufacture: Good Practice and its Implementation -- The Application of SSADM to the Design of Information Systems in Manufacturing -- An Analytical Approach to the Introduction of Advanced Production Systems -- Bridging the Gap between CAD and CAM — GIPPS: A Generative Integrated Process Planning System -- The Development of a Manufacturing Design Procedure -- Low Stock Manufacturing -- Work Loading of Multi-model Flow Process Lines -- The Implementation of a Computerized Classification System in a High Variety, Batch Manufacturing Company -- A Knowledge-based Information Sub-system for Flexibly Automated Manufacturing Systems -- The Influence of Management Systems on Production Line Design -- The Design of an Optimum Information System in a Manufacturing Environment -- Processes -- Monitoring, Targeting and the Use of SPC within the Energy Chain of Manufacture -- The Temperature Compensated Grinding of Bearing Rings -- The Effect of Gullet Geometry on the Performance of Hacksaw Teeth -- Use of Computers to Reduce Plastic Injection Mould Lead Times -- Metallurgical Effects Associated with the Centreless Grinding of EN24 Steels -- Polishing Moulds and Dies by Electrochemical Machining — A Theoretical Study of Smoothing EDM Surfaces by ECM -- A Mathematics Analysis for the Experimental Study of Plate Springback at the Top Roll Contact in Four-roll Plate Bending -- Human Factors -- Developing a Human Interface for a Rotary Forging Machine: Definingthe Issues -- Developments in the Design and Evaluation of Industrial Seating -- Author index.
    Abstract: EN Corlett Joint-Chairman - COPED, University of Nottingham, Nottingham, UK The contributions offered to this Third National Conference demonstrate that research in production is very much alive. The considerable numbers of papers on robotics, automation and flexible manufacturing systems, together with those in production control and quality matters, demonstrate that there is much work going on in our colleges, polytechnics and universities related to modern methods of manufacture. The future of manufacture undoubtedly hinges on better control. Control over the supply and movement of materials is now keenly sought. Control over manufacturing equipment is also a goal, not just to maintain quality but to give flexibility in sequence and quantity. None of these objectives for improved performance is entirely a technical matter, although there is an increasing technical ability to influence all of them. To achieve their potential, they depend on competent people at all levels. Discussion with alert managers soon reveals that this is one of their major concerns. Either the people they have require more training, or they cannot hire the people with the abilities they need. This applies at all levels, and the availability of people with competence in manufacture is particularly low.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468476507
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- 2 Current Manufacturing Techniques -- 3 The Network — The Physical Transmission Medium -- 3.1 Basic communications -- 3.2 Communications options -- 3.3 Distributed LANs -- 3.4 Head ends -- 4 The Seven Layer Model -- 4.1 The application itself -- 4.2 Applications layer (layer 7) -- 4.3 Presentation layer (layer 6) -- 4.4 Session layer (layer 5) -- 4.5 Transport layer (layer 4) -- 4.6 Network layer (layer 3) -- 4.7 Datalink layer (layer 2) -- 4.8 Physical layer (layer 1) -- 4.9 Interconnecting MAP and TOP with each other and with other systems -- 4.10 Technical and Office Protocols (TOP) -- 5 The Standards Scene -- 5.1 The origins of OSI -- 5.2 The International Standards Organization (ISO) -- 5.3 ISO stages of development of standards -- 5.4 National activity in the UK -- 5.5 Who’s who in standards -- 6 Key Issues -- 6.1 The functionality of MMS -- 6.2 Interoperability -- 6.3 Testing -- 7 Map and Top Application Case Studies -- 7.1 The Towers of Hanoi and beyond -- 7.2 Cell controller applications -- 7.3 A link from design to assembly and inspection -- 7.4 MAP in the electronics test environment -- 7.5 AIMS — an Assembly Information Management System applied to engine assembly -- 7.6 Using MAP in the factory -- 7.7 MAP in printed circuit board assembly -- 7.8 Communications in the aerospace industry -- 7.9 MAP in General Motors -- 8 The Way Ahead -- 8.1 The future -- 8.2 MAP and TOP products -- Useful Addresses -- Abbreviations -- Sources and Recommendations for Further Reading.
    Abstract: Advances in technology are making the business and manufacturing environment increasingly complex. Standards can help us cope with this complexity. Given the strategic importance of computers in the economies of the industrial world, it is fitting that one of the most significant commercial stories of our time is the standardization of computer communications. Quite frankly, when we joined with other computer users to launch this effort we didn't predict its scope and we should have done. public visibility. In restrospect, I guess The computer assisted technologies looming on the horizon offer some of the greatest functional and productivity tools available to improve business operations. However, the absence of a standardized electronic link permeating most business organizations poses a severe impediment to the efficient deployment of this technology. The feasibility of using computer controlled devices to design, test, and manufacture products - as part of a massive network - is well within our technological grasp. However, unless the world agrees upon a global set of standards that will make multi-vendor computer systems interoperable, successful implementation of these technologies becomes less and less attractive.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Introduction2 Current Manufacturing Techniques -- 3 The Network - The Physical Transmission Medium -- 3.1 Basic communications -- 3.2 Communications options -- 3.3 Distributed LANs -- 3.4 Head ends -- 4 The Seven Layer Model -- 4.1 The application itself -- 4.2 Applications layer (layer 7) -- 4.3 Presentation layer (layer 6) -- 4.4 Session layer (layer 5) -- 4.5 Transport layer (layer 4) -- 4.6 Network layer (layer 3) -- 4.7 Datalink layer (layer 2) -- 4.8 Physical layer (layer 1) -- 4.9 Interconnecting MAP and TOP with each other and with other systems -- 4.10 Technical and Office Protocols (TOP) -- 5 The Standards Scene -- 5.1 The origins of OSI -- 5.2 The International Standards Organization (ISO) -- 5.3 ISO stages of development of standards -- 5.4 National activity in the UK -- 5.5 Who’s who in standards -- 6 Key Issues -- 6.1 The functionality of MMS -- 6.2 Interoperability -- 6.3 Testing -- 7 Map and Top Application Case Studies -- 7.1 The Towers of Hanoi and beyond -- 7.2 Cell controller applications -- 7.3 A link from design to assembly and inspection -- 7.4 MAP in the electronics test environment -- 7.5 AIMS - an Assembly Information Management System applied to engine assembly -- 7.6 Using MAP in the factory -- 7.7 MAP in printed circuit board assembly -- 7.8 Communications in the aerospace industry -- 7.9 MAP in General Motors -- 8 The Way Ahead -- 8.1 The future -- 8.2 MAP and TOP products -- Useful Addresses -- Abbreviations -- Sources and Recommendations for Further Reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461578949
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Polymer structures and general properties -- 1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Polymer structures -- 1.3 Morphology and softening behavior -- 1.4 Amorphous polymers and softening behavior -- 1.5 Semi-crystalline polymers and softening behavior -- 1.6 Molecular weight -- 1.7 Copolymers -- 1.8 Chemical behavior -- 1.9 Solubility -- 1.10 Electrical properties -- 1.11 Conclusion -- Further reading -- 2 Polymerization -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Addition polymerization -- 2.3 Step-growth polymerization -- 2.4 Copolymer formation -- 2.5 Chemical conversion -- 2.6 Polyblends -- 2.7 Conclusion -- 3 High-temperature and fire-resistant polymers -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The need for thermally resistant polymers -- 3.3 Improving low-performance polymers for high-temperature -- 3.4 The need for fire-resistant polymers -- 3.5 Polymers for low fire hazards -- 3.6 Polymers for high temperature resistance -- 3.7 Heterocyclic polymers -- Further reading -- 4 Hydrophilic polymers -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Natural polymers -- 4.3 Semi-synthetic polymers -- 4.4 Synthetic polymers -- Further reading -- 5 Polymers with electrical and electromeric properties -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Conducting polymers -- 5.3 Photoconducting polymers -- 5.4 Polymers in non-linear optics -- 5.5 Polymers with piezoelectric, pyroelectric and ferroelectric properties -- 5.6 Photoresists for semiconductor fabrication -- References -- 6 Ionic polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Classification -- 6.3 Synthesis -- 6.4 Physical properties and applications -- 6.5 lonomers based on polyethylene -- 6.6 Elastomeric ionomers -- 6.7 Ionomers based on polystyrene -- 6.8 Ionomers based on polytetrafluoroethylene -- 6.9 Ionomers with polyaromatic backbones -- 6.10 Polyelectrolytes for ion-exchange -- 6.11 Polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates -- 6.12 Polymers with integral ions -- 6.13 Polyelectrolyte complexes -- 6.14 Blends of polymers and salts -- 6.15 Biological and inorganic ionic polymers -- 6.16 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Polyurethanes -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Chemical aspects -- 7.3 Product types -- 7.4 Conclusion -- References and further reading.
    Abstract: R. W. DYSON There will be few readers of this book who are not aware of the contribution that polymers make to modern life. They are to be seen around the home, at work, in transport and in leisure pursuits. They take many forms which include plastic mouldings and extrusions, plastic film and sheet, plastic laminates (fibreglass and formica) rubber gloves, hoses, tyres and sealing rings, fibres for textiles and carpets and so on, cellular products for cushioning and thermal insulation, adhesives and coating materials such as paints and varnishes. The majority of these polymers are synthetic and are derived from oil products. The most important of these in terms of tonnage used are polymers based upon styrene, vinyl chloride, ethylene, propylene and butadiene among plastics and rubber materials, and nylons, polyethylenetere­ phthalate and polyacrylonitrile among fibres. The total amount of these polymers used each year runs into millions of tonnes. These polymers are sometimes known as commodity polymers because they are used for everyday artefacts. They are available in many grades and formats to meet a variety of applications and processing techniques. The and light stabilizers, properties can be adjusted by using additives such as heat plasticizers, and reinforcing materials. Often, grades are specially designed and formulated to meet particular requirements and, in a sense, these might be regarded as specialities. Much has been written about these materials elsewhere and they are not the concern of this book.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Polymer structures and general properties1.1 Introduction -- 1.2 Polymer structures -- 1.3 Morphology and softening behavior -- 1.4 Amorphous polymers and softening behavior -- 1.5 Semi-crystalline polymers and softening behavior -- 1.6 Molecular weight -- 1.7 Copolymers -- 1.8 Chemical behavior -- 1.9 Solubility -- 1.10 Electrical properties -- 1.11 Conclusion -- Further reading -- 2 Polymerization -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Addition polymerization -- 2.3 Step-growth polymerization -- 2.4 Copolymer formation -- 2.5 Chemical conversion -- 2.6 Polyblends -- 2.7 Conclusion -- 3 High-temperature and fire-resistant polymers -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 The need for thermally resistant polymers -- 3.3 Improving low-performance polymers for high-temperature -- 3.4 The need for fire-resistant polymers -- 3.5 Polymers for low fire hazards -- 3.6 Polymers for high temperature resistance -- 3.7 Heterocyclic polymers -- Further reading -- 4 Hydrophilic polymers -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Natural polymers -- 4.3 Semi-synthetic polymers -- 4.4 Synthetic polymers -- Further reading -- 5 Polymers with electrical and electromeric properties -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Conducting polymers -- 5.3 Photoconducting polymers -- 5.4 Polymers in non-linear optics -- 5.5 Polymers with piezoelectric, pyroelectric and ferroelectric properties -- 5.6 Photoresists for semiconductor fabrication -- References -- 6 Ionic polymers -- 6.1 Introduction -- 6.2 Classification -- 6.3 Synthesis -- 6.4 Physical properties and applications -- 6.5 lonomers based on polyethylene -- 6.6 Elastomeric ionomers -- 6.7 Ionomers based on polystyrene -- 6.8 Ionomers based on polytetrafluoroethylene -- 6.9 Ionomers with polyaromatic backbones -- 6.10 Polyelectrolytes for ion-exchange -- 6.11 Polyelectrolytes based on carboxylates -- 6.12 Polymers with integral ions -- 6.13 Polyelectrolyte complexes -- 6.14 Blends of polymers and salts -- 6.15 Biological and inorganic ionic polymers -- 6.16 Conclusions -- References -- 7 Polyurethanes -- 7.1 Introduction -- 7.2 Chemical aspects -- 7.3 Product types -- 7.4 Conclusion -- References and further reading.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468464245
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Computer programming. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Machine Code or Assembly Language -- (Why machine code?) -- 2 Numbers -- (Binary, hex and decimal, Binary to decimal conversion, Decimal to binary conversion, Binary to hex conversion, Hex to decimal conversion) -- 3 It All Adds Up! -- (Binary arithmetic, Addition, Subtraction, Binary coded decimal (BCD), BCD addition, BCD subtraction) -- 4 It’s Logical -- (Logical operations, AND, OR, EOR) -- 5 The Registers -- (The accumulator, The index registers, The program counter) -- 6 A Poke at Machine Code -- (Code —the program counter, Entering machine code, The hex loader program, Calling machine code, Saving it out to disk, The Apple ROMs -- 7 Status Symbols -- (The status register) -- 8 Addressing Modes I -- (Zero page addressing, Immediate addressing) -- 9 Bits and Bytes -- (Load, store and transfer, Paging memory) -- 10 Arithmetic in Assembler -- (Addition, Subtraction, Negation, Using BCD) -- 11 Addressing Modes II -- (Absolute addressing, Zero page indexed addressing, Absolute indexed addressing, Indirect addressing, Post-indexed indirect addressing, Pre-indexed absolute addressing, Implied and relative addressing) -- 12 Stacks of Fun -- (The stack, Stack instructions for saving data) -- 13 Looping -- (Loops, Counters, Comparisons, Branches, FOR ... NEXT, Memory counters) -- 14 Subroutines and Jumps -- (Subroutines, Passing parameters, Jumps) -- 15 Shifts and Rotates -- (Arithmetic shift left, Logical shift right, Rotate left, Rotate right, Logically speaking, Printing binary!, BIT) -- 16 Multiplication and Division -- (Multiplication, Division) -- 17 Assembly Types -- (Conditional assembly, Look-up tables) -- 18 Floating a Point -- (The floating point accumulators, Using USR, Integer to floating point, Floating point to integer, Floating memory, The subroutines) -- 19 Speeding Up and Slowing Down -- 20 Interrupts and Breaks -- (Interrupts, Breaks) -- 21 Prepacked Utilities -- (Hex to binary conversion, Binary to hex conversion, Output ASCII string) -- Appendices -- 1 The Screen -- 2 The 6502 and 65C02 -- 3 The Instruction Set -- 4 Instruction Cycle Times -- 5 Apple // Memory Map -- 6 Branch Calculators -- 7 6502 and 65C02 Opcodes -- General Index -- Program Index.
    Abstract: The Apple / / series of computers represents one of the most versatile and powerful home computers available. If you've used your computer for a while, you've probably become quite familiar with Applesoft BASIC. That's good, because once you know that, this book will show you how to graduate from BASIC programming to assembly language programming. There are many reasons to program your Apple in assembly language. First and foremost is speed. Assembly language is about 100 times faster than BASIC. If you're thinking of writing games or business programs that do sorting, speed is of the essence and assembly language is a must. Assembly language programs usually also require less memory. Thus you can squeeze more complex programs into a smaller amount of memory. Finally, assembly language programs offer you a considerable amount of security, because they are more difficult to trace and change. While assembly language is powerful, it doesn't have to be difficult to learn. In fact, if you can write programs in Applesoft BASIC, you're already half-way home. This book assumes you know BASIC and absolutely nothing about assembly language or machine language. Every effort has been made to write in nontechnical language and to set the chapters out in a logical manner, introducing new concepts in digestible pieces as and when they are needed, rather than devoting whole chapters to specific items.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Machine Code or Assembly Language(Why machine code?) -- 2 Numbers -- (Binary, hex and decimal, Binary to decimal conversion, Decimal to binary conversion, Binary to hex conversion, Hex to decimal conversion) -- 3 It All Adds Up! -- (Binary arithmetic, Addition, Subtraction, Binary coded decimal (BCD), BCD addition, BCD subtraction) -- 4 It’s Logical -- (Logical operations, AND, OR, EOR) -- 5 The Registers -- (The accumulator, The index registers, The program counter) -- 6 A Poke at Machine Code -- (Code -the program counter, Entering machine code, The hex loader program, Calling machine code, Saving it out to disk, The Apple ROMs -- 7 Status Symbols -- (The status register) -- 8 Addressing Modes I -- (Zero page addressing, Immediate addressing) -- 9 Bits and Bytes -- (Load, store and transfer, Paging memory) -- 10 Arithmetic in Assembler -- (Addition, Subtraction, Negation, Using BCD) -- 11 Addressing Modes II -- (Absolute addressing, Zero page indexed addressing, Absolute indexed addressing, Indirect addressing, Post-indexed indirect addressing, Pre-indexed absolute addressing, Implied and relative addressing) -- 12 Stacks of Fun -- (The stack, Stack instructions for saving data) -- 13 Looping -- (Loops, Counters, Comparisons, Branches, FOR .. NEXT, Memory counters) -- 14 Subroutines and Jumps -- (Subroutines, Passing parameters, Jumps) -- 15 Shifts and Rotates -- (Arithmetic shift left, Logical shift right, Rotate left, Rotate right, Logically speaking, Printing binary!, BIT) -- 16 Multiplication and Division -- (Multiplication, Division) -- 17 Assembly Types -- (Conditional assembly, Look-up tables) -- 18 Floating a Point -- (The floating point accumulators, Using USR, Integer to floating point, Floating point to integer, Floating memory, The subroutines) -- 19 Speeding Up and Slowing Down -- 20 Interrupts and Breaks -- (Interrupts, Breaks) -- 21 Prepacked Utilities -- (Hex to binary conversion, Binary to hex conversion, Output ASCII string) -- Appendices -- 1 The Screen -- 2 The 6502 and 65C02 -- 3 The Instruction Set -- 4 Instruction Cycle Times -- 5 Apple // Memory Map -- 6 Branch Calculators -- 7 6502 and 65C02 Opcodes -- General Index -- Program Index.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781468469127
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Computer-aided engineering. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: 1 Introduction -- Evolution of computer aided manufacture (CAM) -- Automation and CAM -- 2 Numerical control -- History of numerical control -- The conventional numerical control concept -- programming -- Real-time control of machine tools -- 3 Computer technology -- Computer assisted programming -- Automatic programmed tooling (APT) -- Adaptive control -- Machinability data banks -- 4 Communications networking -- Conventional ways of connecting terminals -- Uses of computer networks -- Local area networks (LANs) -- Wide area networks (WANs) -- Network architecture: protocols and standards -- Data transmission -- 5 Computer process control monitoring -- Information provided by monitoring -- Supervisory computer control -- Communications networks for factory monitoring -- Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) -- Input/output interfaces -- Shop floor information systems -- 6 The integration of CAD and CAM -- The evolution of CADCAM -- The concept of integration -- Fundamentals of CAD -- CAM software -- CADCAM database -- Where does CADCAM improve productivity? -- Defining CADCAM project objectives -- Procedures to be followed in a CADCAM implementation -- 7 Robotics technology and applications -- Definition of an industrial robot -- Basic components of industrial robots -- Robot performance characteristics -- Commercial robots -- Future developments -- Problem areas -- Future trends -- 8 Flexible manufacturing systems -- The growth of flexible processing and handling -- FMS characteristics -- Flexibility -- Computer control functions -- Material handling in the FMS -- FMS-GT connection -- Prospects for FMS in UK industry -- 9 Computer aided production management -- Objectives of CAPM -- Functions of CAPM -- Stock recording and control -- Material requirements planning (MRP) -- Capacity requirements planning (CRP) -- Process planning -- CAPM package systems -- Cost estimation and financial justification of CAPM -- The effects of CAPM on the UK manufacturing industry -- Computer integrated manufacturing -- 10 Artificial intelligence in manufacturing -- Fifth generation computer systems -- Expert systems -- Expert system languages -- Problem solving and planning -- Diagnostic problems -- Application of AI in engineering design and manufacture -- Application of AI in computer aided process planning -- Limitations of existing AI applications -- Management guidelines towards AI implementation -- The future for artificial intelligence -- Research directions for AI in manufacturing -- References and Bibliography.
    Abstract: The development of the 'factory of the future' by major international corporations such as General Motors, IBM, Westinghouse, etc now involves many practising engineers. This book is an attempt to identify and describe some of the building blocks required for computer aided engineering for manufacture. It begins with numerical control and the infrastructure required for the automation of individual 'islands' within existing factories. Computer aided design and computer aided manufacture are then discussed in detail together with their integration to improve manufacturing efficiency and flexibility. Robotics and flexible manufacturing systems are examined, as well as the management of these systems required for production optimization. Finally, there is an overview of the relatively new field of artificial intelligence, which is being increasingly used in most aspects of computer aided engineering for manufacture. There are many topics which could have been included or expanded upon with advantage, but the authors have attempted to strike a balance so that the reader can obtain the maximum usefulness from a reasonably concise volume.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionEvolution of computer aided manufacture (CAM) -- Automation and CAM -- 2 Numerical control -- History of numerical control -- The conventional numerical control concept -- programming -- Real-time control of machine tools -- 3 Computer technology -- Computer assisted programming -- Automatic programmed tooling (APT) -- Adaptive control -- Machinability data banks -- 4 Communications networking -- Conventional ways of connecting terminals -- Uses of computer networks -- Local area networks (LANs) -- Wide area networks (WANs) -- Network architecture: protocols and standards -- Data transmission -- 5 Computer process control monitoring -- Information provided by monitoring -- Supervisory computer control -- Communications networks for factory monitoring -- Programmable logic controllers (PLCs) -- Input/output interfaces -- Shop floor information systems -- 6 The integration of CAD and CAM -- The evolution of CADCAM -- The concept of integration -- Fundamentals of CAD -- CAM software -- CADCAM database -- Where does CADCAM improve productivity? -- Defining CADCAM project objectives -- Procedures to be followed in a CADCAM implementation -- 7 Robotics technology and applications -- Definition of an industrial robot -- Basic components of industrial robots -- Robot performance characteristics -- Commercial robots -- Future developments -- Problem areas -- Future trends -- 8 Flexible manufacturing systems -- The growth of flexible processing and handling -- FMS characteristics -- Flexibility -- Computer control functions -- Material handling in the FMS -- FMS-GT connection -- Prospects for FMS in UK industry -- 9 Computer aided production management -- Objectives of CAPM -- Functions of CAPM -- Stock recording and control -- Material requirements planning (MRP) -- Capacity requirements planning (CRP) -- Process planning -- CAPM package systems -- Cost estimation and financial justification of CAPM -- The effects of CAPM on the UK manufacturing industry -- Computer integrated manufacturing -- 10 Artificial intelligence in manufacturing -- Fifth generation computer systems -- Expert systems -- Expert system languages -- Problem solving and planning -- Diagnostic problems -- Application of AI in engineering design and manufacture -- Application of AI in computer aided process planning -- Limitations of existing AI applications -- Management guidelines towards AI implementation -- The future for artificial intelligence -- Research directions for AI in manufacturing -- References and Bibliography.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Boston, MA : Springer US
    ISBN: 9781461322610
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Artificial intelligence. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems -- Definitions A to Z -- Points of Contact -- Acronyms -- Trademarks.
    Abstract: Artificial Intelligence and expert systems research, development, and demonstration have rapidly expanded over the past several years; as a result, new terminology is appearing at a phenomenal rate. This sourcebook provides an introduction to artificial intelligence and expert systems, it provides brief definitions, it includes brief descriptions of software products, and vendors, and notes leaders in the field. Extensive support material is provided by delineating points of contact for receiving additional information, acronyms, a detailed bibliography, and other reference data. The terminology includes artificial intelligence and expert system elements for: • Artificial Intelligence • Expert Systems • Natural language Processing • Smart Robots • Machine Vision • Speech Synthesis The Artificial Intelligence and Expert System Sourcebook is compiled from informa­ tion acquired from numerous books, journals, and authorities in the field of artificial intelligence and expert systems. I hope this compilation of information will help clarify the terminology for artificial intelligence and expert systems' activities. Your comments, revisions, or questions are welcome. V. Daniel Hunt Springfield, Virginia May, 1986 ix Acknowledgments The information in Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems Sourcebook has been compiled from a wide variety of authorities who are specialists in their respective fields. The following publications were used as the basic technical resources for this book. Portions of these publications may have been used in the book. Those definitions or artwork used have been reproduced with the permission to reprint of the respective publisher.
    Description / Table of Contents: to Artificial Intelligence and Expert SystemsDefinitions A to Z -- Points of Contact -- Acronyms -- Trademarks.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9781468474046
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Science (General) ; Control engineering. ; Robotics. ; Automation. ; Social sciences. ; Humanities.
    Abstract: AI in Architectural CAD -- A Schematic Representation of the Designers’ Logic -- Knowledge-Based Computer-Aided Design: The Computer as Design Partner -- Modelling Design Descriptions -- OPS5 in Architecture: Four Test Cases -- ROOSI — Version One of a Generative Expert System for the Design of Building Layouts -- Expert Systems in Construction: Initial Experiences -- Computer-Aided Architectural Design Education -- The Virtual “Maquette” and the Synthesis of Images in the Architecture Project -- Construction Robotics: A Perspective -- Robotization of Reinforced Concrete Building Construction in Japan -- Ditching the Dinosaur Sanctuary: Seventeen Years On -- Development of the Integrated Construction Automation Methodology -- Major Factors in Robotization of Construction Operations -- A Framework for Integrating Multiple Construction Robots -- Robotics in Construction: State of the Art in the Federal Republic of Germany -- Cost and Design Impact of Robotic Construction Finishing Work -- Geometry and Domain Modelling for Construction Robots -- Grammars, Design and Assembly in Building -- Simulation Methodology in Construction Process -- Navigation and World Modelling for a Mobile Robot: a Progress Report -- Application of Robots in Construction Industry: Navigation of a Mobile Robot, Robotic Welding of Steel Bridge Girders -- Evolution of a Robotic Excavator -- Femo technique: A Milestone for Remote Operation and Maintenance -- The Development of the “Mark II” Mobile Robot for Concrete Slab Finishing -- Construction Robots for Site Automation.
    Abstract: After two decades, data processing has finally, and probably forever, found its niche among civil engineering and construction (CEC) professionnals, through word processors, digitizing tables, management software, and increasingly via drawing software and computer-aided design (CAD), recently, robots have even started invading work sites. What are the main trends of CAD and robotics in the field of architecture and civil enginee­ ring? What type of R&D effort do university and industrial laboratories undertake to devise the professional software that will be on the market in the next three to five years? These are the issues which will be addressed during this symposium. To this effect, we have planned concurrently an equipment and software show, as well as a twofold conference. Robotic is just starting in the field of civil engineering and construction. A pioneer, the Civil Engineering Departement of Carnegie-Mellon University, in the United States, organized the first two international symposia, in 1984 and 1985 in Pittsburgh. This is the third meeting on the subject (this year, however, we have also included CAD). It constitutes the first large international symposium where CAD experts, specialists in architecture and CEC robotics will meet. From this standpoint, it should be an ideal forum for exchanging views and expe­ riences on a wide range of topics, and we hope it will give rise to novel applications and new syntheses. This symposium is intented for scientists, teachers, students and also for manufacturers and all CEC professionals.
    Description / Table of Contents: AI in Architectural CADA Schematic Representation of the Designers’ Logic -- Knowledge-Based Computer-Aided Design: The Computer as Design Partner -- Modelling Design Descriptions -- OPS5 in Architecture: Four Test Cases -- ROOSI - Version One of a Generative Expert System for the Design of Building Layouts -- Expert Systems in Construction: Initial Experiences -- Computer-Aided Architectural Design Education -- The Virtual “Maquette” and the Synthesis of Images in the Architecture Project -- Construction Robotics: A Perspective -- Robotization of Reinforced Concrete Building Construction in Japan -- Ditching the Dinosaur Sanctuary: Seventeen Years On -- Development of the Integrated Construction Automation Methodology -- Major Factors in Robotization of Construction Operations -- A Framework for Integrating Multiple Construction Robots -- Robotics in Construction: State of the Art in the Federal Republic of Germany -- Cost and Design Impact of Robotic Construction Finishing Work -- Geometry and Domain Modelling for Construction Robots -- Grammars, Design and Assembly in Building -- Simulation Methodology in Construction Process -- Navigation and World Modelling for a Mobile Robot: a Progress Report -- Application of Robots in Construction Industry: Navigation of a Mobile Robot, Robotic Welding of Steel Bridge Girders -- Evolution of a Robotic Excavator -- Femo technique: A Milestone for Remote Operation and Maintenance -- The Development of the “Mark II” Mobile Robot for Concrete Slab Finishing -- Construction Robots for Site Automation.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...